You are on page 1of 196

Undergraduate Catalog

2010-2011
Undergraduate Catalog
2010-2011
Converse College
Catalog 2010-11
“I certify that this catalog is true and correct in content and
policy and states progress requirements for graduation.”

Signature of Authorized Official


Name: Elizabeth A. Fleming, Ph.D.
Title: President

Converse College does not discriminate in admissions or employment


on the basis of race, color, sex, national or ethnic origin, age, sexual
orientation, religion or disability. Converse admits only women to under-
graduate programs and services in accordance with its historical mission.

VISITORS
Converse College welcomes visitors. Administrative offices in Wilson
Hall, Carmichael Hall, Blackman Music Hall, and the Carnegie Building
are open from 8:30 am to 5:00 pm Monday through Friday. (Summer
hours: 8:00 am – 5:00 pm; College closes at 1:00 pm on Fridays.) Those
who wish an interview with members of the staff are urged to make
appointments in advance of their visit. Telephone 864. 596.9000.
Table of Contents

Converse College Calendar ........................................................................................2


The Founder’s Ideal.....................................................................................................3
The College..............................................................................................................4-7
Admission..............................................................................................................8-10
Fees and Financial Assistance..............................................................................11-17
Academic Life ......................................................................................................18-23
Academic Regulations..........................................................................................24-34
Policies and Procedures on Disabilities................................................................35-36
General Education Program.................................................................................37-38
The School of Humanities and Sciences . ............................................................39-96
Division of Business and Behavioral Sciences
Department of Economics, Accounting & Business............................................ 40-49
Department of Psychology.................................................................................. 50-54
Division of Humanities
Department of History & Politics....................................................................... 55-61
Department of Religion & Philosophy................................................................ 62-67
Division of Languages and Literatures
Department of English........................................................................................ 68-73
Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures.............................................. 74-79
Division of Natural and Mathematical Sciences
Department of Biology........................................................................................ 80-84
Department of Chemistry................................................................................... 85-88
Department of Mathematics, Physics & Computer Science................................. 89-96
The School of Education and Graduate Studies.................................................97-111
Department of Education................................................................................. 98-111
The School of the Arts......................................................................................112-156
Department of Art & Design........................................................................... 113-127
Department of Theatre & Dance..................................................................... 128-133
Petrie School of Music .................................................................................134-156
Department of Music Education & Therapy................................................... 137-143
Department of Musicology & Composition.................................................... 144-151
Department of Performance............................................................................ 152-156
Nisbet Honors Program....................................................................................157-158
Non-Departmental Courses.....................................................................................159
Interdisciplinary Minors.........................................................................................160
Career and Pre-Professional Programs ............................................................161-166
The Register.....................................................................................................167-181
The Board of Trustees......................................................................................... 167-168
President’s Cabinet and General Administration . .............................................. 169-174
The Faculty........................................................................................................ 175-181
The Alumnae Association........................................................................................182
The Directory for Correspondence ........................................................................182
Campus Map....................................................................................................183-184
Index................................................................................................................185-187

1
2010-2011 CALENDAR
FALL TERM, 2010
Registration- Evening classes begin at 6:00 pm Mon., August 30
Regular Schedule for Day classes begin at 8:30 am Tues., August 31
Late registration begins (Late registration fee of $50 will be charged.) Tues., August 31
Drop/Add, no fee Mon. - Thurs, August 30-Sept. 2
Drop/Add, fee, $20 per change begins Fri., September 3
Last day to add classes Fri., September 3
Formal Opening Convocation Tues., Sept. 14
Mid-term grading ends Fri., October 15
Fall Break holidays begin at the end of classes on Fri. Mon. - Tues., October 18-19
Fall Break holidays end at first class period, 8:30 am Wed., October 20
Advisement for January and Spring ‘11 Terms October 21 - November 4
Last day to withdraw without automatic WF Fri., October 29
Thanksgiving Holidays begin at end of classes on Tues. Wed. - Sun., November 24 - 28
Thanksgiving Holidays end at first period class, 8:30 am Mon., November 29
Last day for seniors to apply for May graduation Fri., December 3
Fall Term classes end Fri., December 3
Reading Day Sat. - Sun., December 4-5
Fall Term examinations Mon. - Thurs., December 6-9
Christmas Holidays begin at end of examinations Thurs., December 9

JANUARY TERM, 2011


Registration - Day classes begin at 8:30 am Mon., January 3
Evening classes begin at 5:30 pm Mon., January 3
Late registration begins (Late registration fee of $50 will be charged.) Tues., January 4
Drop/Add, no fee Mon. - Wed., January 3-5
Drop/Add, fee, $20 per change Thurs., January 6
Last day to add classes Fri., January 7
Last day to withdraw without automatic WF Mon., January 17
January Term classes end Fri., January 28
Academic Break Mon., January 31

SPRING TERM, 2011


Registration -Evening classes begin at 6:00pm Tues., February 1
Regular Schedule for Day classes begin at 8:30 am Wed., February 2
Late registration begins (Late registration fee of $50 will be charged.) Wed., February 2
Drop/Add, no fee Tues. - Thurs., February 1-3
Drop/Add, fee, $20 per change begins Fri., February 4
Last day to add classes Fri, February 4
Mid-term grading period ends Fri., March 18
Last day to withdraw without automatic WF Fri., March 25
Spring Break Holidays begin at end of classes Fri., March 25
Spring Break Mon., March 28 – Fri., April 1
Spring Break Holidays end at first period class, 8:30 am Mon., April 4
Advisement for Summer and Fall Terms ‘11 April 6-22
Founder’s Day Fri., April 15
May Day/Awards Day Sat., April 30
Spring Term classes end Fri., May 6
Reading Days Sat. - Sun., May 7-8
Spring Term examinations Mon. - Thurs., May 9-12
Commencement Weekend:
Baccalaureate 5:00 pm, Twichell Auditorium Fri., May 13
Hat’s Off Party, 6:00 pm
Commencement Exercises, 9:30 am, Twichell Auditorium Sat., May 14
Brunch on the front lawn immediately following.

2
The Founder’s Ideal

“It is my conviction that the well-being of any country depends much upon
the culture of her women, and I have done what I could to found a college
that would provide for women thorough and liberal education, so that for
them the highest motives may become clear purposes and fixed habits of
life; and I desire that the instruction and influence of Converse College be
always such that the students may be enabled to see clearly, decide wisely,
and to act justly; and that they may learn to love God and humanity, and
be faithful to truth and duty, so that their influence may be characterized
by purity and power.

“It is also my desire and hope that Converse College be always truly reli-
gious, but never denominational. I believe that religion is essential to all that
is purest and best in life, here and hereafter. I wish the College to be really,
but liberally and tolerantly, Christian; for I believe that the revelation of
God in Christ is for salvation; and I commend and commit the College to
the love and guidance of God, and to the care, sympathy, and fidelity of my
fellowmen.”

—Dexter Edgar Converse

3
The College
MISSION These citizens agreed to form a stock company and
The primary mission of Converse College, founded raise enough money through private subscription to
in 1889, is the liberal education of undergraduate buy the site and main building of old St. John’s College.
women in a residential setting. Converse reaffirms Within eighteen months these goals were achieved,
the founder’s original conviction that a small and on October 1, 1890, the College, named for Mr.
undergraduate residential college of the liberal arts is Converse, began its first academic session.
a uniquely powerful environment for developing the
talents of women. As a community of scholars, where From its opening, Converse was operated as a private
students and faculty pursue excellence and collaborate stock company supported mainly by Mr. Converse.
in the search for truth, Converse develops in students On February 25, 1896, however, the stockholders
scholarly excellence, personal honor, confidence, voluntarily relinquished their stock and claims upon
and skills to be life-long learners. The college draws the property and the College, by special act of the
much of its character from its Christian heritage and South Carolina legislature, was incorporated as a non-
welcomes students of all faiths. Converse expands profit institution with a self-perpetuating board of
its mission by offering graduate degrees and other trustees. Thus, Converse College was established as
programs for women and men. Ultimately, graduates an absolute and permanent gift to the cause of higher
embody the qualities of a Converse education as they education for women.
assume roles of leadership, service, and citizenship.
LOCATION
THE EDUCATION OF WOMEN Located in the Upstate region of South Carolina,
Converse College believes that one of the best ways Spartanburg is a city full of exciting attractions,
to help women realize their potential for constructive beautiful scenery, historically significant sites, and
and creative living is to bring them together in small friendly people. As the sixth largest city in the state
groups in which their special educational needs and (population: 45,000), Spartanburg is South Carolina’s
expectations can receive the attention of the entire melting pot, mixing Southern culture and hospitality
College. By emphasizing the intellectual and personal with traditions and cultures of other countries.
growth of each individual student, Converse seeks
to prepare women for informed and responsible Spartanburg’s ideal proximity to the North Carolina
decision-making, reasoned and humane action, and mountains, the South Carolina coast, and major cities
significant and influential achievement. This goal for such as Atlanta and Charlotte make Spartanburg a
Converse women was first expressed by Dexter Edgar very attractive place to live. Greenville-Spartanburg
Converse, one of the founders of the College. He International Airport, located twenty minutes west of
asked that the “instruction and influence of Converse the city, is served by a number of major airlines.
College” enable the students “to see clearly, decide
wisely, and to act justly” and that their education help The Converse campus is located in downtown
them to “learn to love God and humanity, and be Spartanburg on seventy landscaped acres.
faithful to truth and duty, so that their influence may
be characterized by purity and power.” ACCREDITATIONS AND AFFILIATIONS
Since its founding, Converse has become one of the
THE FOUNDING OF THE COLLEGE leading colleges for women in the South. At the time of
Converse College had its beginning on March 22, its admission in 1912, Converse was the only college in
1889, when thirteen of Spartanburg’s leading citizens South Carolina that held membership in the Southern
met to explore a proposal to establish a college for Association of Colleges and Schools. Admitted to the
women. Among the men present was Dexter Edgar American Association of Colleges and Universities
Converse, a pioneer in South Carolina’s cotton textile in 1915, Converse is a founding member of that
industry. A native of Vermont, with a daughter of organization. Converse College is accredited by the
college age, he was keenly aware of the need in the Commission on Colleges of the Southern Association
South for a college for women which would provide a of Colleges and Schools to award degrees at Level IV
thorough and liberal education. (Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Fine Arts, Bachelor of
Science, Bachelor of Music, Master of Music, Master

4
of Liberal Arts, Master of Arts in Teaching, Master of for a statement of the principles of the Honor Code,
Education, Master in Marriage and Family Therapy the Honor Pledge, and a detailed outline of Honor
and Educational Specialist). Contact the Commission Board case procedures. Also see the Student Handbook
on Colleges at 1866 Southern Lane, Decatur, Georgia or contact the Dean of Students for policies and
30033-4097 or call 404-679-4500 for questions regulations concerning student conduct.
about the accreditation of Converse College.
Student Government
Converse was also the first South Carolina college Elected by the student body, the Student Government
with graduates admitted to membership in the Association ensures student self-governance. The
American Association of University Women, as well association represents the diverse interests of the
as the first to have a chapter of Mortar Board, the Converse community and provides a link between
national honor society for seniors. It is a member the student body and the College administration.
of the Southern University Conference and the The Student Senate is an instrumental part of SGA
Women’s College Coalition. The Converse College and serves as a deliberating team to evaluate, inform,
Petrie School of Music is a charter member of the discuss, research, and establish solutions to student
National Association of Schools of Music. The music and campus concerns. There are over 30 SGA-funded
therapy program is accredited by the American Music organizations that exist to involve and to serve the
Therapy Association. The College has attained NCATE student body.
accreditation for all professional education programs.
In addition, the Converse program for teachers of the A yearly student activities fee includes, but is not
deaf is accredited by the Council on Education of restricted to, class dues, school calendar, yearbook,
the Deaf. The art and design programs are accredited and admission to programs presented by the
by the National Association of Schools of Art and Palmetto Players, Tarpon-Sharks Aquatic Club, the
Design while the interior design program has received Converse Dance Ensemble, and the Student Activities
candidacy status from the Council for Interior Design Committee.
Accreditation. The documents relating to Converse
College accreditation are on permanent reserve in Residential Life
the Mickel Library. Anyone desiring to review these Converse is a residential college and views on-campus
documents may do so during the College’s normal living as an integral part of a student’s growth and
operating hours. education. All unmarried students, with the exception
of Converse II and graduate students, must reside in
Student life college residence halls unless they make their home
Time outside the classroom is as essential to Converse with their parents/legal guardian or maternal/paternal
student life as the hours spent in study. Students grandparents within a 35-mile radius of the college.
participate in organizations that provide a unique Also, students with custodial children residing with
support structure within the College’s environment. them and/or students who are married may reside
The offices which comprise the Division of Student off-campus, and must submit in writing to the Dean
Life include Counseling Services, Health Services, of Students a statement to that effect. No married
Campus Safety, the Chaplain’s Office, Student students may live in the residence halls without
Activities, Residential Life, Judicial Programs, permission from the Dean of Students. Students
Fitness Programs, the Julia Jones Daniels Center for living in college residence halls must be full-time
Leadership and Service, and the Montgomery Events students (registered for not less than 12 course credits
and Information Desk. in Fall and Spring Terms and not less than 3 course
credits in January Term). Infractions of the residency
The Honor Tradition requirement policy will be handled by the Assistant
Built on trust and responsibility, the principles of Dean of Students and/or the Dean of Students.
Converse’s Honor Code encompass all aspects of
student life. A student signifies her acceptance of Each residence hall has a staff that is responsible for
the responsibility to uphold the system by signing working with residents to ensure a clean, safe living
the Honor Pledge. Cases of Honor Code violation and learning environment. Full time professional
are handled on an individual basis by the Honor Assistant Directors of Residential Life or graduate/
Board, which the student body elects from its own Converse II Resident Directors staff each residence
ranks each year. See the College’s Student Handbook hall. Each floor is staffed with a Community

5
Adviser who is an undergraduate student. The staff is committed to assisting students in developing
facilitates the development of a community through these interpersonal skills which are essential for living
programming, community builders and student and working productively in our global society. This
interactions. A member of the Residential Life Staff is commitment stems from the Founder’s Ideal, which
on-call when the residence halls are open. states that Dexter Edgar Converse wished for the
college to be “liberally and tolerantly Christian.”
Each year, upperclassmen select rooms through
a lottery within each class. Assignments for new For specific information or questions about
students are based on a Roommate Preference Card. services, programs and local churches, students are
The Assistant Dean of Students pairs each student and asked to contact the chaplain at 864-596-9078 or
places the pairs in designated first year buildings. All to consult the chaplain’s web page found under the
policies and procedures governing the residence hall student life section of www.converse.edu.
are in the Student Handbook.
Student Ministries
Judicial Programs The Student Christian Association (SCA) is a major
Judicial Programs include the Honor Board and campus organization that assists the Chaplain in
Civitas Council. These student judicial boards are programming and also acts as a unifying body for
comprised of students elected from each class. Honor the various Christian ministries serving Converse
Board has jurisdiction over Honor Code violations, students. Baptist Collegiate Ministries and the
and Civitas Council has jurisdiction over Community Presbyterian Student Association provide full-time
Values violations. For a detailed description of case campus ministers whose outreach include Converse,
procedures and jurisdiction, see the Student Handbook. Wofford, University of South Carolina Upstate and
Spartanburg Methodist College. The Canterbury
Religious Life Club (Episcopal) and the Newman Club (Catholic)
Converse College recognizes the fact that religious are led by Converse students and supported by
and spiritual development is an important part of the local parish priests. Campus Crusade for Christ
educational process for many students. The college and InterVarsity are also student led and assisted by
employs a full-time chaplain and charters several local ministers and faculty advisors. Jewish students
religious groups, led by students and local ministers from can find fellowship and support at the B’Nai Israel
Spartanburg, to foster the spiritual growth of students. Temple close to the campus. For those interested in
starting your own student religious organization or
The Chaplain’s Office bible study, please contact the chaplain directly.
The Office of the Chaplain, located in the
Montgomery Student Center, provides programs Student Activities
and support to nurture the spiritual growth of The Student Activities Office serves as a resource for
Converse students, faculty and staff within their students and student organizations that are planning
own faith traditions, and to promote awareness events on campus. Campus Traditions such as Big
of various expressions of faith. The Chaplain Sister/Little Sister Week, 1889 Week, and May Day
is available to you whether you come from a are all planned with assistance from this office.
“churched” background, a religious tradition Student Activities also plans large scale Spring and
other than Christianity or no faith at all. Through Fall concerts, trips, weekend excursions, and social
fellowship, prayer, outreach, study and worship, events for students. The office advises student
members of the Converse community can deepen organizations on fund-raising projects. The Student
their understanding of spirituality and service. This Activities Committee (SAC) sponsors a wide variety of
integration of personal reflection and social action entertainment, including dances, parties, comedians,
leads to the fulfillment of the Converse College lectures, variety performers, and weekend events.
Founder’s Ideal to “see clearly…to act justly, and be
faithful…to God and humanity.” WELLNESS CENTER
The staff at the Wellness Center believes staying
Learning about different Christian denominations and healthy is critical to achieving academic success.
other faith traditions helps students to affirm what they Students can find help for good nutrition, exercise,
already believe and enables them to relate to people emotional concerns, personal hygiene, medical
from diverse backgrounds with respect. The college issues, stress management, sexual responsibility,

6
interpersonal relationships, alcohol and drug Health Services
awareness, and academic concerns. The Center Health Services offers an outpatient service for
has two divisions: Counseling Services and Health evaluating health problems with treatment for minor
Services. The Center is located at the rear of Andrews illnesses or injuries. Referrals are made to local
Hall and is open Monday through Friday, 8:30 am physicians or specialists for treatment of more serious
to 5:00 pm. A Wellness Center Library/Relaxation health problems. The staff includes the Director of
Room is also available. Books, magazines, and audio/ Health Services, a registered nurse, who is available
visual materials are available on a variety of physical during the Wellness Center hours of 8:30 am - 5:00 pm,
and mental health subjects. These materials may be Monday - Friday. A nurse practitioner and a Spartanburg
checked out by students, faculty, and staff. family physician are available at Health Services during
special hours. Appointments are required. A nominal
Counseling Services fee is charged for appointments with the physician
Counseling Services provide individual and group on campus, over-the-counter medications, laboratory
counseling for students and offers outreach programs work, and special medical supplies. All students must
and workshops designed to educate students on issues submit a completed health form to the Director of
related to emotional well-being. Two counselors are Health Services prior to entrance. This information
available for individual counseling Monday - Friday, is essential to the staff when administering medical
8:30 am to 5:00 pm and appointments are necessary. care. The medical history enables the staff to assist the
Counseling sessions are available at no extra charge student in the prevention of future health problems.
to traditional undergraduate boarding and commuter Also, all students are required to have health insurance
students. If a referral is made off campus to a local while attending Converse College and must sign
mental health professional, the cost is the responsibility an insurance waiver form. If you do not have family
of the student and/or her family. Students who coverage, you will be required to purchase the college
frequently make appointments but do not attend student health insurance. All of this can be completed
without calling to cancel may be referred off campus on line at www.collegeinsurance.com.
for any future counseling needs. The counselors also
provide a variety of educational programs designed to
meet the wellness needs of the campus.

7
ADMISSION
Converse College seeks to enroll, in its undergraduate courses but recommends that the following 13 units be
programs, academically well-prepared students included in the high school program for each applicant:
who have demonstrated potential to complete the English 4
requirements for graduation with success. Admission Foreign language 2
to Converse is based on the applicant’s academic Algebra 2
and personal qualifications as judged by high school Geometry l
or college GPA, SAT or ACT scores, and qualitative History 1
information gleaned from extracurricular records, Social Science 1
personal statement, teacher and guidance counselor Science 2
recommendations. Freshman applicants with a high
school GPA of at least 3.0 on a 4.0 system and a SAT Additional units should be elected from the above
score of 1000 or an ACT score of 21 and favorable areas of study.
qualitative credentials are normally approved for
admission. Transfer students should have a college GPA Applicants whose secondary school program is
of at least a 2.5 and favorable qualitative credentials. somewhat irregular will not be denied consideration
The Converse College Admission Committee meets for admission. Records of such students, however,
regularly to consider for admission those students should reflect high achievement and aptitude.
who because of mitigating circumstances do not meet Home-schooled applicants should provide proof of
these minimum admission standards. enrollment in a certified program of study.

Detailed information and application forms are


CREDENTIALS REQUIRED FOR
available from the Office of Admission. The early
action deadline for submitting an application for FRESHMAN APPLICANTS
admission is November 1 and the regular decision 1. A completed application for admission form.
deadline is March 1. The Admission Committee will 2. An official secondary school transcript or a copy
begin to review completed applications in September, of the General Education Development (GED)
and applicants can expect to receive an admission transcript showing satisfactory completion.
notification within three weeks after the application 3. An official record of scores on either the SAT
is complete. All applicants accepted for admission are or ACT test. Students whose first language is
expected to satisfactorily complete the senior year in one other than English should submit scores
high school. from the Test of English as a Foreign Language
(TOEFL). A minimum score of 550 (paper), 213
Students are encouraged to visit the campus to meet (computer), or 79-80 (Internet) is required.
with an admission counselor as well as Converse 4. A personal statement.
faculty and students. Contact the Office of Admission 5. A teacher or guidance counselor recommendation.
to make arrangements for campus visits. Appointments 6. Before registering for classes, an official
are available Monday-Friday at 10:00 am and 2:00 secondary school transcript showing that the
pm and Saturday at 11:00 am by appointment, except student has graduated from high school.
during holiday weekends and the summer months. 7. International students must also submit the
Declaration and Certification of Finances form.
Please see below for more detailed instructions
SECONDARY SCHOOL PREPARATION
for International applicants.
The Admission Committee believes that students who
present a strong academic program of at least 20 solid
high school units have a greater chance for success CREDENTIALS REQUIRED FOR
in meeting the requirements of the Converse College TRANSFER APPLICANTS
curriculum. Accordingly, the pattern of courses taken 1. A completed application for admission form.
by each applicant is important in consideration of the 2. Applicants who have not completed 30 hours
application. The secondary school program should of college work must submit official transcripts
include at least four academic courses each year. from all colleges/universities attended and
Because course offerings vary within the secondary official transcripts of their high school record
schools, the committee does not attempt to specify all including SAT or ACT scores.

8
3. Applicants who have completed 30 or more hours as a degree candidate, the applicant must submit all
of college work must submit official transcripts credentials required of regular applicants.
from all colleges/universities attended.
4. The transcript of courses taken at another Special II: Those who wish to take one or two courses,
college should reflect a high quality of work. No not as degree candidates, but as visiting or transient
credit is transferable for work below C– grade. students. This includes college-age individuals who
In general, the applicant should present an have not applied for admission as degree candidates,
average of C or better. A 2.5 cumulative grade- and high school students who wish to take college
point average is required for admission to a courses. To be considered for acceptance as a degree
teacher education program. candidate, the applicant must submit all credentials
5. Transfer music credits for those pursuing required of regular applicants.
majors in music will remain tentative until
students have taken examinations in theoretical Students who wish to take summer courses at Converse
and historical studies to determine whether must apply to the Director of Summer School. Students
equivalent standards have been met. from high school need written permission from their
high school guidance counselor and students enrolled
CREDIT BY EXAMINATION at other colleges should have permission from their
Converse gives credit for the nationally standardized advisor, academic dean or registrar.
Advanced Placement Tests of the College Entrance
Examination Board. Credit will usually be given READMISSION OF FORMER STUDENTS
for a score of 3 or better on these tests. For specific A student whose enrollment at the College has been
information about the relationship of these tests to interrupted is not automatically readmitted. Students
required courses, contact the Associate Vice President desiring to be considered for readmission should
for Academic Affairs. complete the application for readmission available from
the Office of Admission or on the College website.
In addition, Converse recognizes the International
Baccalaureate program and awards credit to students who Admission Requirements and
score a 4 or above on any General Level Examination.
Regulations for International
College-Level Examination Program (CLEP) credit will
usually be awarded with a score of 50 or better on these Students
tests. For specific information about the relationship of Converse College encourages the enrollment of
these tests to required courses you should consult the students from other countries. The application date for
Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs Fall Term is May 1. Application materials, including
the Declaration and Certification of Finances are
available on the College website.
HEALTH FORMS Admission of international students is based on
Entering students are required by state law to submit
academic credentials and English proficiency of the
a completed health form prior to enrollment in the
candidate. Students must also submit proof of financial
College. These forms must be received by the Campus
means to study in the United States by completing
Life office at least one month before the student
the Declaration and Certification of Finances Form.
arrives on the campus. Students will not be allowed to
Financial verification for international students is
register without a health form on file.
required to issue the immigration document (I-20).
The I-20 is an immigration document used for the
SPECIAL STUDENTS purpose of visa issuance outside the United States or
The Admission Committee will consider applications for the immigration process “notification transfer” for
from students who wish to enroll in courses on students already in the United States.
limited basis.
Eligibility for admission is based on the applicant’s
Upon admission they will be classified as Special I or total academic record, including grades, test results,
Special II students. academic courses, and overall academic performance.
Converse College admission standards require the
Special I: Degree candidates who are unable to enroll equivalent of graduation from a U.S. secondary
on a full-time basis. To be considered for acceptance
9
college preparatory program and an average grade In addition to meeting the regular admission
of “B” on all academic courses. Applicants who have requirements, international applicants needing a
completed university-level work overseas must have student visa (F-1) must show ability to meet financial
earned satisfactory grades on all such university-level obligations of tuition, fees, and living expenses before
work attempted and be in good standing. an I-20 can be issued. Current (less than one year
Converse College requires that all international old) letters of financial support must accompany
academic documents (secondary or post secondary the Declaration and Certification of Finances Form.
transcripts, mark sheets, certificates, leaving Having sufficient funds for the cost of living and
examination results, etc.) be formally evaluated by educational expenses is required by US Immigration
the World Education Service (WES) or Educational regulations. Undergraduate international students
Credential Evaluators (ECE). WES can be contacted with (F-1) visas are required to carry a full course load
at www.wes.org and ECE at www.ece.org. Secondary/ (minimum of twelve semester hours or four courses).
High school students must request a “Document-by- The Declaration and Certification of Finances form is
document report” and college students must request required before an I-20 can be issued.
a “Course-by-course report”. Students are required
to pay a fee to either WES or ECE for such services. International students on non-immigrant visas are
More information on evaluation services can be not eligible for state or federally-funded loans or
found on the college website and by contacting the scholarships in the United States. Limited scholarships
Office of Admission. may be available from the college based on athletic
ability, talent, and academic qualifications.
International applicants whose first language is not
English are required to take the TOEFL (Test of Health and accident insurance is mandatory for
English as a Foreign Language). Converse College all international students on non-immigrant visas
requires a minimum score of 550 (paper), 213 enrolled at Converse College. Proof of insurance is
(computer), or 79-80 (Internet). SAT I and ACT required before the student can be admitted.
results must also be submitted for admission and
scholarship consideration. The TOEFL requirement Converse College provides the following services for
may be waived under certain circumstances. Contact international students:
the Office of Admission for details. •International Student Orientation Program
•Confidential counseling services
•Academic advising

10
FEES AND FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
FEES
The Catalog statement is considered sufficient notice of Any questions, please call the Finance and Registration
the time and terms of payment. Statements, however, Center at (864) 596-9032.
are sent as reminders and for the convenience of
parents and guardians. Fees must be paid promptly at A student may matriculate for the Fall and January
the times specified. Terms or the January and Spring Terms only. No
refund will be granted to a student who matriculates
RESIDENT STUDENTS for the Fall and January Terms and does not register
Comprehensive Fees .................................... $34,170 for the January Term.
Includes tuition, student activity fee, and room
and board of $8,032. Room and board fee includes The non-refundable reservation fee is applicable
local telephone service, high speed internet access, to tuition for the upcoming year only. If a student
cable TV, laundry machines, and micro-fridge. elects not to return to Converse College, the fee will
be forfeited and will not apply toward tuition for the
Schedule of Payments: previous year.
Non-refundable reservation fee
(applies to tuition).......................................... $300 The College accepts VISA, MasterCard, Discover Card
For new students, due on or before May 1 and American Express for payments of tuition and fees.
For returning students, due on or before April 1 For more information, contact the Student Billing at
For international students............................ $1000 (864) 596-9032. Payments may also be made online
Tuition Due Dates: at www.converse.edu.
Fall and January Terms due August 15.......... $17,085
Spring Term due January 15.......................... $17,085 SPECIAL FEES
$34,170 Converse II tuition (per hour)............................ $310
Part-time undergraduate tuition (per hour)........ $800
For students entering at January Term Converse II registration fees................................. $20
(January 2010), due December 15................. $17085 Late registration fee ............................................. $50
Graduation fee.................................................... $150
COMMUTING STUDENTS Application fee .................................................... $40
Comprehensive Fees...................................... $26,138 Drop/Add fee, per course..................................... $20
Includes tuition and student activity fees. Directed Independent Study (per hour).............. $390
Schedule of Payments: Transcript fee.......................................................... $5
Non-refundable reservation fee Audit fee (per class)............................................. $ 25
(applies to tuition)......................................... $200 Private Room Fee (annual)................................. $750
For new students, due on or before May 1 Super Single Room Fee (annual)...................... $1,000
For returning students, due on or before April 1 Belk Dorm Surcharge (annual)........................... $500
Tuition Due Dates: Converse alumnae who are below the age of 24,
Spring Term due January 15.......................... $13,069 have graduated from Converse College, and wish to
For students entering at January Term pursue either a second degree, a second major, or take
(January 2010), due December 15................. $13,069 specific classes, such as student teaching, may do so
$26,138 at prevailing tuition costs for Converse II students. A
student has graduated from Converse when she has
NOTE: Tuition and fees must be paid in full by the due a diploma. These fees are not available for students
date for a student to be eligible to enroll for the term. who have not completed their early commencement
A $100 late fee per term will be added to any student requirements or who are returning to Converse to take
account, not paid in full by August 15 and January 15. hours required for receiving a diploma.
All financial aid must be completed and approved, with
any remaining balance paid by the due date, in order All boarding students will maintain a damage deposit of
to avoid this late fee. All Tuition Management Systems $100 with the Student Billing. This fee will be refunded
10-month Payment Plan accounts must be up-to-date upon the student’s separation from the College after the
to avoid this fee. Interest will accrue at a rate of one and room has been inspected and no damage noted.
one-half percent per month on any past due balance.
11
Additional Course Fees 3. All students withdrawing within one week (seven
Special fees for laboratory, studio, computer days) following Fall or Spring registration will be
programming, and other courses involving additional refunded 80% of tuition and board fees. Converse II
expenditures will be charged. Laboratory fees are and graduate students withdrawing within one week
designed to cover the partial cost of supplies or (seven days) following January or Summer registration
equipment associated with certain classes. The fee will be refunded 80% of tuition and board fees.
income is included in the general operating fund that 4. All students withdrawing prior to the end of the
pays for instructional supplies. fifth week (35 days) after Fall or Spring registration
will be refunded 30% of tuition and board fees.
The Petrie School of Music Fees Converse II and graduate students withdrawing
Fee for students taking one hour lesson per week prior to the second week (14th day) after January
Fall Term . ......................................................... $475 or Summer registration will be refunded 30% of
January Term . ................................................... $150 tuition and fees. The appropriate paperwork for
Spring Term ...................................................... $475 withdrawal must be filed with the appropriate
officials prior to a refund being granted. Please
Fee for students taking one half-hour lesson per week contact the Office of the Registrar for details.
Fall Term . .................................................... $237.50 5. All students withdrawing after the fifth week of the
January Term.................................................. .$75.00 Fall or Spring Terms are not entitled to a refund of
Spring Term ................................................. $237.50 tuition and board fees. Converse II and graduate
students withdrawing after the second week of
Professional Education Fee the January or Summer Terms are not entitled to a
The fee is applied to cover printing, supply, travel,
refund of tuition and board fees.
administrative, and faculty costs of the programs in
6. No refund will be granted to an undergraduate
education. It is charged to students enrolled in teacher
student who matriculates for the Fall and January
training programs, and it is billed and payable when
Terms and elects not to register for the January Term.
the student does her student teaching. ................ $45
NOTE: Students who receive Federal financial
Equitation Fees assistance are subject to refund policies for their
Fall and Spring Terms (per term)....................... $595 financial aid that are different from the one described
Individual Lessons (per lesson)............................ $35 above. For more information on these policies
established by the US Department of Education,
Off-Campus Study-Travel Fees contact the Office of Financial Assistance.
Students participating in study-travel programs
conducted by another institution will pay Converse Delinquent Accounts
the actual cost of the program plus an administrative Until all tuition, fees, and other charges of the student
fee (currently $500 for Spring and Fall terms and $250 are paid in full, Converse College:
for Summer and January terms). When Converse 1. will not provide a diploma or transcript.
receives a bill from the other institution, Converse 2. reserves the right not to allow a student to
will bill the student the cost of the other institution’s enroll in a new term, participate in graduation
program as well as the administrative fee. Converse exercises, or register the student’s course grade
will remit payment to the other institution only after on the transcript.
payment in full has been received from the student.
Miscellaneous
Students participating in a study-travel program with Students desiring to register for less than a full course
a Converse College professor must pay the costs of of study should consult Student Billing for rates and
the program, in addition to normal tuition and fees. terms.
Deadlines for payment of the appropriate fees will be Required college textbooks may be purchased online
announced by the professor. at http://bookstore.mbsdirect.net/converse.htm. The
online bookstore honors VISA, Mastercard, American
SPECIAL PROVISIONS Express, and Discover. Students can also use their
Refund of Fees Financial Aid credit to purchase textbooks online.
1. Only tuition and board (meal) fees are eligible for Students with a credit will be notified by email from
refund. MBS Direct. General supplies, apparel, and personal
2. If a student, after registration, is dismissed from the toiletries may be purchased at the College Bookstore
College, she is not entitled to any refund of fees, or in the Montgomery Student Activities Building.
cancellation of any sum due and payable to the College.
12
A service fee of $20.00 is assessed each time a check Mary Helen Dalton Scholarship
is presented to the College which is subsequently Established in 1993 by Mary Helen Garrison Dalton
returned for insufficient funds. ’46 to provide scholarships for students who exhibit
exemplary character, good academic achievement,
The College does not carry insurance on the personal
and are considered leaders as indicated by their high
belongings of students and therefore cannot be
school activities and references. Preference will be
responsible to students for losses incurred by theft,
given to students from The Lovett School and The
fire, water, or other damage.
Westminster Schools in Atlanta, GA and Charlotte
Country Day School in Charlotte, NC.
SCHOLARSHIPS AND FINANCIAL
ASSISTANCE Marsha H. Gibbs Endowed Scholars Fund
Converse College has always been committed to helping
Established in 1999 by Mr. and Mrs. Jimmy I. Gibbs
qualified students finance a Converse education through
to provide yearly full scholarships for students having
a combination of aid based on financial need and
financial need, demonstrating good moral character
academic merit or talent. Alumnae, trustees, and friends
and a personal commitment to Christ.
of the College have been generous in their support of the
excellent scholarship programs that Converse provides.
Betty Heath Johnson ’40 Scholarship
We encourage prospective students and their parents to
Established in 1995 in memory of Betty Heath Johnson
contact our Office of Financial Assistance in the Finance
’40 by Dr. George Dean Johnson, Sr., Mr. and Mrs.
and Registration Center (864) 596-9019 to explore any
George Dean Johnson, Jr. and Mr. and Mrs. Stewart
type of aid that might be available to them. Ninety-
Heath Johnson to provide scholarships for full-time
three percent of the student body receive some type of
students at Converse College who demonstrate
financial assistance. We are pleased to be able to offer
superior academic achievement, exemplary character,
that level of support for our students.
and leadership ability.
Listed below are merit-based scholarships awarded
by Converse College for academic ability and talent. The Malloy Family Scholarship
Outside publications list additional grants, loans, Established in 2005 by the Estate of Lieutenant
and assistance sources that you may find helpful. You Commander Edwin Malloy, Jr., USN Retired, son
may wish to visit the U.S. Department of Education of Margaret Adger Manning Malloy, Class of 1907,
website at www.studentaid.ed.gov to learn more grandson of William Sinkler Manning, one of the
about these resources. founders of Converse College, and himself a generous
supporter and promoter of and volunteer for the
CONVERSE COLLEGE SCHOLARSHIPS College during his lifetime.
MERIT SCHOLARSHIPS
Converse offers several competitive merit-based Beatrice Smith and Thomas H. Maybank Endowed
scholarships to outstanding young women. The Scholarship
awards described below are offered through our annual Established by Beatrice Smith Maybank ’66 and
on-campus scholarship competition. Please check our Thomas H. Maybank, this scholarship is awarded to
website at www.converse.edu for information and an undergraduate student in the School of Humanities
dates for the competition. These awards are based and Sciences or the School of Education at Converse
solely on academic ability and personal qualifications. College on the basis of high academic achievement
and leadership qualities.
Bowden Scholarship
Established in 1985 by an anonymous donor to Petrie Foundation Science and Math Scholarship
provide scholarships for students whose performance Established by The Carroll and Milton Petrie
in academics, extra-curricular activities, and Foundation for students from South Carolina who
community involvement merit the recognition of this plan to major in math and/or science and pursue a
prestigious award. teaching career.

Robert T. Coleman, Jr. Scholarship Weisiger Outstanding Scholar-Athlete Scholarship


Established in 1989 by Converse alumnae, trustees Established by Ed and Agnes Binder Weisiger ‘63
and others in honor of Dr. Coleman, fifth President for students who excel academically, athletically,
of Converse College from 1961 to 1989, to provide have strong leadership skills, and plan to major in
scholarships for students who exhibit integrity, the sciences.
intelligence, and capacity for leadership.

13
Presidential Scholarships Visual Arts Scholarship
Students must attend the annual on-campus Awarded to qualified students majoring in studio
scholarship competition to be considered for these art, interior design, art history, art education, or art
scholarships which are awarded each year. therapy. Students must complete a portfolio review.
Interested students should contact the Art Department
Virginia Turner Self Scholarship at (864)596-9181 to request an application form and
This scholarship is funded by the Self Foundation portfolio requirements.
of Greenwood, SC, in memory of Virginia Turner
Self ’41. One scholarship is awarded every year to a W. Hayward Ellis Memorial Theatre Scholarship
student in each class and is renewable. Awards are Established in 1993 in memory of Hayward Ellis to
based on merit alone. recognize excellence in the theatre arts and to provide
scholarship assistance to Converse College students
AcADEMIC SCHOLARSHIPS who are theatre majors. Interested students must
Converse College awards the following academic attend the Ellis Scholarship Competition and audition.
scholarships based on a student’s academic achievements.
Students typically need both a 3.5 cumulative weighted Athletic Scholarships
high school GPA and a 1000 on the SAT (Critical These scholarships are offered to qualified students
Reading and Math) or a 3.0 cumulative weighted high eligible for NCAA participation in basketball,
school GPA and an 1100 on the SAT (Critical Reading cross country, lacrosse, soccer, swimming, tennis,
and Math) to be eligible for one of these scholarships. or volleyball. Interested students should contact
Visit the scholarship calculator on our website at www. the coach of their individual sport or the Athletics
converse.edu to determine your eligibility. Department at (864)577-2050.
Converse Academic Scholarship ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIPS
Converse College Trustee Scholarship The following is a list of endowed scholarships that
Dean’s Award provide the funding of awards made for the Academic,
1889 Scholarship Leadership, and Talent-Based scholarships as well
as need-based scholarships and grants. The Office
LEADERSHIP SCHOLARSHIPS of Financial Assistance will automatically consider
Converse College offers a number of Leadership these sources of funding when putting together
Scholarships to students based on their involvement financial aid packages.
in service and leadership activities in high school.
These students are selected by the Admissions staff. Hazel B. Abbott Memorial Scholarship
Mary Elizabeth Dowling Able Scholarship
TALENT-BASED SCHOLARSHIPS Susie Mathews Abney Scholarship
The following scholarships require an audition or Aeolian Music Club Scholarship
portfolio review with the exception of the Athletic Anne Lathan Allen ’29 Endowed Fund
Scholarships. Visit our website at www.converse.edu Sally Hite Anderson Endowed Scholarship
for related dates. Hazel Salley Arthur Scholarship
Atlanta Alumnae Chapter Scholarship
The Daniel Music Scholarship Warren E. Barker Endowed Music Scholarship
One award is given to a freshman who demonstrates William and Valerie Barnet Endowed Scholarship
superior musical ability and chooses to study for the Alice Fitzgerald Lockhart Bates Scholarship
Bachelor of Music degree. Candidates must attend the Ladson H. Beach Endowed Scholarship
on-campus Daniel Scholarship Competition where Virginia Kiser Beach Endowed Scholarship
they audition before a committee. Belk General Scholarship
Mary Kennedy Berry ’41 Memorial Endowed
Petrie School of Music Scholarships Scholarship
Awards are given to incoming students who show Sandra Sherard Bethea Scholarship
exceptional promise as musicians. Students must be Claudia Howell Bissell Music Scholarship
planning to major in music or double major in music Elizabeth Lyles Blackwell Endowed Scholarship
and another field. An audition is required in order to Anne P. Blythe Scholarship Fund
be considered for scholarship aid. Bradley-Turner Foundation Endowed Scholarship
Jane Love Bratton Endowed Scholarship

14
Bettie Broyhill Gortner and Allene Broyhill Stevens Jeanne Smith Harley Endowment for Mickel Library
Music Scholarship Mary Anderson Craig Harris Scholarship Fund
Faith Courtney Burwell Music Scholarship Louise Salley Hartwell Scholarship
Faith Courtney Burwell Voice Scholarship Mildred Johnston Hay Scholarship
Sarah Stacy Butler Endowed Scholarship William Randolph Hearst Endowed Scholarship Fund
Jean Stafford Camp ’43 Scholarship Martha Jane McWhite Heath Scholarship
Louise B. Carlisle Gavel Scholarship Florence Andrews Helmus Scholarship
Agnes Callison Page Carstarphen ’62 Endowed Florence Andrews Helmus Music Scholarship
Scholarship Neville Holcombe Americanism Scholarship
Marion Rivers Cato Endowed Scholarship Fund Fannie Louise Vermont Holcombe Endowed
Marion and Wayland H. Cato, Jr. Endowed Scholarship
Scholarship Fund Elsa Ezell Holman Scholarship
Lillian Caldwell Cecil Endowed Scholarship Steve Hunt Theatre Scholarship Endowment
Rebecca Gilbert Chancellor Scholarship Mary Emily Platt Jackson Music Scholarship
Min Murray Haselden Cheves Scholarship Dr. Henry Janiec Scholarship
Class of 1938 Scholarship Marian Ritchie Johnson ’48 Endowed Scholarship
Class of 1973 Scholarship Johnson Academic Endowed Scholarship
Clifton-Converse Foundation Scholarship George Dean Johnson, Jr. Endowment
Close Scholarship in Deaf Education John Edward Johnston Scholarship
Mary Chambless Dryer Cloud Scholarship Lola Rosborough Johnston Scholarship
Columbia Alumnae Scholarship Rose Montgomery Johnston Scholarship
Elizabeth and Joseph Conklin Scholarship Judy Voss Jones Endowed Scholarship
Irene Walker Connor Scholarship Garrett-Dunn-Joyce Endowed Scholarship
Anna Black Habisreutinger Converse Scholarship Kinney Family Scholarship Endowment
Kathleen Elura Jones Copeland Scholarship Julia B. Klumpke Scholarship
Crescent Scholarship Jean Harris Knight Scholarship
Annabel Hamilton Cribb Scholarship Ada Smith Lancaster Endowed Scholarship
Sara Gossett Crigler Scholarship Serena Lee Scholarship
Edward S. and Irene W. Croft Scholarship Louise Williamson Winslow Lewis Scholarship
Jane Dalton Scholarship Ellen Glenn Lightsey Scholarship
Antoinette Walker Denny Scholarship R.J. Little Family Scholarship
Kathryn Lemmon Dibble Endowed Scholarship Fund Evelyn Hicks and Broadus Richard Littlejohn, Sr.
Georgia B. Dickert Endowed Scholarship Fund Scholarship
Wallace Duncan DuPre, Sr. Scholarship Wallace W. and Nelia Willard Littlejohn Scholarship
Margaret Andrews Helmus Eagan Scholarship Sarah E. Lobban ’58 Endowed Scholarship
Anne Ebersbach Endowed Scholarship Peggy Bradford Long ’49 Endowed Scholarship
Faculty Memorial Scholarship Genevieve Parkhill Lykes Memorial Scholarship
Ruby and Albert Flaccoe Endowed Fund Robert L. Maclellan Undergraduate Merit Scholarship
Elaine Finklea Folline ’58 Endowed Scholarship Robert L. Maclellan Music Scholarship
Felder Frederick Forbes Scholarship Mayes Family Scholarship
Fullerton Foundation Scholarship Virginia Tompkins McLaughlin Scholarship
Sarah Sitton Gambrell Scholarship Endowment Rachelle Ellison Mickel Endowed Scholarship
Gavel Mortar Board Scholarship Justine V. R. Milliken Endowed Scholarship
Mary Wilson Gee Scholarship Justine V.R. “Nita” Milliken Scholarship
Virginia Mae McCall Gore Scholarship Evelyn Johnston Mims Scholarship
Priscilla Mullen Gowen Memorial Endowed Scholarship Mrs. Ben W. Montgomery Scholarship
Cornelia Maslin Grier Scholarship Betty James Montgomery Scholarship
Eva Gentry and Mack Hall Griffin Scholarship Rose Cornelson Montgomery Scholarship
Rochelle Grubb Memorial Scholarship Fund Walter S. Montgomery, Sr. Scholarship
Vernon B. Hallman and Everiell Ivey Hallman ’38 Janie Lee O’Farrell Moore ‘30 Endowed Scholarship
Scholarship Fund Martha Moore Scholarship
Hamilton-Jones-Powers Memorial Scholarship Mary Nicholson Endowed Fund
Elizabeth Rogers Hamner ’38 Endowed Scholarship Norfolk Southern Endowed Scholarship
Thomas E. and Tracy Hannah Endowed Scholarship Betty Oare Endowed Scholarship
Carolen Belcher Hansard ’56 Endowed Scholarship Mildred R. Orr Endowed Scholarship

15
Pacolet Manufacturing Company Scholarship S. Clay Williams Music Scholarship
Ruth Paddison Music Scholarship Jeff Willis Endowed Scholarship
Ruth Paddison Scholarship in Arts and Sciences Winged Victory Scholarship
Renea’ Parker ’99 Endowed Scholarship Carolyn Worth Music Scholarship
Radiana Pazmor Scholarship from Pi Kappa Lambda Frances Council Yeager Scholarship
Elizabeth Patterson Perrin Scholarship Kurt and Nelly Zimmerli Endowed Scholarship
Mary Adair Edwards Phifer Endowed Scholarship
Martha Phifer Memorial Scholarship ANNUAL SCHOLARSHIPS
Caroline M. and Robert O. Pickens, Jr. Scholarship Converse College awards scholarships that are
Frank Platt Scholarship Fund funded annually by individuals, foundations, and
Sara Routh Plyler Scholarship corporations to provide merit or need-based support
Alice Freeze Poole Scholarship to qualified students.
Margaret F. Porter Scholarship
Nancy McCall Poynor Endowed Scholarship Adopt-a-Scholar program:
Agnes Petty Pringle Scholarship Rachel Jackson Gandy ’76 Scholarship
Callie Rainey Music Scholarship The Odell Family Scholarship Fund
Henry Edmund Ravenel Scholarship The Kathryn Ferguson ’78 Scholarship
Retired Faculty Scholarship The Bailey Foundation Scholarship
H. McLeod and Mildred Kimberly Riggins Merit BB&T Scholarship
Scholarship Bank of America Scholarship
Martha Robinson Rivers Scholarship Floride Smith Dean Annual Scholarship
Emily Jones Rushing Scholarship Duke Energy Foundation Scholarship
Camille Chappell Sample Memorial Scholarship Peggy Thomson Gignilliat Music Scholarship
G. W. Saunders Scholarship Mary Hart Law Scholarship
Lucille Hawkins Seixas Scholarship Stasia “Mitzi” Mayfield McDowell ‘52 Scholarship
Honorable S. J. Simpson Scholarship Presser Foundation Undergraduate Scholarship Award
Helen Watkins and Collins Patten Sink Endowed Rotary Club of Spartanburg Scholarship
Scholarship SCANA Corp/SCE&G Scholarship
Tom and Mary Slaughter Endowed Scholarship D. L. Scurry Foundation Scholarship
J M Smith Foundation Endowed Scholarship Sonoco Products Company Scholarship
Mary F. Smith Memorial Scholarship South Carolina Student Loan Corporation
Mary Lowndes Barron Smith Endowed Scholarship Spartanburg County Foundation Scholarship
South Carolina State Fair Endowed Scholarship Walter Spry Piano Scholarship
Mary Andrews Stables Scholarship UPS Foundation Scholarship
Glenn C. Stables Scholarship Vallarino International Student Support Fund
Lynn Stephens Scholarship Wachovia Bank: a Wells Fargo Company Scholarship
Amy Stroup Scholarship Lettie Pate Whitehead Foundation Scholarship
Alice A. Suiter Endowed Scholarship
Mr. and Mrs. Thomas Howard Suitt, Sr. Scholarship OTHER SCHOLARSHIPS/AWARDS
Algernon Sydney Sullivan Foundation Scholarship Girl Scout Gold Award Scholarship
Nancy Reep Tait Voice Scholarship This scholarship is awarded to students who have
Paul Calvert and Josephine Alexander Thomas Music received the Girl Scout Gold Award. Supportive
Scholarship documentation must be received prior to the student
Strom Thurmond and Holly Richardson Public enrolling in Converse.
Service Scholarship
Mindy Traphagan Scholarship Legacy Scholarship
Charlotte Verreault Endowed Scholarship This scholarship is awarded to students whose mother,
E. Craig Wall, Sr. and Maysie Howard Wall ’31 grandmother, stepmother, aunt, or sister received an
Scholarship undergraduate degree from Converse.
Mary Z. Ward Music Scholarship
Rachel Minshall Waters Endowed Scholarship Palmetto Girls State Scholarship
Lucie Lorenz Watkins Scholarship Each year, Converse awards scholarships to two
Eugenia Tinsley Webb Scholarship students who have completed the Palmetto Girls
Billy and Lindsay Webster Endowed Scholarship State program. Winners are selected on the basis of
John Wiley and Rowena Eaddy Williams Scholarship academic performance and service involvement.
Students must be accepted to Converse.
16
Phi Theta Kappa Scholarship SC HOPE Scholarships
Transfer students who are members of Phi Theta Awarded to SC residents who do not meet the
Kappa Honor Society are eligible for a Phi Theta qualifications for the S.C. LIFE Scholarship but who
Kappa scholarship. graduate from high school with a 3.0 grade point
average. The SC HOPE Scholarship is awarded for the
Transfer Scholarship freshman year only. For further information about the
This scholarship is awarded to students who transfer to SC HOPE Scholarship visit www.che.sc.gov.
Converse College with 30 or more credit hours and have
achieved a minimum 2.5 cumulative collegiate GPA. SC Teachers Loan Program
Residents who plan to teach in the public sector in
Valedictorian Award SC upon graduation from college may apply for this
Converse recognizes valedictorians, students who are loan. Students must meet the academic criteria of the
ranked first in their high school class upon graduation, program. Need is not a factor. For further information
with a Valedictorian Scholarship. Students must be about the SC Teachers Loan Program visit www.
accepted to Converse. scstudentloan.org.

SOUTH CAROLINA FINANCIAL AID FEDERAL FINANCIAL AID PROGRAMS


OPPORTUNITIES Converse College participates in the following federal
The State of South Carolina offers several financial financial aid programs: The Federal Pell Grant
aid programs to residents who are attending in-state Program, the Federal Supplemental Grant Program,
colleges and universities. the Federal Teach Grant Program, the Federal Perkins
Loan Program, the Federal Work Study Program,
SC Tuition Grants Program and the Federal Direct Stafford Loan and Parent
This is a need-based grant program for SC residents Loan Programs. Details on each of these programs
who attend one of the 20 in-state private colleges or are available on the U.S. Department of Education’s
universities on a full-time basis. To qualify, the student website at: www.studentaid.ed.gov. In order to qualify
must meet the academic criteria of the program: rank for any of the federal programs, the student and her
in the upper 75% of high school class, or score 900 family must file the Free Application for Federal
on the SAT (19 on the ACT), or graduate from a South Student Aid. You may file this form electronically at:
Carolina High School with a cumulative 2.0 grade www.fafsa.ed.gov.
point average on the SC Uniform Grading Scale. The
applicant must also show need as determined by filing NOTE: Federal regulations require that colleges
the Free Application for Federal Student Aid. The limit federal funds to those students who are in good
deadline for applying is June 30th. academic standing and making satisfactory progress.
For the full-time student, satisfactory progress
SC Palmetto Fellows Scholarship requires the student to earn a minimum of 24 semester
These scholarships are awarded by the SC Commission hours per academic year, and maintain a cumulative
on Higher Education to academically outstanding SC grade point average above the disqualification level
residents who attend an in-state college or university. listed in the “Academic Regulations - Academic
Need is not a factor, however, the student must meet Standards” section of the Undergraduate Catalog. The
the academic criteria of the program and apply by requirement of hours earned will be prorated for the
the deadline dates (usually December 15th and June part-time student based on the student’s enrollment
15th) of her senior year. Additional information and status (half-time, three-quarter time, etc.). Moreover,
applications are available through the high school College policy restricts the awarding of campus-based
guidance office or at www.che.sc.gov. federal aid to a maximum of six years to full-time
students. Students who can document extenuating
SC LIFE Scholarships circumstances may appeal the withdrawal of aid by
Available to SC residents who attend an in-state filing a written request with the Director of Financial
college or university. Students must meet two of three Assistance within ten days of receipt of notification of
criteria: score a minimum of 1100 on the SAT (24 ineligibility for financial aid.
ACT), have a 3.0 (on a 4.0 scale) cumulative grade
point average at high school graduation, rank in the
top 30% of their high school graduating class. Need
is not a factor. For further information about the S.C.
LIFE Scholarship visit www.che.sc.gov.

17
ACADEMIC LIFE
THE CURRICULUM Notable sections within the library include a separate
To prepare students for full participation in their music library and a curriculum resources center.
society, Converse College offers a coherent academic
program that encompasses a variety of educational THE ACADEMIC CALENDAR
experiences. All students complete a sequence of The academic year is divided into three terms: Fall,
general education courses which provide instruction January, and Spring Terms. The Fall and Spring Terms
in language and writing, analysis and problem solving, are approximately 13.5 weeks in length and the
and physical coordination. Furthermore, they develop January Term is twenty instructional days. Students
knowledge, understanding, and appreciation of normally enroll in 12 to 16 hours in the Fall and
western culture and are introduced to the disciplines Spring Terms and 3 to 5 hours in the January Term.
of the liberal arts. All students also complete either a Students must enroll in an adequate number of hours
double major, a major and a minor, or a single major. to make satisfactory progress toward a degree and for
Students concentrate on these areas of study in the last financial aid purposes.
two years of their college work. Students may choose
majors from the disciplines within the liberal arts or The January Term enables students to engage in
from career-related areas that have their foundations internships, participate in a study/travel program,
in one or more of these disciplines. devote the term to an intensive study of a single
subject, or, if they prefer, enroll in the regular courses
An outstanding feature of the Converse curriculum of the curriculum which are provided in adequate
is the double major, which most students have the number and variety.
opportunity to complete in the regular four-year
academic program. In a double major, students may THE CONVERSE II Experience
choose two subjects within the liberal arts or may Converse II is designed to meet the needs and interests
choose a traditional discipline and a career-related of adult women. Through Converse II , women may
program. Thus, students interested in an area directly enter or return to college to complete undergraduate
related to career preparation also have the opportunity degrees, earn second undergraduate degrees, or enrich
to study one of the liberal arts subjects in depth, and themselves personally or professionally. Outstanding
students interested in more than one of these liberal features of the program are the simplified application
arts subjects have a structure whereby they may procedure, special fee rate, no SAT or entrance test
pursue sophisticated and specialized work within two scores required, day and evening classes, career
of these disciplines. counseling, and individualized academic advisement.
The Converse II experience is an integral part of
The Mickel Library Converse College—the teaching faculty and the
The Mickel Library holds more than 200,000 books, academic requirements for the degree are the same for
scores, music CDs, DVDs, microforms, and archival both traditional-aged and Converse II students.
materials. It also provides access to over 20,000
periodicals in electronic format, as well as print and Any woman who is a high school graduate or has
microform formats. obtained a GED and who is at least 24 years old, or
has her 24th birthday prior to the beginning of the
Seating more than 200 users and generally open semester for which admission is requested, is eligible
85 hours a week, the library provides reference to apply. Steps in the application process include
service to help students with research projects, an submitting an application and fee, submitting high
interlibrary loan department to obtain materials school and/or previous college transcripts, and having
from other libraries, and direct borrowing privileges a personal interview with the Director of Converse II.
at the libraries of various participating colleges and All applicants with less than 30 hours of college credit
universities in South Carolina. Computers within the must submit both high school and college transcripts.
library allow students not only to search the library’s
catalog, its 40+ book and periodical databases, and the Each admitted applicant is assigned one of three
open Internet, but also to access software applications classifications:
such as Microsoft’s Word, PowerPoint, and Excel. 1. Degree candidate

18
2. Special II student CAREER AND PRE-PROFESSIONAL
(not a degree candidate) PROGRAMS
3. Provisional student The faculty of Converse College believes that studies in
(degree candidate) the liberal arts provide the best preparation for career
and pre-professional training. In addition, the College
Degree candidates may be full-time or part-time offers majors in selected career-related areas and a
and may enroll in any major course of study, subject number of programs that provide the foundations
to departmental criteria. There are no time limits for particular occupations. These programs are not
on graduation, but the student must maintain the intended to be substitutes for technical education
academic standards set forth in the “Academic or for graduate professional training. Rather, they
Regulations” section of the Student Handbook and provide introduction to the essential knowledge and
in this catalog. Special II students (non-degree basic skills of the vocation.
candidates) may take courses for credit or may audit
courses. Students who only audit courses need not These programs are offered in the conviction that the
submit previous transcripts. Provisional students are liberal arts provide the most practical preparation
those applicants whose high school record is below for all of life. The programs, therefore, consist of a
that of students who are usually accepted, and those set of liberal arts courses which are organized in a
who have college work with a GPA below 2.5. Women sequence or pattern having relevance to a recognized
being considered for provisional status must show occupation or vocation.
maturity and motivation that would indicate potential
for success at Converse. Once accepted into Converse To enrich these programs, as well as the career-related
II, women may, with departmental approval, enroll majors, most departments offer internships in which
in any of the courses and degree programs available students earn academic credit for study and work at
at the College. When Converse II students complete a business, a government office, a service agency, or
at least 60 semester hours of work at Converse, they another organization within the profession. Many of
may graduate “with honors” when grade point ratios the internships are offered in locations other than
are 3.5 or above. Academic regulations are the same Spartanburg. Since the studies in the classroom
for Converse II students as for other students, and it are primarily theoretical, the internship brings
is the student’s responsibility to know and fulfill theory and practice together, thereby enriching the
curriculum requirements. educational process.

Converse II students are eligible to apply for federal These programs are described in the Career and Pre-
and state grants as well as a variety of loan programs. Professional section of this Catalog.,
Certain restrictions apply to students receiving
financial assistance such as a minimum number of
credit hours enrolled per semester and classification
THE CENTER FOR STUDENT
as a full degree candidate. For fees and financial DEVELOPMENT AND SUCCESS
assistance see “Fees and Financial Assistance” section The Center for Student Development and Success is
in the Undergraduate Catalog. Those Converse II located in the Montgomery Student Center and can
students interested in residing in the residence halls be reached at 596-9027. The CSDS serves to advance
during their time of study should contact the Director Converse students toward success in academic,
of Converse II for further information. personal and professional areas. The staff strive to
offer services, programs and opportunities for students
Readmission of Former Converse II Students to create networks for personal learning and growth.
A student whose enrollment at the College has been The staff of the CSDS work to meet the needs of all
interrupted for two or more consecutive sessions Converse students where ever they are in their academic
is not automatically readmitted. Students desiring to and personal development journey. See the Student
be considered for readmission should complete the Handbook for the support services that are offered.
application for readmission (available from the Office
of Converse II or on the college website). The Office Internships
of Converse II will notify the student regarding Internships, work experiences which earn academic
eligibility for readmission or registration. credit under the direction of a faculty member, are
extremely valuable for career decision-making and in

19
providing career related experience. Internships must Spain
be arranged with the student’s faculty advisor and The Converse College Study Abroad Program in Spain
the personnel in the CSDS. In order to arrange for an offers the opportunity to study in Madrid or Toledo to
internship, a student must make an appointment with qualified students through cooperative arrangements
the appropriate CSDS personnel. with Saint Louis University in Spain and the Toledo
International Program of Spanish Language, Latin
Prior to being placed in an internship, a student must American and European Studies. Students may spend
meet departmental requirements and be approved one semester or one year in Spain. Their grades and
by the appropriate departmental faculty advisor. credits are recorded as if the courses had been taken
The faculty advisor assumes the responsibility of at Converse.
determining the student’s eligibility and awarding
academic credit. Costa Rica
The Converse College Study Abroad Program in Costa
Although every attempt will be made to locate an Rica offers qualified students the opportunity to study
internship for each eligible student, Converse College in San Jose through a cooperative arrangement with
does not guarantee placement. A listing of agencies the University of Kansas. Students may spend one
providing internships is maintained in CSDS. semester or one year in Costa Rica. Their grades and
credits are recorded as if the courses had been taken
Students typically earn one credit hour for every 40 at Converse.
hours worked at the internship site. At the end of
the internship, each student will be evaluated by the England
site supervisor. In turn, the student will evaluate the As a regular feature of the academic program, Converse
placement in terms of its educational value. offers its students the opportunity to participate in a
January Term in London. A new program of course
Most internships are not paid. Transportation costs work and travel is designed for each term, but certain
and expenses of a personal nature are borne by the features remain constant. Converse faculty members
student. accompany the group and teach the courses.

Academic Regulations for Internships Iceland


Internships are limited to sophomores, juniors and Converse has an exchange agreement with the
seniors who have a 2.0 cumulative GPA at the time University of Iceland, a European university with an
of application and who have completed at least 12 extensive selection of courses taught in English. The
credit hours at Converse College prior to approval. agreement allows a Converse student to study at the
Individual departments may require additional university and pay no additional tuition beyond the
requirements and prerequisites. student’s regular tuition and fees paid to Converse.
Participants pay only living expenses while abroad. A
All internships are graded on a pass/fail basis. A special Converse scholarship pays for the round-trip
student may apply a maximum of 12 credit hours of airfare between the United States and Iceland. For
internship credit toward graduation. further information see the Vice President of Academic
Affairs and the Dean of the School of Humanities and
PROGRAMS FOR STUDY ABROAD Sciences.
France
The Converse College Study Abroad Program in Scotland
France offers the opportunity to study in Avignon Through an invitation to participate in the selective
or Aix-en-Provence to qualified students through a Principia Consortium, students in the Converse Nisbet
cooperative program with the Institute for American Honors Program are also eligible for consideration
Universities. All instruction is in French in the for a special honors study abroad experience at the
Avignon program, and some instruction is in English University of Glasgow, Scotland.
in Aix-en-Provence. Students live in private homes in
these cities in the culturally rich region of Province. Other Opportunities
Participants normally earn 15 hours of credit per Arrangements can be made for study in other
semester, and their grades and credits are recorded as countries throughout the world, including Asia,
if the courses had been taken at Converse. Australia, the Caribbean, Latin America, and Europe.
20
It is possible to establish consortium agreements with The Writing Center provides students with one-on-one
other organizations. In these situations, grades and tutoring, small group workshops focusing on specific
credits are recorded as if the courses had been taken writing topics, reference books, handbooks, professional
at Converse. writing texts, creative writing, and English as a second
language assistance. While the Center cannot provide
January Term Travel a proofreading/editing service or a guarantee of better
In addition to the programs described above, grades, it will serve as a caring and concerned trial
Converse offers a number of opportunities during audience for what students have written.
the January Term for off-campus study.
The Writing Center is open Monday through Friday,
Students are encouraged to see the Director of 9:00 am to noon, Monday through Thursday, 1:15 pm
International Studies to learn more about study to 5:00 pm.
opportunities abroad.
THE NISBET HONORS PROGRAM
ACADEMIC ADVISEMENT Although Converse has offered some honors courses in
The Converse College advising program provides the past, the Nisbet Honors Program began in 2000 when
academic guidance to students from their entrance Converse alumna Marian McGowan Nisbet ’62 and her
until their graduation. Freshman Advisers help husband Olin established an endowment to support a
students adjust to college life, guide their choice of full Honors Program. The Nisbet Honors program seeks
academic programs, and assist in the development of to offer the academically gifted student the challenge
their talents and goals. Advisers schedule conferences and community in which she may grow to her full
with students at regular intervals, but are available potential. The Honors Program includes opportunities
for consultation at any time. A student is required to to do independent research with faculty mentors, to take
remain with a Freshman Adviser through the January honors courses with other academically gifted students,
Term of her freshman year. After that point she may to meet nationally known visiting scholars, to receive
select and declare a major. funding for study-travel, and to meet socially to discuss
intellectually challenging topics. For further information
After declaring a major, the student transfers to her concerning the requirements of the Nisbet Honors
major adviser in a particular academic department Program refer to the academic department section of the
for advice in a program of study. Students choosing Undergraduate Catalog.
double majors are assigned advisers in both academic
areas, and should regularly consult BOTH advisers. ACADEMIC HONORS
Students should complete plans for the major(s) and/ Honors at Entrance
or a minor no later than the spring of the sophomore Students who because of their academic record in
year, but preferably sooner. high school and their test scores receive named
scholarships are awarded honors at entrance.
Writing Center
Located on the second floor of the library in Suite 204, Class Honors
the Writing Center provides assistance to all students The three students with the highest average in each of
seeking to build their writing skills. The Writing the returning classes are designated annually as Class
Center is dedicated to providing academic support Honor Students based on the previous year’s GPA.
to the needs of student writers across the curriculum.
In addition, any student who wishes to enhance her Dean’s List
skills, independent of specific course work, or have Eligibility for the Dean’s List, prepared at the end of
a friendly reader for her newest poem, essay or story, each Fall and Spring Term, is based on the following
can find assistance in the center. criteria:
1. The student must be full-time.
The Writing Center offers assistance with learning pre- 2. The student must have no incomplete grades in
writing strategies, understanding the writing process, that term.
developing a thesis, strengthening the focus of a 3. First year freshman must have a 3.4 GPA in that
paper, including supporting details, creating effective term.
introductions, recognizing strengths and needs, and 4. All other full-time students must have a 3.6 GPA
increasing understanding of proper grammar. in that term.
21
Graduation with Honors class, who have demonstrated superior scholastic
Students graduate with “academic distinction” from attainment throughout their entire college course. To
Converse according to the following criteria: be eligible for election, students must be candidates
1. cum laude, GPA of 3.5 but less than 3.75. for a bachelor’s degree in the liberal arts and sciences.
2. magna cum laude, GPA of 3.75 but less than 3.90. Criteria for selection to Gamma Sigma are based on
3. summa cum laude, GPA of 3.90 and above. the Phi Beta Kappa standards.

These standards refer to the Converse grade point Kappa Delta Epsilon
average. To qualify, a student must have a minimum Kappa Delta Epsilon is a national honorary
of 60 hours of work at Converse or in Converse organization in education. Its purpose is to promote
programs. the cause of education by fostering: 1) a spirit of
fellowship; 2) high standards of scholastic attainment;
Other honors accorded graduating seniors include and 3) professional ideals among members.
the Elford C. Morgan and the Pi Kappa Lambda Membership in the Gamma Chi Chapter of Converse
Awards for the highest cumulative average earned, College is by invitation to undergraduate applicants
respectively, by a student in the disciplines of arts and who have a major or minor in education; at least 45
sciences and a student in The Petrie School of Music. semester hours; and a GPA of 3.5 or better.

HONORARY ORGANIZATIONS Mortar Board Gavel Chapter


Alpha Lambda Delta Mortar Board is a national honor society of college
Alpha Lambda Delta is a national honor society for seniors whose purpose, in part, is “to support the ideals
the recognition of high academic achievements in the of the university, to advance a spirit of scholarship, to
freshman year. To be eligible for Alpha Lambda Delta, recognize and encourage leadership, and to provide
the student must have a cumulative average of not the opportunity for a meaningful exchange of ideas
less than 3.5 and carry a full class load through the as individuals and as a group.” Qualifications for
January Term of the freshman year. membership in Mortar Board include outstanding
leadership, scholarship, and service. All juniors with
Alpha Psi Omega a cumulative scholastic average of 3.0 or above are
Alpha Psi Omega is a national honorary fraternity in considered for membership. Selection and tapping of
Theatre Art. Candidates for admission must be active new members occurs in the spring of their junior year.
members of the Palmetto Players and demonstrate
outstanding and continual contributions to the Phi Sigma Iota
Theatre Program at Converse. Phi Sigma Iota is a national foreign language honor
society. Its primary objectives are the recognition of
Delta Omicron above average ability and attainments in languages
Delta Omicron is a professional music fraternity whose and literature, the stimulation of advanced work and
purpose is to encourage the highest possible scholastic individual research in this field, and the promotion of a
attainment, excellence of individual performance, friendship and understanding between our nation and
and appreciation of good music, to create and foster the nations using these languages. Students eligible for
fellowship through music, to develop character membership must meet the following requirements:
and leadership, and to give material aid to worthy Junior or Senior standing (Sophomore in exceptional
music students. Membership is open to freshmen, circumstances); a curriculum with an emphasis in
sophomores, juniors, seniors, and graduate students foreign language; at least a “B” average in their entire
of outstanding scholarship and musicianship. college work as well in all courses in language; and
completion of at least one course in foreign language
The Gamma Sigma Society at the third-year level of beyond. Membership is by
The Gamma Sigma Society is the honorary faculty recommendation and invitation.
scholarship society of Converse College. The purpose
of the Society is to encourage scholarship among Pi Gamma Mu
the students of Converse College and to honor The purpose of Pi Gamma Mu is to improve
by election to membership in the Society those scholarship in the social sciences and to provide an
seniors, not to exceed ten percent of the graduating equal opportunity for an exchange of ideas between
individuals involved in the various fields of social

22
science. Only students with at least twenty semester formal ceremonies of the academic year, including
hours of social sciences with an average grade therein Formal Opening Convocation, Founder’s Day, Awards
of not less than “B” are considered for membership. Day, Baccalaureate, and Commencement, where they
add order and dignity to the proceedings. In addition,
Pi Kappa Lambda marshals serve at other functions such as the Festival
“Strive always for the beautiful” is the motto of Pi Kappa of Lessons and Carols, Senior Assembly, certain
Lambda National Music Honor Society. Membership required assemblies, and Honor Emphasis Assembly.
is by invitation to those faculty members, graduate
students, seniors, and juniors in the field of music Theta Alpha Kappa
who show outstanding leadership and scholarship. Theta Alpha Kappa is the national honor society for
Graduating seniors in The Petrie School of Music Religious Studies and Theology. It promotes excellence
whose averages in all subjects rank among the upper in the study and teaching of these fields and seeks
one-fifth of the class and juniors whose averages in all to bring students, teachers, and writers of Religious
subjects rank among the upper one-tenth of the class Studies and Theology together both intellectually and
are eligible for election. socially. Membership is open to students who have
completed 12 hours in religion or related courses,
Student Marshals who have a cumulative grade point average of at least
Student Marshals are chosen from the rising junior 3.0, who have a grade point average of at least 3.5 in
class each year on the basis of academic excellence. religion courses, and who are in the upper thirty-five
They are among the most honored students on percent of their class.
campus. They officially represent the college in the

23
ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
Converse College offers the degrees of Bachelor of minors, which require a minimum of 21 credit hours in
Arts, Bachelor of Fine Arts, Bachelor of Music and planned programs between two (or more) departments.
Bachelor of Science. Students may complete two
degrees; however, this is usually a complicated and Students may select a major, major and minor, or
demanding process. Students planning to earn two double major during the spring term of the freshman
degrees should talk with their advisers as soon as year or during the sophomore year. The student
they have decided that they want to do this. It is completes the “Declaration of Major” form that is
the responsibility of each student to know the available in the Office of the Registrar to declare or to
requirements for the completion of her degree. change a major, minor or degree.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE Students have an adviser in the academic discipline


BACHELOR’S DEGREE that is declared as a major and in the case of double
The requirements for the bachelor’s degree include major the student must also consult an adviser in the
the completion of a minimum of 120 credit hours second major. The department chair of the minor
and a cumulative grade point ratio of at least 2.0 on usually directs the course work in a minor.
the cumulative hours attempted. Also, in all majors
or majors and minors a minimum GPA of 2.0 is Elective courses are those that are taken, not to satisfy
required. Included in the minimum number of credit the requirements of the GEP, the major, or the minor,
hours to graduate are the General Education Program but to complete the minimum 120 hours necessary for
(GEP) requirements, and the requirements for a single the bachelor’s degree. Students choose these courses
major, major and minor, or double major. according to their own preferences from the general
curriculum. Students who seek admission to graduate
The general education requirements for students seeking professional schools, such as law or medicine, should
a BA, BS or BFA are detailed in the section of the catalog “ consult the section titled “Career and Pre-Professional
Requirements for the General Education Program.“ For Programs.”
students majoring in music the GEP requirements are
listed in each major’s program of study in the section of To be eligible for the bachelor’s degree, the student
the catalog “Carroll McDaniel Petrie School of Music.” must complete no fewer than the last 42 credit hours
of course work at Converse. Exception: Upon approval
Most majors consist of 24 to 42 credit hours of course of the appropriate dean, a student may be permitted
work in one academic discipline and a double major to complete up to six of the last 42 hours at another
consists of the course requirements for the major accredited institution. Ordinarily this exception does not
in two academic disciplines. No more than four apply to students who have earned a total of only 42 hours
courses that are cross-listed or that are required for of course work at Converse.
both majors may count toward the satisfaction of the
major requirements in the two majors. For cross listed To be eligible for graduation with honors, students
courses, the student will receive credit in the subject must have completed a minimum of 60 hours of
area for which she has chosen to register. She may not credit at Converse College.
change her choice of course designation at a later date.
In addition to the academic and residence
If a student takes more than 42 hours in one academic requirements, the College requires as a condition for
discipline, the hours over 42 will not count toward the awarding of any diploma, the payment of all fees
hours for graduation. Exception: This limitation will not and fines owed to the College; the performance of any
apply to a unified program offered with the approval of the obligation, such as an exit interview, connected with a
General Faculty. student loan; the completion of any sanction resulting
from the student judicial system; and completion of
A minor consists of a minimum of 18 credit hours in a assessment instruments during their freshman and
planned program of study within a given department. junior years. Students must also apply through the
Refer to the portion of the catalog devoted to the Office of the Registrar for graduation no later than
departments for specific information about the minor the last week of the Fall Term prior to the regular
programs offered. The College permits interdisciplinary commencement exercises.

24
SECOND BACCALAUREATE DEGREE committee comprised of the president of Faculty
1. Converse does not grant to an individual two Senate, the student’s academic adviser and the
baccalaureate degrees of the same kind, e.g., two appropriate academic dean.
BA, two BFA, two BS or two BMus degrees. 5. In the official commencement program, the early
2. Students who wish to add another major commencement candidates are identified with an
program to a degree already completed may do asterisk. The following statement appears at the end
so, but this accomplishment is recognized only of the roster of graduates: “Early commencement
by notation on the permanent record/transcript, participants who will complete their requirements
not by issuance of a second diploma. within the following academic year.”
3. A person who wishes to take at Converse a 6. The early commencement participants receive
baccalaureate degree of the same kind as one blank diplomas at the May exercises. They receive
previously completed at another college is their official diplomas at the end of the summer or
eligible under the same conditions as those that the following May, contingent upon the completion
apply to students working for a second Converse of all requirements, with the date of the appropriate
baccalaureate degree. commencement appearing on the diploma.
4. A student can earn a second baccalaureate degree 7. An early commencement student who fails
by satisfying the following requirements. to achieve the required grade-point ratio, or
a. the major requirements for the second degree; fails to meet the required number of hours
b. the residence requirement of a minimum of for graduation by the end of the summer, is
42 hours at Converse; and automatically disqualified from receiving the
c. the grade average required for graduation. official diploma until the academic deficiencies
5. Any issue concerning the acceptability of previously are removed. Ordinarily this means that such
earned credits, such as their appropriateness to the students are not eligible to receive their official
second degree or the length of time since their diplomas until the following May or the next
completion, should be referred to the Registrar. official date of graduation.
8. Participation in the graduation exercises is
EARLY COMMENCEMENT regarded by the College as ceremonial and
REQUIREMENTS symbolic. Students may not consider themselves
Under certain conditions, students who have not graduates of the college in any legal or official
completed the degree requirements are allowed to sense until the Registrar of the College has
participate in graduation exercises. The following certified that the students have met all the
regulations govern this privilege: requirements for graduation.
1. A student must be present and participate in the 9. Students who participate in early commencement
graduation ceremony. cannot be recognized as qualifying for honors at
2. Only students who lack no more than four hours graduation.
to meet the minimum hour requirement for the
degree are eligible. Students must complete the GRADES AND QUALITY POINTS
remaining hours by the end of the spring term Grades for undergraduates are recorded in the
of the following academic year. The residency following terms:
requirement that a student may take no more
than 6 of the last 42 hours of course work at Grade Quality points earned
another institution applies to all students who A Excellent............................................ 4.00
are participating as early commencement A-.......................................................... 3.75
candidates. B+........................................................ .3.25
3. To qualify for early commencement, a student B Good . ............................................... 3.00
must have achieved a cumulative grade point B- ......................................................... 2.75
ratio of 2.00 by the end of the Spring Term C+ ....................................................... .2.25
in which she has applied to early commence, C Satisfactory ....................................... 2.00
must have a 2.00 GPA in her major and no C- . ....................................................... 1.75
incomplete grades that have not been made up D+ . ...................................................... 1.25
or completed. D . ........................................................ 1.00
4. In case of illness or emergency, students may D-............................................................ .75
appeal the requirements stated above to a F Failure . .................................................. 0

25
Other Symbols a. Completed 30 credit hours of college courses.
I ..............................................................Incomplete b. A GPA of 2.5 of higher.
WP.....................................Withdrawn while passing c. Permission of her advisor. Students not
WF...................................... Withdrawn while failing meeting these minimum criteria may be
(same as F for grade point average calculation) allowed to receive Pass/Fail credit with
W............................................................ Withdrawn permission of their advisor.
P or F...........................................................Pass/Fail 5. A student must tell the Registrar that she plans
(used only in specified courses) to take a course for Pass/Fail by the end of the
Au.................................................... Successful audit drop/add period at the beginning of the semester.
The student must have the advisor’s signature
A grade of I automatically becomes an F unless the indicating permission to take the course on a
student completes the course requirements by the end Pass/Fail basis.
of the next long term. To receive an incomplete, the 6. Grades of P do not count toward the student’s
student must have the permission of the instructor who GPA, but the credits are awarded towards the
is teaching the course. The instructor, in consultation degree. Grades of F are recorded as such on the
with the student, determines the requirements that student’s transcript, and are calculated as part of
the student must complete to receive a grade. These the student’s GPA.
requirements are listed on an “Incomplete Contract” 7. Repeated courses must be taken for letter grades,
form that may be obtained from the Office of the regardless of how they were originally taken.
Registrar. The grade of I will continue to show on the
student’s record with the grade the student receives Final Exams
after the course requirements are met. At the discretion of the instructor, final exams may
be scheduled by the Registrar or self scheduled.
When a student withdraws from a course, a grade of The professor shall indicate on each course syllabus
W may be given only in special circumstances and whether or not the final examination in the course is
only with the approval of the Registrar and appropriate scheduled. Faculty who choose to give self-scheduled
academic dean. exams must use the published dates and times for
scheduled exams. Thus, students in courses with
In courses designed to be graded Pass/Fail, no quality self-scheduled exams must schedule them during the
points are granted for a grade of Pass, while a grade of times listed by the Registrar. Students who have three
Fail will be regarded as hours attempted and failed. or more scheduled exams in one day may petition the
Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs or the
Pass/Fail Director of the Petrie School of Music to reschedule
The Pass/Fail regulation allows students to take the last of the three exams for another day.
courses of interest without affecting the student’s GPA,
unless a grade of F is received in the course. Students Retaking a Course
are allowed to enroll in courses that are normally A student will be allowed to retake any course in
graded courses for pass/fail credit providing they which she has earned a deficient grade (D or F) at
adhere to the following guidelines. Converse, subject to the following conditions:
1. Courses that are required Pass/Fail, such as 1. The student may retake a course no more than
Computer Literacy, internship or practicum are two times.
not part of this policy. 2. The student must take the course at Converse
2. Each student may take up to eight (8) credits of her to receive any benefits provided by these
120 required credits for graduations on a Pass/Fail regulations in the grade average.
basis at her discretion. The student and her advisor 3. The course must be retaken before the student
are responsible for keeping track of these hours. has successfully completed more than two
3. A student may not take the following for Pass/Fail: courses for which it is a prerequisite.
a. Courses that will be a part of the student’s 4. The student will not be permitted to take an
major, minor, or general education program. overload during any term in which she retakes
b. Honors courses. a course.
c. Directed Independent Studies. 5. The grade and quality points earned in the
4. To be eligible for a Pass/Fail course, a student retaken courses will be entered upon the
must have: student’s record; however, no grade will be

26
removed from the student’s academic record. student.converse.edu by entering her user name and
Quality points and credit hours earned in the password. Advisers also can view their advisees grades
course retaken will be substituted for the quality via the faculty website.
points and credit hours in the course with the
deficient grade. The Office of the Registrar issues a transcript of a
6. A course retaken will count against a student student’s academic record only upon receiving a
once in the GPA calculation. written, signed request from the student. The charge
is $5.00 per copy and a transcript will not be issued
Academic Standards until all fees and fines are paid to the College.
The academic standards for continued “good
standing” are determined in accordance with the REGISTRATION AND ENROLLMENT
following criteria: Students must properly register through the Office
Semester Hours Probation if cum. of the Registrar to assure they receive credit for the
Attempted GPA is less than courses they attend. Registration for the January and
0-24 1.75 Spring Terms generally occurs in November and for
25-56 1.90 Summer School and Fall Term in April. A student
57 - and up 2.00 must schedule an advisement conference with her
adviser prior to registration each term.
Semester Hours End of Year Disqualification
Attempted if cum GPA less than The full-time enrollment for a student is 12-16 hours
1-24 1.50 for Fall and Spring Terms and 3 to 5 hours for the
25-56 1.75 January Term. Students will be required to enroll in
57 – and up 1.90 no fewer than nine semester hours in the Fall and
Spring Terms and no fewer than three semester hours
Students are placed on academic probation at the in the January Term, unless specifically exempted
end of the Fall and Spring Terms. Any student whose from this requirement by the appropriate dean. Any
cumulative GPA falls below 1.00 at the end of fall term student who seeks such an exemption must submit a
will be disqualified. A student placed on academic petition to this effect no later than three weeks prior
probation three times may be disqualified. to the beginning of the term.

Students cannot be removed from probation by credits Cross Listed Courses


earned in any summer school other than the Converse For cross listed courses, the student will receive
summer session. They may, however, earn credits credit in the subject area for which she has chosen
at any approved summer school for the purpose of to register. She may not change her choice of course
advancement to the next classification. designation at a later date.

Students placed on academic disqualification are Overloads


ineligible to continue their studies at Converse Students may take more than the maximum normal
during the summer or the regular terms. Students number of hours (16) in the Fall and Spring Terms
are academically disqualified for failure to meet the and January Term (5) in accordance with the following
academic standards as outlined in the Catalog. When regulations.
there is evident cause for mitigation of this penalty, 1. With the approval of the adviser and a
the Vice President of Academic Affairs may relieve cumulative grade point ratio of at least 2.25, a
students from academic disqualification. junior or senior may add no more than three
hours (total 19 hours, Fall and Spring; 8 hours
Grade Reports and Transcripts January Term) as an overload.
Final grades are reported at the end of every term, 2. With the approval of the adviser and a
while midterm grades are reported for Fall and cumulative grade point ratio of 2.5, a freshman
Spring Terms only. Midterm grades are reported in or a sophomore may add no more than three
the Fall Term for first time freshman and in the fall hours (total 19 hours, Fall and Spring; 8 hours
and spring for any student on probation, and for January Term) as an overload.
students with a deficient grade (D or F) in any course. 3. First semester freshmen and first semester
A student may view her midterm and final grades at transfer students may not take an overload.

27
Students must have their advisers and the Registrar’s A student who wishes to change from credit to audit
approval for overloads in all terms. Any exceptions to or audit to credit in a course may do so only during
the foregoing regulations must be sought by petition, the drop/add period at the beginning of the term.
endorsed by the academic adviser, to the Associate
Vice President for Academic Affairs or the Director of Auditing students are required to fulfill the same
The Petrie School of Music, whichever is appropriate. attendance requirements in the course as enrolled
students. Beyond attendance, instructors may require
Directed Independent Study an auditor to participate in whatever requirements
While the college cannot guarantee that students can of a course that they determine constitute adequate
be offered a DIS in an existing course, under unusually participation. Instructors and auditors will stipulate
compelling circumstances a student can request such by contract at the beginning of the term the amount of
a course. Typically, the request should be made only: work that will be required.
1. If a course is required for a graduating student
but is not scheduled. Students who successfully complete the instructor’s
2. If a student has an unalterable schedule conflict requirements will receive an “AU” on their transcripts.
in the major or minor sequence. Audits that are not successfully completed will not
3. If a student needs a course to correct an out-of- appear on a student’s transcript.
sequence program.
4. If a student has compelling personal Changing Courses
circumstances, such as a health problem. Students may add courses only during the first week
of the term. Dates for adding courses are in the
The student meets with the instructor who has agreed academic calendar. A student may drop a course in
to direct the course to develop a plan. The student accordance with the following conditions:
and instructor complete the “Directed Independent 1. Without a grade – only during the first week of the
Study Course” form that is available in the Office of term may a student drop courses without a grade.
the Registrar. A student is not enrolled in the DIS 2. “WP” – a student receives a withdrawal passing
until the completed form is filed with the Office of the in a course dropped during the second and third
Registrar. Students may count no more than two DIS weeks of a term.
courses toward hours for graduation. Students who 3. “WP” or “WF” – a student receives a withdrawal
cannot secure the support of a faculty member may passing or withdrawal failing, depending upon
first discuss individual problems with the academic the grade earned in the course at the time of the
adviser and second with the appropriate dean. withdrawal during the fourth through the ninth
weeks of a term.
Audit 4. “WF” – a student receives an automatic withdraw
The purpose of auditing a class is to allow a student to failing after the ninth week of the term. A
study in a class without the pressure of grades, while student who wants an option of receiving “WP”
indicating on her transcript that she has attended and MUST WITHDRAW before the end of the ninth
participated in the class. week of the Fall or Spring Term and before the
beginning of the fourth week in the January
Full-time students may audit one course per term by Term.
obtaining permission from the instructor and their 5. Students who drop below the minimum number
academic adviser. Non-enrolled women may register of hours (12 hours in Fall and Spring Terms; 3
to audit up to two classes per term by obtaining hours in January Term) to be considered full-
the permission of the instructors and the Registrar time should be aware of potential problems
no later than the last day of the drop/add period. with both financial aid and on-campus housing.
Audited classes do not count toward a student’s Therefore, part-time status for undergraduate
academic class load. students is strongly discouraged.

Auditing students must also pay all fees for laboratory The schedule given above is modified for the January
classes or classes with additional materials. Students and Summer Terms as follows: “WP” to the end of the
taking courses for credit will have priority over second week; “WP” or “WF” to the end of the third
auditors when space is limited. week; an automatic “WF” beginning the fourth week
of the term.

28
After the first three days of a term, students who will usually be awarded with a score of 50 or better
withdraw from courses with special fees, e.g. applied on these tests. For specific information about the
art, applied math, etc. may apply to the Vice President relationship of these tests to required courses you
for Finance and Administration for a partial refund of should consult the Associate Vice President for
such fees if any refund is due. Academic Affairs

Warning: Anyone adding or dropping a course International Baccalaureate


without following the proper procedure will: 1) not Converse College recognizes the IB Diploma Program
receive credit for the course added; and 2) receive an and awards credit to Diploma holders. Credit is
“F” for any course not officially dropped. awarded in subject areas in which the individual
scores 4 or higher. You may consult the Associate Vice
NOTE: Choosing to drop one or more courses should President for Academic Affairs for particular questions.
not be confused with SEPARATION FROM THE
COLLEGE. Converse will grant no more than 30 semester hours
of credit by examination to any student.
Classification Requirements
Class Standing Min./Hrs./Quality Pts. Acceleration
For Sophomore Class 24/48 Although the Converse Baccalaureate degree normally
For Junior Class 56/112 requires four academic years of study, a student may
For Senior Class 87/174 & 2.0 avg. complete the program in three and one-half or even
three years by taking additional courses beyond the
Undergraduate Students Enrolling in normal load and during summer school. A student
Graduate Courses who wishes to accelerate should consult her academic
Undergraduate students desiring to enroll in a graduate adviser and the Registrar.
course prior to completion of the undergraduate
degree must meet the following criteria: The Three-Year Degree
1. The student must have senior class standing. Students may complete the requirements for the BA
2. The student must have a cumulative GPA of 3.0 degree in three years. The three-year degree is not a
or better. scaled-down education. It has the same components
3. Space must be available in the course. as the traditional four-year program. It differs only in
4. Permission of the instructor must be obtained. the pace of the student’s work.
5. An undergraduate student is limited to a total of
no more than three graduate courses. Any student who is able to maintain a satisfactory
academic average is eligible, but obviously the more
The student may obtain the appropriate form from the capable and highly motivated student will adjust more
Office of the Registrar. The form must be completed easily to the accelerated pace of study.
and approved before the student can be registered in
the course. The Plan:
Year Fall Term January Term
Credit by Examination First 5 courses 1 course
The Advanced Placement Tests of the College Physical Ed.
Entrance Examination Board: Converse awards Second 5 courses 1 course
credit for the nationally standardized Advance Third 5 courses 1 course
Placement test of the College Entrance Examination
Board. Credit will usually be given for a score of 3 or Year Spring Term Summer
better on these tests. For specific information about First 5 courses 4 courses*
the relationship of these tests to required courses, Physical Ed.
you should consult the respective department or the Second 5 courses 3 courses
Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs. Third 4 courses

CLEP *May be taken at any institution


Converse awards credit for the nationally standardized
College-Level Examination Program (CLEP). Credit This plan involves a maximum normal load of course

29
work during most of the college experience. In taken at Converse, any course for which Converse has
addition, it requires one full schedule and one part charged tuition or which has been integrated into a
schedule of summer courses, at least some of which Converse degree program.
may be taken at another college, if the student prefers.
As outlined, the plan is only a guide. It may be altered Converse does not accept course credit for transfer
to suit the purpose of the individual student. Students from non-accredited institutions.
who complete college courses in the summer before
entry into the freshman class, or who receive credit by Summer School at Converse
Advanced Placement or International Baccalaureate, Converse College operates three summer sessions,
will proceed through the three-year program with two five-week terms and one three-week term.
greater ease and convenience. Summer work before Courses offered are chosen largely on the basis of
the freshman year should be undertaken upon the student demand. Special fees are in effect for the
advice of the Registrar. summer session.

Transfer of Credits from Other Courses taken in the Converse summer school are
Institutions in all respects credited as if taken during the regular
During the academic year, students in residence at academic year. Converse students will be placed on,
Converse will be allowed to take courses at other or removed from academic probation in accordance
institutions with the approval of their adviser, the with the standards of the Fall Term of the academic
Registrar, and the appropriate academic dean. Grades year, provided that they attend Converse summer
earned in these courses will not affect the grade-point session for both terms, taking the regular course load
ratio earned at Converse. Students taking courses at of two courses per term. The summer session bulletin
other institutions while in residence at Converse are is published in late March and is available at www.
governed by the overload regulations that are listed converse.edu.
in this section. These students must also meet the
requirements for the bachelor’s degree as stated in the Alternate Year Courses
section “Requirements for a Bachelors’ Degree.” Some courses are offered only in alternate years. As
they plan ahead to take any particular course, students
Courses taken in summer school at another institution should confer with the department to confirm the
will be credited toward the degree provided: date when these courses will next be offered.
1. The courses to be taken are approved in advance
by the student’s adviser and the Registrar of Individualized Major (IM)
Converse College. It is the responsibility of the Students with interdisciplinary academic interests
student to provide the adviser with a catalog linking at least three disciplines may design degree
from the institution and, to guarantee approval programs that reflect those interests. Individualized
in advance, to submit the request before the last Majors must be designed in conjunction with the stu-
day of classes in the spring term. After that date dent’s academic adviser in each of the chosen disci-
students who take work at other institutions do plines (the IM committee) with the approval of the
so at their own risk. chair of the department in which each discipline falls.
2. The summer school is fully accredited. After departmental approval, students must submit
their proposal to the Associate VP for Academic Affairs
No credit will be given for any course in which for review/approval. The Associate VP will submit the
a student makes below a C-, nor will work be proposal for approval to the Curricular Programs
acceptable toward satisfaction of degree requirements. Committee. Students must complete the design and
Grades transferred from the summer school of another approval process prior to the end of the sophomore
institution will not affect the grade-point ratio earned year. NOTE: The student should contact the Asso-
at Converse College and will not be used to remove a ciate Vice President for Academic Affairs to discuss
student from probation. logistics, expectations, and requirements before pro-
ceeding further.
Converse participates in a number of cooperative
programs with other institutions. Therefore, the This program is designed for highly motivated stu-
College will accept by transfer from these institutions dents. Each IM proposal must show a clear theme
at full quality point value and in other respects as if that justifies granting an exception to single or dual

30
major programs and must provide a list of proposed given unless the work of two terms has
courses linked by that theme. The Curriculum Com- been completed.
mittee must approve any subsequent changes in the 101-102 Indicates a course for which credit for
approved list of courses. All students choosing the IM one term may be given but which may
option must complete: not be entered after the first term.
1. All GEP requirements; 300/500 Indicates a course offered for both
2. At least sixteen major courses (minimum of five undergraduate and graduate credit.
courses in each of three disciplines), including 101, 102 Indicates a course that may be entered
a seminar-level course in at least two different in any term.
disciplines;
3. A capstone project linking all disciplinary *The asterisk indicates a course that is offered for
areas of the IM, designed by the student with credit toward satisfaction of General Education
the approval of the faculty adviser in each area. Program requirements.
The capstone project is a separate requirement,
and not related to the requirements within the A student may enter a course at a level higher than
two seminar-level courses the student must that normally permitted her class with the permission
complete. A written proposal for the capstone of her major professor or academic adviser and the
project must be submitted to the student’s IM instructor of the course.
committee by April 15th of her junior year to
receive formal approval of the project. She The College reserves the right not to offer a course for
should also register for a special 3-credit Directed which the enrollment is fewer than five.
Independent Study related to the IM capstone
project. A presentation of the project will be Wofford College Cooperation Program
scheduled during the Spring Term of the senior In some cases Converse students may take courses
year, with all members of the college community at Wofford College, a neighboring institution in
invited to attend. Four weeks before the formal Spartanburg, as part of their undergraduate degree
public presentation the student must provide programs. The cooperative arrangement allows both
appropriate documentation to her IM committee colleges to enrich the educational opportunities of
for comment and feedback. The student’s IM their students. The cooperation is limited, however,
committee will evaluate the public presentation and no student at one institution may complete a
and award a grade of high pass, pass, or fail, with major program offered only at the other institution.
“pass” or better required for graduation Other limitations are:
1. Enrollment in each class depends upon space
IM students will be encouraged to incorporate being available. The Registrar of the institution,
collaborative undergraduate research and Honors not the instructor, determines space availability.
work in their course of study. The Registrar at the student’s home institution
will handle registration of courses at the
Due to the number of requirements involved, students cooperating institution.
completing degrees in professional programs (BM, 2. Students may not use courses in the cooperative
BFA) will not be able to complete an IM. However, program to meet the requirements of the
students may combine areas of music or art in IM General Education Program, major, minors or
programs aiming at completion of a BA degree, with concentrations at their home institution except
the approval of the Director of the Carroll McDaniel courses in Greek and Chinese, which may
Petrie School of Music (for Music) or the Chairperson be used toward meeting the foreign language
of the Department of Art and Design (for Art). requirement at either institution. Other
  exceptions are the art history and German
Courses of Instruction Key to the programs that are offered jointly between the
Numbering System two institutions. Courses offered simultaneously
100- 199 Introductory courses at both colleges will be taken at the home
200-299 Intermediate courses institution if space is available.
300-499 Advanced courses 3. The privileges of this agreement are available
500-699 Graduate Courses to full-time students who are in good standing,
101:102 Indicates a course for which credit is not academically and socially.

31
4. Enrollment in Directed Independent Studies, address of the appointed advisor to the student
supervised practical applications, private and to the Converse College pre-engineering
lessons, and internships are not included in the program director.
agreement. 2. A three-year pre-engineering program of study will
5. When the colleges have academic terms with be developed by the Converse College faculty in
different beginning and ending dates, students consultation with the Clemson Associate Dean
must adjust their schedules. Dates for final of Engineering and Science from courses offered
examinations and for reporting grades will be at Converse College. This program of study shall
those set by the institution in which a course include the general education courses required
is taken. The January and Summer Terms are by Converse College and by the engineering
excluded from the agreement, except for courses curricula at Clemson University. A list of basic
jointly sponsored by the two institutions. course requirements recommended by Clemson
6. Students participating in the program will not be may be obtained from the pre-engineering
charged additional fees except for those courses program director. However, the specific course
for which students at the host institution must requirements to best prepare and facilitate progress
pay extra. Students are responsible for fines toward graduation varies with engineering major.
or fees normally assessed for traffic or parking Specific pre-engineering programs recommended
violations or for misuse or loss of supplies. for various Clemson engineering majors are
7. The Converse Honor Code applies to students available at www.ces.clemson/dual-degree.
enrolled in Wofford courses. The principles and 3. The total study program at Converse College
regulations of the Converse Student Handbook, when shall include a minimum of 90 semester
applicable, govern the student’s conduct on the hours. Dual-degree candidates shall complete
Wofford campus. Otherwise, the Converse student all basic requirements at Converse College for
enrolled at Wofford adheres to the regulations and the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Science
procedures imposed on Wofford students. degree before transfer to Clemson.
8. Grades earned by students at the cooperating 4. The student will apply to the Clemson University
institution will be treated as if they were received Office of Admissions after completion of the second
at the home institution and are included in the academic year at Converse College. A student with
calculation of the grade-point averages. grades no lower than “C” in all courses in the pre-
engineering program, and a grade point average
Converse Clemson Dual-Degree Program of at least 2.5/4.0, is assured of admission into
Students enrolled in a liberal arts or science program the Clemson engineering program of her choice.
at Converse College who wish to prepare for a career Students not meeting these requirements will be
in engineering may, upon successful completion of considered for admission under Clemson’s general
an approved three-year pre-engineering curriculum, transfer student admissions standards. Prior to
transfer to Clemson University to complete requirements enrollment at Clemson, the student must be
for the Bachelor of Science degree in an engineering certified by the Converse College academic official
curriculum from Clemson and the Bachelor of Arts (or as having satisfactorily completed the academic
Science) degree from Converse College. The College requirements of Converse College as stated above.
of Engineering and Science at Clemson University 5. Credit for courses in the approved pre-
recommends a program of pre-engineering study to engineering program at Converse College and
include the general education courses required by an passed with a grade of “C” or higher will be
engineering curriculum. The details of the program and transferred to Clemson University. It shall be the
the understanding are as follows: joint responsibility of the Clemson University
1. During the first three terms at Converse College, and Converse College academic advisors to
the student participating in the pre-engineering coordinate the transfer equivalency of the
program must complete and send to the Clemson and Converse College courses in the
Associate Dean of the College of Engineering pre-engineering program.
and Science at Clemson University the form 6. Upon completion of an engineering curriculum
“Intention to Pursue the Dual Degree Program at Clemson University, the student will be
at Clemson University.” The Associate Dean at awarded a Bachelor of Science degree in an
Clemson will appoint an academic advisor for engineering discipline from Clemson. Converse
the student and will forward the name and students enrolled in this program will receive

32
their Converse Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of student must return it to the Office of the Registrar.
Science degree after completing a minimum of There are four categories of separation from the College:
90 hours of study at Converse, a total of 120
hours of study combined at Converse and Leave of Absence
Clemson, and the General Education and major A student in good standing may discontinue her
program requirements of Converse as specified studies at Converse for a minimum of one academic
by Converse. The student must apply to the session and a maximum of one year for one or more
Converse College Registrar for her diploma. of the following reasons: financial considerations,
7. Converse College will provide academic travel plans, medical reasons, personal reasons, or
advising to assist students in the pre-engineering alternate schooling. If, after a leave of absence of
program with all matters related to their transfer one calendar year a student does not subsequently
to Clemson University. The Associate Dean of enroll, the student will automatically be withdrawn
Engineering and Science, or duly appointed from the College. To be granted a leave of absence,
representative, at Clemson University will appropriate documentation must be provided prior
cooperate in the advising of these students. to separation from the College. Students who are
While advice and counsel will be offered, the granted a leave of absence will receive a “W” for
final responsibility with regard to transfer incomplete coursework BEFORE the end of the
remains with the student. ninth week of the term. After that, the student
8. Pre-engineering students at Converse College will receive a “WF” unless, for reasons of health
will be encouraged to attend summer school or family emergency, she provides appropriate
at Clemson (or another engineering college) evidence of treatment and receives the approval
and take certain basic engineering courses in of the appropriate dean in consultation with a
order to ease the transition into engineering representative of the Wellness Center.
coursework and facilitate timely completion of
the engineering program. A list of recommended Withdrawal
courses for each Clemson University engineering A student who wishes to withdraw from the College
program is maintained at www. ces.clemson/ unconditionally may do so following submission of a
dual-degree. completed separation form. Students who are granted
9. Conferences between the Clemson University a withdrawal will receive grades of “W” for incomplete
engineering and Converse College pre- course work BEFORE the end of the ninth week of
engineering advisors will be held regularly to the term. After that, the student will receive a “WF”
review the curricula and all matters related to unless, for reasons for health or family emergency,
the dual-degree agreement. she provides appropriate evidence of treatment and
10. Dual-degree candidates from Converse College receives the approval of the appropriate dean in
are eligible to seek Bachelor of Science degree consultation with a representative of the Wellness
in the following majors at Clemson University: Center. Students who leave the College without
Biosystems Engineering, Computer Engineering, following the appropriate procedures will receive
Chemical Engineering, Electrical Engineering, grades of “F” for incomplete work.
Ceramic and Materials Engineering, Industrial
Engineering,Civil Engineering, and Mechanical Students who are granted a withdrawal or who
Engineering. automatically withdraw after a leave of absence
of one calendar year must reapply to the College
Transportation through the Office of Admission.
Converse College does not provide transportation to
off-campus classes and events. A withdrawal or leave of absence from the College
may negatively impact a student’s financial aid
Separation from the College eligibility if the student has not completed a sufficient
A student who wishes to separate from the College number of hours. For further information concerning
must secure a separation form from the Wellness financial aid, contact the Financial Aid Office.
Center. Any student wishing to separate will begin the
process by participating in a confidential exit interview Administrative Withdrawal
with a Wellness Center staff member. After completing The College reserves the right to suspend, expel
the procedures prescribed by the separation form, the or enforce the withdrawal of any student whose

33
academic standing is unsatisfactory, who violates those available locally, and whose condition
the Honor Code, who persistently violates College will deteriorate without additional resources,
regulations, or whose influence, by word or deed, as deemed by the Director of Counseling or
is determined to be injurious to the best interest of counseling staff, and/or
the student body or the institution. 7. who refuse or are unable to cooperate with
a recommended evaluation or treatment
The College, upon the advice of its professional procedure that the Dean or other College staff
staff, may require a student to withdraw temporarily considers necessary to provide reasonable
from the College for medical or psychological assurance of the safety of the student or others
reasons. In these cases, the student will be in the community.
encouraged to seek professional care. Such action For further information see the Student Handbook.
is not taken for punitive reasons, but because the
welfare of the individual and community mandates Other Regulations
this procedure. Converse College reserves the right to add or drop
programs and courses, change fees, change the
Involuntary Withdrawal Policy calendar, and institute new requirements when such
The College is committed to providing student changes are necessary. Every effort will be made to
health and counseling services which promote minimize any inconveniences for students caused by
optimal educational opportunities for all its such changes. Suitable substitutions will be allowed
students. However, there are occasions when for required courses that have been withdrawn. Any
a student’s physical or emotional health places difficulties arising from changes in published dates,
unmanageable risks on the individual or the requirements, or courses should be brought to the
College. To ensure that the institution and its attention of the appropriate Dean.
members may carry out their proper activities, the
College has adopted policies and procedures for Policy on Student’s Records
the involuntary withdrawal of students. In the handling of student records, Converse College
complies with the provisions of the Family Educational
These policies and procedures apply to students: Rights and Privacy Act of 1974. Information about
1. who pose a threat of danger and /or injury to this policy can be found in the Student Handbook.
herself or others, and /or
2. who pose a threat of disruption of the lawful CAMPUS SAFETY AND SECURITY
activities or educational processes of other In accordance with Title II of Public Law 101-542,
members of the campus community , and/ or known as the Crime Awareness and Campus Security
3. who pose a threat of destruction of the property Act of 1990, Converse College provides information
of the College or others, and/or relating to crime statistics and security measures to
4. who are severely disruptive to others, including prospective students, matriculated students, and
behavior which causes emotional, psychological employees. This information is published annually and
or physical distress to fellow students or staff can be obtained from the Department of Public Safety.
substantially above that normally experienced in
daily life (Disruption may be in the form of a single Further information about campus safety and security
incident or somewhat less severe but persistent can be obtained either from the Office of Campus Life,
disruption over a more extended period.), and/or (864) 596-9016, or the Director of Campus Safety,
5. who create an unusual responsibility to monitor, (864) 596-9061.
supervise, treat, protect, or restrain the student
to ensure her safety and the safety of those GRADUATION RATE
around her, and/or In 2008-09 the graduation rate for students who
6. whose physical or psychological disorder is such entered Converse College in 2005 on a full-time basis
as to require highly specialized services beyond was 58%.

34
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES ON DISABILITIES
ACADEMIC POLICIES ON present program or promises of modification
DISABILITIES should be made until the Director has made a
Converse College complies with Section 504 of the recommendation.
Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (as amended through
1998), the Americans with Disabilities Act of Questions or concerns regarding ADA compliance
1990, Title IX of the Education Amendments of should be addressed to the Vice President for
1972, and the non-discrimination requirements Finance and Administration at (864) 596-9028.
of Section 35.107 of the Department of Justice Information on EEOC or Section 504 compliance
regulations. Converse does not discriminate issues can be obtained from the Director of
with regard to race, color, sex, national or Human Resources at (864) 596-9029.
ethnic origin, age, sexual orientation, religion or
disability in admission or access to, or treatment ADMISSION
or employment in, its programs and activities. Students are admitted to Converse on the basis of
However, admission to undergraduate programs academic credentials and additional information
and courses is limited to women. As a recipient submitted to the Admissions Office. A student who
of federal funds such as Work/Study, Pell and feels a disability makes achieving representative
SEOG Grants, and Perkins and Stafford Loans, scores on the SAT or ACT Tests unlikely may
Converse recognizes its responsibility to provide apply through a high school guidance counselor
equivalent access to academically qualified for accommodations on these tests. Students that
students with documented disabilities while receive accommodations either in high school or
maintaining standards that are essential to the on standardized tests are not necessarily eligible
academic program. A student with a disability for accommodations in higher education under
is someone with either a physical or mental the ADA or Section 504.
impairment that substantially limits one or more
major life activities. Temporary impairments of Applicants are not required to disclose any
short duration without permanent impact usually disability on their applications for admission to
do not qualify as disabilities under the ADA. Converse. Once admitted, however, a student
seeking reasonable academic accommodations
Students are responsible for notifying the College for a disability should immediately contact the
of their need for accommodations, obtaining and Director of Academic Accommodations and
submitting a Request for Accommodations Form Tutoring Services at (864) 577-2028 to obtain
to the Director of Academic Accommodations an accommodation form. Residential students
and Tutoring Services, providing supporting seeking physical accommodations for a disability
documentation in a timely manner, and actively should contact the Dean of Students at (864)
participating in developing and implementing 596-9614 upon notification of acceptance, so
an accommodation plan for each term. As reasonable provisions can be made before their
legal adults, students must self-advocate, and arrival on campus.
parents can be included in the process only
with the student’s permission. Reasonable ACCOMMODATIONS FOR
accommodations will be provided both to STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES
students and employees with disabilities Converse will make reasonable accommodations
upon written request. No otherwise qualified within its academic programs for otherwise
individual will be denied accommodations for qualified students with documented disabilities.
a disability unless the accommodation would However, students and parents should understand
cause an undue hardship on the College. that accommodations provided in elementary and
secondary schools under P.L. 94.142 (IDEA) are
Any faculty member who receives a request not necessarily required by law under the ADA
for academic accommodations on the basis of or Section 504 or provided by Converse. Many of
disability must refer the request to the Director the practices and procedures of special education
of Academic Accommodations and Tutoring (goal setting, progress reports, team meetings,
Services immediately. No modification of the program and exam modifications, related services,

35
and annual reviews) have no parallels in higher plan, and to secure available support services and/
education. Behavior standards are the same for all or equipment. This deadline is for administrative
students. Converse does not provide transportation purposes only and does not preclude admission
for students. Personal care attendants, orientation/ to programs or services. In addition, the student is
mobility training and tutors are considered responsible for providing the Director of Academic
personal services in higher education and are the Accommodations and Tutoring Services with a
student’s responsibility. Although Converse offers class schedule each term, so a new accommodation
no specialized services for students with disabilities, plan can be generated. All information and records
we will provide them equal access to services offered regarding students with disabilities, including
to all students. All students are eligible to use group accommodations for them, are strictly confidential,
tutoring sessions in selected disciplines, offered and The Center for Student Development and
several hours per week during the academic year by Success complies with the Health Insurance
peer tutors, as well as services through The Center Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) and
for Student Development and Success. Requests the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act
for course substitutions are evaluated individually, (FERPA). Records are stored in a secure location
on the basis of documentation provided, but the and are reviewed only by authorized personnel.
college is not required to fundamentally alter Although the student’s adviser and professors
essential course/program requirements. receive a copy of the accommodation plan, it is the
student’s responsibility to discuss accommodations
Testing to determine the need for accommodations with each professor at the beginning of each term.
is the student’s responsibility and is not If a student has concerns about or encounters
provided by Converse. IEP’s or 504 plans do problems with accommodations during the term,
not automatically meet the documentation the student should contact The Center for Student
requirements for receiving accommodations Development and Success. so that accommodations
in higher education. Documentation from an may be appropriately adjusted. A student who is
appropriate, licensed professional or agency not satisfied with accommodations may contact
is required in order to determine reasonable either the ADA or Section 504 Compliance Officer
accommodations necessary to serve a student indicated above and initiate the student grievance
with a disability. Diagnostic evaluations or procedure as outlined in the Student Handbook.
reports should be current, in most cases within
three years, and should be sent directly from the RESOLUTION PROCEDURES FOR
qualified professional to the Director of Academic STUDENT COMPLAINTS
Accommodations and Tutoring Services. The Converse provides all members of its academic
documentation should indicate diagnosis, community the opportunity to present grievances
describe the manifestations of and the extent of for resolution. The college has established
the disability, and make recommendations for procedures for students, as well as faculty and
reasonable accommodations the professional staff, to register and resolve complaints. The
deems necessary to assist the student with Student Handbook outlines for students the
a disability in the college setting. A current procedures for filing grievances against faculty
comprehensive psycho-educational evaluation is and staff; for reporting sexual harassment and
required for learning disabilities and is strongly sexual misconduct; and for pursuing Honor
recommended for attention deficit hyperactivity Board, Civitas Council, and alcohol and drug
disorder (ADHD). abuse cases. The Campus Life Office, located in
the Montgomery Student Activities Center, can
Students should submit a completed Request provide students copies of the Student Handbook
for Accommodations Form with supporting and additional information about procedures.
documentation to the Director Academic
Accommodations and Tutoring Services at least
thirty working days prior to the first day of class,
in order to allow time for review and consultation,
as needed, with the student, professors, counselors,
psychological consultants, and the Director of Health
Services, to prepare an appropriate accommodation

36
GENERAL EDUCATION PROGRAM
The General Education Program, which is B. Language and Culture
required for the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of 1. Proficiency at the third semester level
Fine Arts, and Bachelor of Science degrees, is a in one of the following languages: ASL,
carefully designed plan of study which provides French, German, Italian, Spanish. Students
the Converse graduate with a broad foundation must have upon entrance, or achieve at
in the liberal arts. Students who complete this Converse, a competence equal to that
program should be able to demonstrate: achieved by completing three semesters of
1. Effective oral and written communication; language at the college level.
2. Effective critical thinking skills; a. Exemption is possible via:
3. Effective quantitative reasoning skills; a score of 4 or higher on the AP exam in a
4. An appreciation of creativity/creative foreign language (credit awarded); or a score
expression; of 4 or higher in a course completed within
5. An understanding of international/ the International Baccalaureate Program
global perspectives; and (credit awarded); or 3 or 4 years of language
6. An awareness of wellness and healthy in high school AND passing required written
lifestyles. and oral placement tests administered by
Converse (no credit awarded).
Internships and courses designed primarily to b. Placement at the intermediate (3rd
prepare students for certification or professional semester) level is determined by: a
examination are not included in the GEP. score of 3 on the AP exam in a foreign
language AND a written placement
Courses that are available for general education test administered by Converse (credit
credit and which may also be taken for credit awarded); or by the number of years
in the major, minor, or a career preparation completed in high school and the written
area may be used to satisfy both requirements. placement test (no credit awarded).
Courses that satisfy the GEP are indicated by an 2. Students are highly advised against
asterisk (*) in this catalog. registering for the next level in a foreign
language without having earned a grade of
GEP requirements in place at the time a student C- or higher in the prerequisite course(s).
is admitted will be valid for a period of eight C. Quantitative Reasoning
years from the date of the last enrollment. 1. Mathematics 108 or higher, or exempt.
Exemption is possible via:
CATEGORY I: SKILLS a. a score of 3 or higher on one of the AP
Each student must meet the requirements listed math exams (credit awarded);
below by completing specific courses or by b. a score of 4 or higher in a course
exemption as described. completed within the International
A. Written Communication Baccalaureate Program (credit awarded);
English 101 or 290* or exempt. *ENG 290: c. an exemption exam administered by
Advanced Composition, does not satisfy Converse (no credit awarded).
the GEP except for those placed there via 2. One additional course making substantial use
an AP score of 3. Exemption is possible via: of mathematical, logical, or computational
a. a score of 4 or higher on either AP English reasoning. Designations for such courses are
exam (credit awarded); indicated in the Undergraduate Catalog.
b. a score of 4 or higher in a course D. Health and Well-Being
completed within the International 1. One 2-hour wellness course.
Baccalaureate Program (credit awarded); 2. One 1-hour or 2-hour activity course from
c. an SAT verbal score of 700 or above (no among PE or dance.
credit awarded);
d. an ACT verbal score of 31 or above (no Exemption Policy: Students 24 years of age or older
credit awarded). at the time of admission to Converse are excused
from the health and well-being requirement.

37
Students may also exempt one physical Catalog. Some courses may have prerequisites;
education class based upon fulfilling one of the also indicated in the Catalog.
conditions listed below: A. Humanities
a. verification of participation in a school- Two courses from history, philosophy,
sponsored competitive sport for four years religion, or women’s studies
with a letter from the coach of the team. B. Literature
Evidence for exemption must be presented One course selected from English or
no later than the end of the freshman year. foreign language (in translation or upper-
b. verification of participation in an level literature courses in the language).
intercollegiate sport, Dance Ensemble, or C. Fine Arts
Tarpon Sharks for one year with a letter Two history or appreciation courses from
from the coach/director in the area. art, dance, film, music or theatre.
c. verification of participation and completion D. Natural Sciences
with a passing grade of the Army ROTC Two courses from astronomy, biology,
Physical Training Program conducted at chemistry, geology, or physics. At least
Wofford College. one of these courses must include a
laboratory.
Evidence of exemption must be presented no later E. Social Science
than one year after completion of the course. This Two courses from economics, politics,
will meet the individual sport area requirement. psychology, or sociology.

CATEGORY II: PERSPECTIVES CATEGORY III: OTHER REQUIREMENTS


Students are required to take the specified First year seminar: Required for all freshman and
number of 3- or 4-hour courses from each of students entering with fewer than 24 credit hours.
the five academic areas listed below. Within each
academic area, each course must be in a different A course that is designated as writing intensive,
discipline. At least two courses from different non-European/non-Anglophone and capstone.
academic areas must be at the 200 level or Designations for such courses are indicated in the
above. All courses that count for GEP credit are course descriptions in the Undergraduate Catalog.
indicated by an asterisk* in the Undergraduate

38
The School of Humanities and Sciences

Division of Business and Behavioral Sciences


Department of Economics, Accounting & Business
Department of Psychology

Division of Humanities
Department of History & Politics
Department of Religion & Philosophy

Division of Foreign Languages and Literatures


Department of English
Department of Foreign Languages

Division of Natural and Mathematical Sciences


Department of Biology
Department of Chemistry
Department of Mathematics, Physics & Computer Science

39
DIVISION OF BUSINESS AND BEHAVIORIAL SCIENCES
Department of Economics, Accounting & Business
ROGER F. LUTTRELL, chair, AMY E. COX, WOODROW W. HUGHES, JR., W. THOMAS
MAYNARD, ANN M. PLETCHER, MADELYN V. YOUNG
The Department of Economics, Accounting and ECONOMICS
Business has three separate majors: economics, The economics major is designed to provide students
accounting and business administration. Within the with an understanding of market processes and
business administration major the department offers institutions. It also provides an understanding of how
five concentrations: economics, finance, human governmental policies and laws affect economic activity.
resource management, international business and Past economics majors are currently working for a wide
marketing. The mission of the department is to variety of businesses or in local, state or the federal
assist students in becoming productive, contributing government. Some are also in graduate school or law
members of society. The department also prepares school, as it is widely recognized that economics provides
those students who wish to pursue graduate one of the best backgrounds for the study of law.
education for entrance to and successful completion
of graduate school. All students majoring in the Bachelor of Arts with an
department must be able to communicate ideas and
information effectively in oral and written methods. Economics Major
Each student must have a GPA of 2.0 or above Required Courses:
within the major. The GPA will be computed using ECN 201: Microeconomic Principles . ............3 hours
all courses taken within the department and major ECN 202: Macroeconomic Principles ............ 3 hours
requirements outside the department. ECN 301: Intermediate Microeconomic
Theory...........................................................3 hours
The General Education Program is a requirement ECN 302: Intermediate Macroeconomic
for all degrees. The requirements listed below are Theory...........................................................3 hours
approved for the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science ECN 300: Descriptive and Inferential Statistics....4 hours
and Bachelor of Fine Arts. ECN 304: Quantitative Methods.....................4 hours
ECN 321: Money and Financial Institutions....3 hours
ENG 101.........................................................3 hours ECN 322: International Trade..........................3 hours
Language and Culture.....................................9 hours ECN 326: Labor Economics............................3 hours
MTH 108 or higher ........................................3 hours ECN 400: Senior Seminar................................3 hours
One course designated as Nine additional hours in other economics
Quantitative reasoning ........................... 3-4 hours courses numbered 300 or above,
Health and Well-being excluding ECN 361 and 499.........................9 hours
Wellness . .................................................. 2 hours TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF ARTS
Activity course........................................ 1-2 hours WITH AN ECONOMICS MAJOR .............41 hours
Humanities . ...................................................6 hours
Literature .......................................................3 hours Bachelor of Science with an
Fine Arts.........................................................6 hours
Natural Science........................................... 7-8 hours Economics Major
Social Science..................................................6 hours For a Bachelor of Science degree with an economics
major the student must complete the requirements for
Total .....................................................49-52 hours the Bachelor of Arts degree with an economics major
and the following courses:
Graduation requirements but not a separate course:
First Year Seminar MTH 115: Survey of Calculus or
Writing Intensive course MTH 120: Calculus............................... 3 or 4 hours
Non-European/non-Anglophone course CSC 201: Introduction to Computing.............4 hours
Capstone experience.
TOTAL HOURS FOR
For more information concerning GEP requirements BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH
see page 37 in this catalog. AN ECONOMICS MAJOR....................48-49 hours

40
The Economics Minor ACC 380: Accounting and Business
An economics minor is comprised of 24 credit hours Information Systems...................................4 hours
of course work, including the following: ACC 409: Tax Accounting...............................3 hours
ECN 201: Microeconomic Principles............. 3 hours ACC 451: Cost Accounting I...........................3 hours
ECN 202: Macroeconomic Principles............ 3 hours ACC 461: Advanced Accounting.....................3 hours
ECN 301: Intermediate Microeconomic ACC 462: Auditing..........................................3 hours
Theory...................................................... 3 hours ECN 300: Descriptive and InferentialStatistics.....4 hours
ECN 302: Intermediate Macroeconomic ECN 400: Senior Seminar................................3 hours
Theory...................................................... 3 hours TOTAL HOURS FOR THE
ECN 321: Money and Financial Institutions.. 3 hours BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH AN
ECN 322: International Trade........................ 3 hours ACCOUNTING MAJOR............................50 hours
ECN 326: Labor Economics.......................... 3 hours
Three additional hours in the department
with the approval of the adviser................ 3 hours Bachelor of Science with an
Accounting Major
Total Hours for the Economics Minor..... 24 hours For a Bachelor of Science degree with an accounting
Students who major or minor in economics should major the student must complete the requirements for
complete their GEP Math requirement during their the Bachelor of Arts degree with an accounting major
freshman year. It is recommended that Math 108 be and the following courses:
chosen to fulfill this requirement. Students are also BAD 330: Management....................................3 hours
encouraged to take HPE 126: Beginning Golf as their BAD 340: Marketing Principles.......................3 hours
GEP activity course requirement. MTH 115: Survey of Calculus or
MTH 120: Calculus................................. 3 or 4 hours
ACCOUNTING TOTAL HOURS FOR
The accounting major is designed to prepare a BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
student for a career in private accounting, financial WITH AN ACCOUNTING MAJOR................59-60
management, public accounting or graduate school. It
is recommended that the student pursuing a career in Students majoring in accounting should begin the ACC
accounting consider taking additional courses beyond 211 and 212 sequence in the sophomore year. Starting
the major requirements including, but not limited to this sequence later may necessitate taking some of the
computer science, money and financial institutions, accounting courses during the summer in order to complete
and other elective accounting and finance courses. the requirements within four years. Students who major in
Business ethics concepts are integrated throughout the accounting should complete their GEP Math requirement
accounting curriculum to expose future accountants to during their freshman year. It is recommended that Math
the variety and depth of ethical dilemmas present in 110 be chosen to fulfill this requirement. Students are also
the business world. Accounting graduates are currently encouraged to take HPE 126: Beginning Golf as their GEP
working in banking, public accounting, manufacturing, activity course requirement.
service companies and attending graduate school in
both masters level and doctorate programs. The Accounting Minor
An accounting minor is comprised of 20-21 credit
Bachelor of Arts with an hours of course work including the following:
Accounting major
Required Courses: ACC 211 -212: Accounting Principles.............6 hours
ECN 201: Microeconomic Principles...............3 hours ACC 451: Cost Accounting……......................3 hours
ECN 202: Macroeconomic Principles..............3 hours ACC 351: Intermediate Accounting I...............4 hours
One course from the following........................3 hours ACC 380: Accounting and Business
BAD 351: American Legal System and Contracts Information Systems...................................4 hours
BAD 352: Business Organizations, Property, Choice of one of the following:
and Commercial Law ACC 352: Intermediate Accounting II.........4 hours
FIN 370: Business Finance..............................4 hours ACC 409: Tax Accounting . ........................3 hours
ACC 211– 212: Accounting Principles............6 hours ACC 452: Cost Accounting ........................3 hours
ACC 351–352: Intermediate Accounting . ......8 hours Total Hours for the Accounting Minor.... 20-21 hours

41
The Accounting Minor is designed to complement other Students majoring in business administration are
majors by providing a concentration in accounting encouraged to select a second major or a minor.
that covers Intermediate Financial, Cost and Tax Students majoring in business with a concentration in
areas. The minor is an excellent way to increase your economics cannot double major in economics or minor
employability and understanding of financial issues as in economics. Students majoring in business with a
well as to supplement skills and abilities. concentration in finance, international business, human
resource management or marketing can double major in
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION economics or minor in economics. Students who major
Students majoring in any concentration within or minor in business administration should complete
business administration should exhibit competency their GEP Math requirement during their freshman year.
in the business areas, as well as the chosen area of It is recommended that Math 108 be chosen to fulfill
concentration. Each concentration within business this requirement. Students are also encouraged to take
administration has its own goals. HPE 126: Beginning Golf as their GEP activity course
1. Business economics students must be familiar requirement. Business majors planning to take the
with micro and macro economic theory through GMAT or GRE during their senior year are encouraged
the intermediate level, plus understand the role to take ECN 300 and ECN 304 during their junior year.
of financial institutions. This concentration is
designed for students who aspire to positions of Bachelor of Arts with a
leadership in the business community, and want Business Administration MAJOR
the broad analytical skills which will be relevant A student majoring in business administration must
to many different situations and changing complete a core curriculum, which consists of the
business practices. following:
2. Finance students should be thoroughly familiar
with the following: the time value of money; cash ECN 201: Microeconomic Principles…......... .3 hours
flows and the cost of capital; budgeting principles; ECN 202: Macroeconomic Principles......... …3 hours
cash management; and financial forecasting and ACC 211-212: Accounting Principles........ ….6 hours
planning. Students should be prepared for careers FIN 370: Business Finance............................. 4 hours
in banking, insurance, real estate, and other BAD 330: Management................................... 3 hours
service-related industries, as well as careers in BAD 340: Marketing Principles...................... 3 hours
manufacturing. Students who desire to continue One course from the following....................... 3 hours
their formal education should have the necessary BAD 351: American Legal System and Contracts
background to enter a graduate program. BAD 352 Business Organizations, Property
3. International business students should have the and Commercial Law
acquired skills and knowledge necessary for BAD 353: Labor and Human Relations Law
employment with firms involved in international BAD 300: Descriptive and Inferential
business. The student must have a good Statistics . .................................................. 4 hours
understanding not only of general business ECN 304: Quantitative Methods.................... 4 hours
concepts, but also of the socio/cultural, political, ECN 400: Senior Seminar............................... 3 hours
legal and competitive environments within which
international business is conducted. Total Hours in Core Courses.................... 36 hours
4. Marketing students should be familiar with various
marketing theories and concepts including those The students may then select one of the following
from areas of consumer behavior and international concentrations:
marketing. In addition, students will be introduced
to marketing research design, and report writing. Economics
The student should be prepared for careers in any ECN 301: Intermediate Microeconomic
area of marketing or for graduate school. Theory....................................................... 3 hours
5. Human resource management students will be ECN 302: Intermediate Macroeconomic
exposed to concepts and theories relating to Theory.......................................................... 3 hours
management of human resources. Students should ECN 321: Money and Financial Institutions…3 hours
be able to accept managerial responsibilities and ECN 325: Managerial Economics................... 3 hours
apply the concepts and theories to various business
Total Hours in Economics........................ 12 hours
situations.

42
Finance (Upon approval from the department chair,
FIN 321: Money and Financial Institutions.…3 hours students may substitute
FIN 372: Advanced Business Finance......... …3 hours SOC 245: Sociology of Work for PSY 232:
Two courses from the following...................6-8 hours Psychology of the Work Place.)
ACC 351: Intermediate Accounting I SOC 250: Occupations and Professions
ACC 352: Intermediate Accounting II SOC 260: Complex Organizations
FIN 324: Business and the Public Sector
FIN 373: Securities Analysis and Portfolio TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR
Management OF ARTS WITH A BUSINESS
ACC 409: Tax Accounting ADMINISTRATION MAJOR.............48-50 hours
ACC 452: Cost Accounting II
Total Hours in Finance........................ 12-14 hours Bachelor of Science with a
Business Administration MAJOR
International Business For a Bachelor of Science degree with a business
BAD 341: International Business.................... 3 hours administration major the student must complete the
ECN 322: International Trade......................... 3 hours requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree with a
ECN 323: Economic Problems of business administration major and the following
Developing Countries.................................... 3 hours courses:
BAD 443: International Marketing.................. 3 hours
CSC 201: Introduction to Computing.... ……4 hours
International Business majors will also minor or MTH 115: Survey of Calculus or
double major in one of the foreign languages. MTH 120: Calculus.....................................3-4 hours
Total Hours in International Business..... 12 hours
TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR
Marketing OF SCIENCE WITH A BUSINESS
BAD 344: Consumer Behavior........................ 3 hours ADMINISTRATION MAJOR................ 55-58 hours
BAD 442: Marketing Research........................ 4 hours
BAD 443: International Marketing.................. 3 hours
One course from the following, The Business Administration Minor
with approval from adviser:............................ 3 hours The Department of Economics, Accounting and
ENG 291: Introduction to Professional Writing Business offers a minor in business administration.
ART 124: Graphic Design I The program exposes the student to each of the areas
Another 300-400 level course in the Department of in the common body of the business curriculum:
Economics, Accounting and Business, (except ECN accounting, finance, management and marketing. The
361 and 499) theoretical economic underpinnings are addressed in
Total Hours in Marketing......................... 13 hours the economics courses.

Human Resource Management Required Courses:


BAD 353: Labor and Human Relations Law….3 hours ECN 201: Microeconomic Principles.......... …3 hours
ECN 326: Labor Economics........................... 3 hours ECN 202: Macroeconomic Principles......... …3 hours
ECN 331: Personnel Economics for Managers....... ...3 ACC 211: Accounting Principles.................... 3 hours
hours ACC 212: Accounting Principles.................... 3 hours
PSY 232: Psychology in the Workplace......... ..3 hours BAD 330: Management................................... 3 hours
Total Hours in Human Resource BAD 340: Marketing Principles...................... 3 hours
Management............................................. 12 hours FIN 370: Business Finance............................. 4 hours
One other 300- or 400-level course in
In addition to the required courses listed above, Economics, Business Administration or
the department strongly recommends that students Finance (except ECN 361 and 499)....... …3 hours
concentrating in human resource management take
the following courses. The material in these courses Total Hours for a Business
further enhances the student’s knowledge about Administration Minor.............................. 25 hours
bureaucratic organizations and the workplace.
SOC 245: Sociology of Work

43
THE MARKETING MINOR term. The course is designed to encourage student
Economics is the theoretical underpinning of much participation in class discussions, special projects,
of marketing. Marketing Principles is an overview solutions of problems, and defense of positions.
of the field and a prerequisite for several of the Honors classes are often concentrated in current
other courses. Consumer Behavior and Marketing problems that are topics of other particular course
Communication are the most relevant courses for offerings. A maximum of three credits shall be granted
non-marketing majors; they are the most likely to have for duplicated course work. Offered periodically in
direct application in small businesses, entrepreneurial rotation with seminars in other disciplines.
or nonprofit settings. Professional writing and graphic
design will give students a foundation in the basics of *201. MICROECONOMIC PRINCIPLES/
their respective fields which will permit those going THREE CREDITS
into entrepreneurial or nonprofit settings to prepare GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course is an
their own basic marketing materials. introductory study of market structures, products, and
factors of production. Quantitative GEP requirement.
Required courses:
ECN 150: Economic Concepts .......................3 hours *202. MACROECONOMIC PRINCIPLES/
BAD 340: Marketing Principles ......................3 hours THREE CREDITS
BAD 344: Consumer Behavior . ......................3 hours GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course is an
One course from the following: introduction to national income determination,
Bad 345: Marketing Communications ...........3 hours monetary and fiscal policy, and international trade.
Or Quantitative GEP requirement.
BAD 346: Communication Customer….........4 hours
ENG 291: Introduction to Professional *291. SPECIAL TOPICS IN ECONOMICS/
Writing ......................................................3 hours THREE OR FOUR CREDITS
ART 124: Graphic Design................................3 hours GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. The topics in this course
will vary depending on available staff and interest of
One course from the following: (3 or 4 hours) the students. It is intended to expose students to some
BAD 443: International Marketing introductory studies in the area of economics.
BAD 442: Marketing Research
BAD 347: Professional Selling *299H. Interdisciplinary Honors Course/
BAD 330: Management three credits
ACC 211: Accounting Principles GEP, Major, Elective credit. This course is team taught
THR 260: Arts Management by members in two departments and is open to Nisbet
THR 120: Public Speaking Honors Program participants and to others who meet
ART 282: Introduction to Interior Design Honors Program guidelines. All students registering
One other 300 or 400 level course in Economics for these courses must register not only through the
or Business Administration Honors Program but also with their adviser and the
Registrar’s Office.
Total hours for a Marketing Minor.......21-23 hours
300. DESCRIPTIVE AND INFERENTIAL STATISTICS/
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION FOUR CREDITS
ECONOMICS Major, Minor credit. This course examines some of the
*150. ECONOMIC CONCEPTS/THREE CREDITS methods of describing and presenting both quantitative
GEP, Elective credit. This course examines the basic micro- and qualitative data. Probability techniques and
and macroeconomic principles as found in the real world. principles are studied as these are necessary for
The ideas of opportunity cost, supply and demand, conducting and interpreting inferential statistical tests
the workings of markets, monopoly, unemployment, and techniques. Meets quantitative GEP requirement.
inflation, economic growth, international trade and
other selected topics are discussed. 301. INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMIC
THEORY/THREE CREDITS
*199H. FRESHMAN HONORS SEMINAR/ Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: ECN 201 and
THREE CREDITS 202. This intermediate-level price theory course deals
GEP, Elective credit. The Honors course selects subjects with the economic behavior of individual units such
within the discipline that will vary from term to as consumers, firms and resource owners.
44
302. INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMIC 325. MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS/THREE CREDITS
THEORY/THREE CREDITS Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: ECN 201
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: ECN 201 and 202. This course illustrates the role of economic
and 202. This intermediate-level course examines the intuitions in making sound business decisions. The
determination of national income, employment and course emphasizes logic and conceptual modeling,
monetary policy. reinforced by real-life examples, to highlight the
pivotal link between economics and key business
304. QUANTITATIVE METHODS/FOUR CREDITS concerns such as costs, prices, markets and personnel.
Major, Minor credit. Prerequisites: ECN 201, 202, Students will learn to weigh the strategic costs and
ECN 300 or permission of the instructor. Various benefits of each business choice, instead of relying on
mathematical techniques are employed in examining popular quick-fix solutions.
problems encountered in business and economics.
These techniques include optimization, regression, 326. LABOR ECONOMICS/THREE CREDITS
decision-making, linear programming, PERT/CPM, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: ECN 201 and 202.
and inventory management models. Labor supply, labor demand, and their interaction in the
determination of wage rates are the points of examination
321. MONEY AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS/ for this course. Wage differentials are examined in
THREE CREDITS light of market, institutional, and sociological factors.
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ECN 202. This Discussions of labor unions and their economic effects
course examines the role of money and of monetary are held as are examinations of macroeconomic topics
and financial institutions on the aggregate economy. such as unemployment and inflation.
There is an emphasis on the history, structure, and
function of the banking system. The tools of monetary 331. PERSONNEL ECONOMICS FOR MANAGERS/
policy and how monetary policy impacts the aggregate THREE CREDITS
economy are also discussed. Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ECN 326. This
course uses economic theory to examine issues related
322. INTERNATIONAL TRADE/THREE CREDITS to hiring, compensation, productivity measures,
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: ECN 201 and motivation, and employee turnover. Human capital
202. This course examines the theoretical bases for theory is also addressed as is internal politics and
international trade, comparative advantage, and the employee empowerment.
Heckscher-Ohlin model. The effect of trade barriers on
the world economy is also explored. The importance *345. AMERICAN ECONOMIC HISTORY/
of trade in the world economy, the mechanism of THREE CREDITS
international payments, and the nature of fixed and GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: ECN
flexible exchange rate systems are studied. 201 and 202 or consent of instructor. This course
studies the economic development of the United
323. ECONOMIC PROBLEMS OF DEVELOPING States from the colonial period to the present. The
COUNTRIES/ THREE CREDITS interrelated changes in economic performance,
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: ECN 201 and 202. technology, institutions, and governmental policy
Economic progress and development in the emerging are emphasized. Such topics as early development,
nations of the world are the main points of investigation. transportation, population growth, technological
This is an interdisciplinary approach to the economic, change, financial development, and the role of
political and sociological factors involved in developing government are covered.
the economies of low per capita income countries.
361. GEOGRAPHY OF WORLD RESOURCES/
324. BUSINESS AND THE PUBLIC SECTOR/ THREE CREDITS
THREE CREDITS Elective credit. This course examines the physical
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: ECN 201 and and cultural features of Earth, the production and
202. This course is an examination of the rationale for distribution of food, energy, industrial raw materials,
government involvement in the economy, a study of and finished goods, and the current competition for
the sources and uses of public funds, and the impact control of resources.
of these policies on the economy. Regulation and anti-
monopoly policies are also examined.

45
365. COMPARATIVE ECONOMIC SYSTEMS/ ACCOUNTING
THREE CREDITS 211. ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES I/THREE CREDITS
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: ECN 201 Major, Elective credit. This study of the basic
and 202. A study of the major economic models and techniques of financial accounting emphasizes the
philosophies used by various countries is the focus of the processes of recording, classifying, summarizing,
course. Emphasis is placed on theoretical and real world and interpreting business transactions. Topics
comparison and assessment. Capitalism, communism, covered include balance sheet and income statement
and democratic socialism are the models covered. preparation with an emphasis on the asset side of
the balance sheet and related income statement
399. STUDY/TRAVEL SEMINAR/ accounts. Quantitative GEP requirement.
THREE OR FOUR CREDITS
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ECN 201 and 212. ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES II/
ECN 202 or permission of the instructor. This course will THREE CREDITS
focus on an economic or business question that will Major, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ACC 211 with a
vary from year to year. Students will be involved in grade of C- or above. This is a continuation of ACC
intense seminars prior to and following a short-term 211. Management accounting topics such as product
travel program. costing, budgeting, and decision-making are studied.

400. SENIOR SEMINAR/THREE CREDITS 351. INTERMEDIATE FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING I/


Major credit. Prerequisite: Senior status, or permission FOUR CREDITS
of department chair. A capstone course is required of Major, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ACC 212. Accounting
all majors in the department, including accounting, theory and concepts in relation to asset and liability
business administration, and economics. The course recognition and measurement are emphasized.
is designed to simulate real-world experiences faced
by managers and executives in for-profit, not-for- 352. INTERMEDIATE FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING II/
profit, and governmental organizations. Students FOUR CREDITS
are assigned to teams to explore solutions to various Major, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ACC 351. This
problems. Each team and team member will submit continuation of ACC 351 places primary emphasis on
written reports and give oral presentations of their theory and concepts involving stockholders’ equity,
findings. Quantitative GEP requirement. investment, cash flows and issues related to income
measurement.
401. SPECIAL TOPICS/THREE
Major, Minor, Elective credit. The topics in this course 380. ACCOUNTING AND BUSINESS
will vary depending on available staff and interest of INFORMATION SYSTEMS/FOUR CREDITS
the students. It is intended to expose students to some Major, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ACC 211 or instructor’s
advanced studies in the area of economics. permission. Study of business information systems for
future business professionals. This course is intended to
490. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY IN lay a foundation for providing accounting user support,
SPECIAL TOPICS/THREE CREDITS information technology and problem solving. Students
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: Departmental are exposed to a variety of information technologies and
approval. This independent course is for advanced study methods of analysis of business processes. Advantages
of a topic not covered in any other course, under faculty and disadvantages of the different technologies are
guidance and instruction. May be repeated for credit. highlighted and discussed.

499. ECONOMICS INTERNSHIP/ 401. SPECIAL TOPICS IN ACCOUNTING/


ONE TO SIX CREDITS ONE TO FOUR CREDITS
Prerequisite: Minimum 18 hours in major within Topics will depend on available staff and interest level
department; 2.5 GPA in major; and permission of the of students.
faculty director. The internship involves the student
in a business or governmental agency related to the 409. TAX ACCOUNTING/THREE CREDITS
student’s career choice. A journal of the internship, plus Major, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ACC 211. This course
a possible presentation is required. Pass/fail grading. is an introduction to the basic structure of the federal
income tax with emphasis on individual tax provisions.

46
451. COST ACCOUNTING I/THREE CREDITS 324. BUSINESS AND THE PUBLIC SECTOR/
Major, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ACC 212 or THREE CREDITS
permission of the instructor. Manufacturing inventory Same as ECN 324.
costs, related management controls, and decision
processes are covered. 370. BUSINESS FINANCE/FOUR CREDITS
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ACC 212.
452. COST ACCOUNTING II/THREE CREDITS Planning, analyzing, and reporting the financing
Major, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ACC 212. Pricing and of business operations are examined in the course.
costing methods are examined as well as decision models Working capital, long term financing, capital
used for inventory planning and capital budgets. budgeting, and cost of capital are also covered. The
use of present and future values of financial amounts
461. ADVANCED ACCOUNTING/THREE CREDITS are stressed.
Major, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ACC 352. Business
combinations, consolidations, non-profit and 372. ADVANCED BUSINESS FINANCE/
governmental accounting, and foreign currency issues THREE CREDITS
are examined. Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: FIN 370. This
course provides an in-depth study of various theories
462. AUDITING/THREE CREDITS and techniques of the major areas of corporate finance.
Major, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ACC 351 . This course Case studies and selected readings are employed in
examines the theory and practice of examination of this course.
financial statements by public accountants.
373. SECURITIES ANALYSIS AND PORTFOLIO
463: CURRENT ISSUES IN ACCOUNTING/ MANAGEMENT/THREE CREDITS
THREE CREDITS Major credit. Prerequisite: FIN 370. This course is
Prerequisites: ACC 352, 409, 451, 462 or permission of designed to acquaint the student with advanced
instructor. Topics are chosen yearly based on current theories of the analysis of security valuation and
changes in the accounting profession. risk, choice of assets for an investment portfolio, and
evaluation of portfolio performance.
499. ACCOUNTING INTERNSHIP/
ONE TO SIX CREDITS 490. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY IN
Prerequisite: At least 18 hours in major in department; SPECIAL TOPICS/ THREE CREDITS
2.5 GPA in major; and permission of the director. The Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: Departmental
internship provides experience in public, private, or approval. This independent course is an advanced
non-profit accounting. A journal of the internship is study of a topic not covered in any other course, under
required. Pass/fail grading. faculty guidance and instruction. May be repeated for
credit.
FINANCE
200. PERSONAL FINANCE/THREE CREDITS/ BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
FOUR CREDITS IN JANUARY TERM 245. SOCIOLOGY OF WORK/THREE CREDITS
Elective credit. This course is a study of personal Same as SOC 245.
financial decision-making. The course provides a
knowledge of the tools to make both short-term and 260. COMPLEX ORGANIZATIONS/THREE CREDITS
long-term financial plans. Topics include budgeting, Same as SOC 260.
consumer credit, insurance, investments, and savings.
Topics of current consumer importance are also 300 DESCRIPTIVE AND INFERENTIAL STATISTICS/
covered. The material for the January Term course will FOUR CREDITS
be viewed through the perspective of the Bible. Meets Same as ECN 300. Meets quantitative GEP requirement.
quantitative GEP requirement.
330. MANAGEMENT/THREE CREDITS
321. MONEY AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS/ Major, Minor, Elective credit. The objective of this course is
THREE CREDITS to acquaint students with the job of the manager as well
Same as ECN 321. as the techniques of planning, organizing, motivating,
leading, communicating, staffing, controlling and

47
evaluating. The course also explores the evolution of versa. This course focuses on the role of integrated
management theory from the early classical theories to marketing communications (IMC) in the marketing
management by objectives. The course makes extensive plan of an organization, with particular emphasis
use of the case study method of instruction. placed on communicating with the customer. In
addition to the topics of advertising, public relations,
340. MARKETING PRINCIPLES/THREE CREDITS sales promotions, interactive marketing and direct
Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course introduces the marketing, and the process of developing an IMC
student to basic marketing concepts and applications program, this course will also cover personal selling
and provides an overview of marketing. Topics include as a component of IMC, global IMC strategies and the
the role of marketing within the firm, marketing research, role of branding and packaging in IMC.
consumer behavior, product development, pricing,
channels and distribution, and promotional strategy. 347. PROFESSIONAL SELLING/
THREE CREDITS OR FOUR CREDITS
341. INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS/THREE CREDITS Major, Minor, Elective credit. BAD 340 recommended
Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course examines the but not required. This course will be an overview of
role of the international manager with regard to the professional selling with an emphasis on the sales
environment of international business. Topics include process. The emphasis will be on understanding
the problems faced when dealing with different and applying the tools salespeople use to identity
cultures, the economic theory of international trade, prospects, analyze their needs, offer solutions, respond
how government intervention can affect trade, the to objections, close the sale and build the relationship.
determination of exchange rates and other financial Sales management and how the sales function fits into
operations, multinational firms, and international the overall marketing function and the organization
management, operations and concerns. will also be covered.

344. CONSUMER BEHAVIOR/THREE CREDITS 351. AMERICAN LEGAL SYSTEM AND CONTRACTS/
Major, Minor, Elective credit. BAD 340 is recommended THREE CREDITS
but not required. The emphasis in this course will Major, Minor, Elective credit. This introductory course
be on understanding the psychological, social, and is an examination of the American legal system,
socioeconomic factors affecting consumer purchase, judicial procedures, and the laws governing contracts,
use and disposition of products and services. Topics torts, and the U.C.C., including secured transactions,
covered include consumer motivation, learning, negotiable instruments and sales.
psychographics, decision making processes and the
influence of culture and groups. 352. BUSINESS ORGANIZATIONS, PROPERTY,
AND COMMERCIAL LAW/THREE CREDITS
345. MARKETING COMMUNICATIONS/ Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course examines the
THREE OR FOUR CREDITS laws governing business associations and related subjects
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: BAD 340 is such as bailments, agency, partnerships, corporations,
recommended but not required. Students who take BAD and regulation of business, trusts and estates.
345 may not take BAD 346 for credit and vice versa.
The emphasis in this course will be on the role of 353. LABOR AND HUMAN RELATIONS LAW/
integrated marketing communications (IMC) in the THREE CREDITS
marketing plan of an organization. Topics covered Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course examines the
include advertising, public relations, sales promotions, legislation and regulation related to management and
interactive marketing and direct marketing, as well record keeping in the personnel area of for-profit and
as the process of developing an IMC program, and not-for-profit organizations. Legislation dealing with
various factors that influence this process. labor unions will also be discussed.

346. COMMUNICATION WITH THE CUSTOMER: 399. study/travel seminar/three credits


INTEGRATING THE PROMOTIONAL MIX/ Same as ECN 399.
FOUR CREDITS
Major, Minor, or Elective credit. Prerequisite: BAD 340 401. SPECIAL TOPICS IN BUSINESS/THREE CREDITS
is recommended but not required. Students who take Major, Minor, Elective credit. The topics will vary
BAD 345 may not take BAD 346 for credit, and vice- depending on available staff and interest of the students.

48
442. MARKETING RESEARCH/FOUR CREDITS *250. Occupations and Professions/
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: BAD 340. This THREE CREDITS
course involves the student in the systematic and GEP, Elective credit. A study of the history and structure
objective process of generating information to aid of specific occupations and professions and the study
in decision-making. This process includes problem of theories of professionalism.
formulation, research design, data collection, data
analysis and communication (both written and oral) *260. Complex Organizations/
of research results. THREE CREDITS
GEP, Elective credit. A study of formal organizations,
443. INTERNATIONAL MARKETING/ theories of complex organizations, and the social-
THREE CREDITS psychological consequences for the development of
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: BAD 340. self in the macro-environment of work.
This course focuses on the opportunities, problems
and logistics involved in formulating strategies for *270. Criminology/THREE CREDITS
marketing across national borders. Topics include GEP, Elective credit. A focus on theories of criminology
the economic, sociocultural, political/legal and as related to significant research concerning causes,
competitive environments and their impact on extent, social and economic cost, and ecology of
marketing strategy. crime. A second emphasis will be placed on criminal
justice issues of practices within police, criminal,
490. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY IN and juvenile courts, as well as problems of prison,
SPECIAL TOPICS/THREE CREDITS reformatories, prevention, and rehabilitation.
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: departmental
approval. This independent course of advanced study *302. SOCIAL STRATIFICATION/THREE CREDITS
under faculty guidance and instruction examines a GEP, Elective credit. A study of institutionalized
topic not covered in any other course. May be repeated patterns of economic, political, social, and prestige
for credit. differentiation and the importance of class or stratum
placement in determining opportunities, style of life,
499. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION INTERNSHIP/ and patterns of interaction.
ONE TO SIX CREDITS
Prerequisite: At least 18 hours in major in department; *306 The Family/THREE CREDITS
2.5 GPA in major; and permission of the director. The GEP, Elective credit. A cross-cultural approach to
student will be engaged in an internship in a business marriage and the family with emphasis on historical
or governmental agency that relates to the student’s changes and the modern American family, particularly
career choice. The internship is graded on a pass/ in its relation to other social institutions.
fail basis. A journal of the internship, plus a possible
presentation, is required. Pass/fail grading. *310 Social Problems/THREE CREDITS
GEP, Elective credit. A study of selected contemporary
SOCIOLOGY social problems and issues through a number of
*100. Principles of Sociology/ theoretical perspectives. Emphasis will be placed on
three creditS the analysis of these issues, the human value systems
GEP, Elective credit. A study of the basic sociological applicable, and understanding these issues in their
concepts and their logical and empirical relations, larger social context.
including those factors would contribute to the
emergence, persistence, and change in social *492. Sociological Theory/THREE CREDITS
relationships. GEP, Elective credit. A consideration of classical to
contemporary theories, with emphasis on formal
*245. Sociology of Work/THREE CREDITS theory building and the influence that theory and
GEP, Elective credit. A study of the social history of research have on each other.
the concept of work and the social-psychological
consequences of the development of self in the micro-
environment of work.

49
Department of Psychology
MONICA L. McCOY, chair, WILLIAM M. BAKER, RICHARD G. KEEN, TRACY
KSIAZAK, JANET R. LEFRANCOIS, MARGARET MOORE

The mission of the Department of Psychology is Graduation requirements but not a separate course:
threefold: (1) to teach students about the laws of First Year Seminar
behavior across the phylogenetic scale; (2) to teach Writing Intensive course
students about the methods through which those Non-European/non-Anglophone course
laws were discovered; and (3) to teach students about Capstone experience.
the theories (both historical and contemporary) that
psychologists have proposed. For more information concerning GEP requirements
see page 37 in this catalog.
The Department of Psychology offers a Bachelor of
Arts with a psychology major. Psychology majors will The major must consist of at least 26 credit hours
have a common core of study intended to teach the (eight regular courses) beyond the general psychology
procedures of statistical methods and experimental course.
design, the history and philosophy of the discipline,
the laws of the major categories of behavior Required Courses:
(respondent and operant), and the requirements PSY 233: Psychology of Learning.....................4 hours
of writing in manuscript style. Each major will be PSY 303: Social Science Statistics.....................4 hours
expected to demonstrate mastery in these areas PSY 401: Experimental Psychology..................3 hours
through the preparation of a seminar paper during PSY 405: History and Philosophy of
the spring of the senior year. Courses outside the Psychology..................................................3 hours
common core are intended to permit specialized study PSY 480: Psychology Seminar..........................3 hours
of narrower fields of the discipline. Additional Psychology Electives......................9 hours
Students planning to major in psychology should TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF
declare the major by late in the spring of the ARTS WITH A PSYCHOLOGY MAJOR.....26 hours
sophomore year. The major is a two-year program
of study involving prerequisites among several of the THE PSYCHOLOGY MINOR
core courses. Majors are expected to stand the Area The minor must consist of at least 20 credit hours
Concentration Achievement Tests in Psychology in the (six regular courses) beyond the General Psychology
spring of the senior year. This is done as part of the course.
college assessment program. The fee for the test is
paid by the college. Required Courses:
PSY 233: Psychology of Learning.....................4 hours
ENG 101.........................................................3 hours PSY 303: Social Science Statistics.....................4 hours
Language and Culture.....................................9 hours PSY 405: History and Philosophy of
MTH 108 or higher ........................................3 hours Psychology..................................................3 hours
One course designated as Additional psychology electives.......................9 hours
Quantitative reasoning ........................... 3-4 hours
Health and Well-being Total Hours for the Psychology Minor.......20 hours
Wellness . .................................................. 2 hours
Activity course........................................ 1-2 hours Students preparing for graduate study are advised
Humanities . ...................................................6 hours to enroll in as many psychology courses as college
Literature .......................................................3 hours regulations will permit.
Fine Arts.........................................................6 hours
Natural Science........................................... 7-8 hours COURSES OF INSTRUCTION
Social Science..................................................6 hours *100. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY/THREE CREDITS
GEP credit.. A survey of the areas which define
Total .....................................................49-52 hours psychology. Special emphasis will be given to
conditioning phenomena. Offered Fall and Spring Terms.

50
*150. SPECIAL TOPICS IN PSYCHOLOGY /ONE TO in the workplace. Specifically, students will learn to
FOUR CREDITS apply behavioral principles derived from the laboratory
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective Credit. Selected topics to all levels of performance in the organization. Topics
in psychology. The topics in this course will vary to be covered include screening job applicants, on-
depending on the available faculty and the interest of the-job training, assessment of work performance,
the students. and methods of providing performance feedback to
workers. Offered in alternate years. Fall Term.
*199H. FRESHMAN HONORS SEMINAR/
THREE CREDITS 233. PSYCHOLOGY OF LEARNING/FOUR CREDITS
GEP credit. A study of a selected subject within the Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: PSY 100 or
discipline which will vary from term to term. The the permission of the instructor. A study of the learning
course is intended to encourage student participation process, both through the examination of the
in the intellectual process through class discussion, experimental literature and through the completion of
structured experiences, and the writing of short laboratory exercises. Lecture and Laboratory. Fall Term.
papers. Offered periodically in rotation with seminars in
other disciplines. 236. THEORIES OF PERSONALITY AND
EMOTIONAL DISTURBANCES/THREE CREDITS
201. PSYCHOLOGY OF RELATIONSHIPS/ Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of theories of
THREE CREDITS personality and the research that supports those
Elective credit. This course presents what is known about theories. Students will take some personality
successful relationships with a significant other. Skills questionnaires and incorporate this material into a
in successfully maneuvering such a relationship will be summary of some aspect of their personalities. Offered
examined, with an emphasis on communication skills. once a year in either Fall or Spring Term.

204. ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY/THREE CREDITS 280. HEALTH PSYCHOLOGY/THREE CREDITS


Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of the changing Major, Minor, Elective credit. The aims of this course are to
meanings of the concept of abnormal behavior and understand the psychological factors involved in health
the accompanying changes in methods of treatment. and in illness, to study interventions to help people get
Offered Spring Term. over illness and stay well, and to consider the health care
system and its policies. Finally, a sample of the popular
211. BEHAVIOR MODIFICATION/THREE CREDITS literature on the mind-body issue as it relates to health
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: PSY 100 or will be considered relative to the existing scientific
the permission of the instructor. A study of the effects literature. Offered in Fall or January Term.
of operant and respondent conditioning in changing
and influencing human behavior. Students will do a *281. YOGA AND STRESS MANAGEMENT/
project in which they apply the principles to some FOUR CREDITS
aspect of their own behavior. The population most GEP, Elective credit. This course will study stress
emphasized by the text is children in an institutional management from the perspectives of western
setting. Offered Fall Term. science and the eastern practice of yoga. A portion
of the class will include study of scientific findings
231. SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY/THREE CREDITS concerning stress and its management, some study of
Major, Minor, Elective credit. A course designed to yoga philosophy, and a consideration of the existing
investigate the manner in which the behavior, feelings, scientific studies of yoga. Another portion of the class
and thoughts of one individual are influenced and will involve practice of yoga postures and methods of
determined by the behavior and/or characteristics breathing. Non-European/non-Anglophone.
of others. Selected topics include attraction, social
influence, attitudes, aggression and violence, altruism, *299H. Interdisciplinary Honors Course
sexual behavior, group influences, and person GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course is team
perception. Offered Fall Term. taught by members in two departments and is open
to Nisbet Honors Program participants and to others
232. PSYCHOLOGY IN THE WORKPLACE/ who meet Honors Program guidelines. All students
THREE CREDITS registering for these courses must register not only
Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course is designed to through the Honors Program but also with their adviser
introduce students to methods of managing behavior and the Registrar’s Office.
51
302. PSYCHOLOGY OF WOMEN/THREE CREDITS laboratory and providing the opportunity to conduct
Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of gender behavioral research with small animals and human
comparisons in behavior. Selected topics include beings. Offered Spring Term.
theories of female development, femininity, masculinity,
and androgyny, gender comparisons in personality, 405. HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF
adjustment, abilities, achievement, motivation, language, PSYCHOLOGY/THREE CREDITS
biological influences, sexuality, violence against women, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: PSY 100 or the
and cross-cultural perspectives. Offered Spring Term. permission of the instructor. A study of the history of
psychology with emphasis on the modern period and
303. SOCIAL SCIENCE STATISTICS/FOUR CREDITS on the special contribution which philosophy makes
Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of the statistical to the viewpoint of a discipline which conducts an
techniques commonly used in the analysis of data in experimental analysis of behavior. Offered Fall Term.
economics, politics, psychology, and sociology. Students
will become familiar with the use of computers in data 410. COUNSELING AND PSYCHOTHERAPY/
analysis. Offered Fall and January Terms. Quantitative FOUR CREDITS
GEP requirement. Cross-listed with ECN/BAD 300. Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of the different
techniques of counseling and psychotherapy. Class
332. PSYCHOLOGICAL TESTS/THREE CREDITS sessions will frequently be used to discuss and
Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of the psychological experience these techniques. Offered January Term.
evaluation, the tests used for such an evaluation, and
the procedures required for such tests to be valid and 480. SENIOR SEMINAR/THREE CREDITS
reliable. There will be an emphasis on personality tests. Major credit. Prerequisites: PSY 233, 303, and 401. Each
Each student will do two evaluations, one on herself student will write a library research paper that all
and one on another student. Offered in alternate years. students will read and discuss. Offered Spring Term.
Writing Intensive. Capstone
350. SPECIAL TOPICS IN PSYCHOLOGY/
ONE TO THREE CREDITS 490. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY IN
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Selected topics in advanced SPECIAL TOPICS/ONE TO THREE CREDITS
psychological study. The topics in this course will vary Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. Prerequisite: PSY
depending on available faculty and the interest of the 100 or the permission of the instructor. A course designed
students. to allow the student to engage in concentrated
experimental or library research in an area of personal
370. CHILD ABUSE AND NEGLECT/THREE CREDITS interest. May be repeated for credit.
Major, Minor, Elective credit. A lecture and seminar
course examining the phenomenon of child abuse 499. INTERNSHIP IN PROFESSIONAL
and neglect. Included in this course will be an PSYCHOLOGY/THREE CREDITS
overview of attitudes toward and legal definitions of Major credit. Prerequisites: A 3.0 average in the major.
child maltreatment. In addition, legal issues, parental PSY 204, 231, 303, and 332. In exceptional cases, consent
factors, contextual influences, and the developmental of the department staff will permit enrolling in the course
consequences of maltreatment will be explored. This in the absence of some of the course prerequisites. It is
course relies heavily on current research in child intended for senior psychology majors. The course will
abuse and neglect. Offered in alternate years. Fall Term. offer experience in an applied setting. Students will be
placed with local social agencies or other dispensers
*380. HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT/ of psychological services (out-of-town placement is
THREE CREDITS also possible) who have agreed to accept and evaluate
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. The study of them on an internship basis. The course will also
development and behavior throughout the life-span. involve weekly seminars with the departmental staff
Offered Fall and Spring Terms. and other interns for examination of problems that
have arisen in the work situation. In the case of out-of-
401. EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY/ town placement, a paper will be required instead of the
THREE CREDITS seminars. The course is intended for those psychology
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: PSY 233 and majors who wish to seek employment at the Bachelor of
303. A course designed to teach research methodology Arts level. It is not recommended for those who plan to
and instrumentation by bringing the student into the pursue an advanced degree program. Pass/fail grading.
52
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION HPE 200: Intermediate Equitation, HPE 300:
The mission of Health and Physical Education Advanced Equitation, HPE 400: School Group in
at Converse is to provide as broad and varied a Equitation. Offered during Fall and Spring Terms.
curriculum as possible to aid students in developing Equitation fee payable to Converse College.
skills, knowledge, and understanding that will lead to
participation in life time sports and/or fitness activities. *120-126. BEGINNING/ADVANCED BEGINNING
INDIVIDUAL SPORTS/ONE CREDIT
Requirements and Recommendations GEP, Elective credit. HPE 123: Fencing, HPE 124:
It is recommended that all physical education require- Golf, HPE 126: Tennis. Offered during Fall or Spring
ments be completed by the end of the student’s junior year. Term. Green fee for golf payable at the course is $10.00.
Beginning level activities are designed for the student who
Every new student, by July 1, must be examined by has little or no experience in this activity.
her own physician. The report must be sent to the
director of health services. *140. SWIMMING/ONE CREDIT
GEP, Elective credit. HPE 140: Beginning Swimming.
Students are required to take HPE 255: Introduction Beginning swimming is designed for students who feel
to Fitness and Wellness, and one other activity course. unsafe in the water or for those students who would
The activity course is selected from one of three areas: like to learn how to swim. Offered in the Fall Term.
team sport, individual sport, or dance. Courses are
graded conventionally and will be counted in the grade *150-154. FITNESS/ONE CREDIT
average of the student. Dance courses are listed in the GEP, Elective credit. HPE 150: Aerobics, HPE 151:
Department of Theatre and Dance section of the Catalog. Walk/Swim, HPE 152: Fitness Approaches, HPE 153:
Introduction to Yoga, HPE 154: Weight Training.
Students who are not safe in deep water are encouraged Offered during Fall and/or January and/or Spring Term.
to take a swimming course. Beyond the one course
physical education requirement, a student will be *155. INTRODUCTION TO PILATES/ONE CREDIT
allowed to take 10 additional physical education activity GEP, Elective credit. Pilates is a course designed to
courses. Only three of these additional courses will count provide a working knowledge of and the essential
toward the total of 120 hours required for graduation. exercises involved in establishing core strength and
stability. The course will help heighten mind-body
If a student’s health restricts her participation, she is awareness. Offered Fall and/or Spring Terms.
expected to meet the two-course requirement through a
limited program plan. All such students shall arrange their *160. SPECIAL TOPICS IN HEALTH AND PHYSICAL
physical education work in consultation with the chair of EDUCATION/ONE TO FOUR CREDITS
the department and the Director Accommodations and GEP credit. The topics in this course will vary depending
Tutoring Services at the time of registration. on the available staff and the interest of the students.

Equitation is offered as an off-campus sport. Riding *220-226. INTERMEDIATE INDIVIDUAL SPORTS/


students must have written parental permission and a ONE CREDIT
written statement releasing the College from all liability GEP, Elective credit. HPE 224: Golf, HPE 226:
in the activity and in transportation. Students must have Intermediate Tennis. Offered on demand. Green fee
hard hat with harness, riding boots or jodhpur boots, for golf payable at course is $40.00. Intermediate level
1/2 chaps, chaps or breeches. Charges for instruction in activities are designed for those who have some proficient
equitation are listed under Fees and Financial Assistance. skill in an area and would like to improve these skills

The Health and Physical Education area conducts and *245. LIFEGUARD TRAINING /TWO CREDITS
advises the Tarpon-Shark Club which presents an GEP, Elective credit. The American Red Cross Lifeguarding
annual public performance. course covers the skills and knowledge required for
effective lifeguarding at swimming pools. Certifications
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION include Lifeguard Training, CPR for the Professional
INDIVIDUAL SPORTS Rescuer, AED, and Lifeguard Management. Offered during
*100-400. EQUITATION/ONE CREDIT Spring Term. Fee payable to Red Cross through instructor is
GEP, Elective credit. HPE 100: Beginning Equitation, $79.00, including books, pocket mask, cards and equipment.
The fee is subject to change.
53
*254. INTERMEDIATE YOGA/ONE CREDIT TEAM SPORTS
GEP, Elective credit. Prerequisite: HPE 154 or permission *130-134. BEGINNING TEAM SPORTS/ONE CREDIT
of instructor. This course is a continuation of the GEP, Elective credit. HPE 130: Basketball, HPE 132: Soccer,
work done in Beginning Yoga. Intermediate Yoga will HPE 134: Volleyball. Offered during Fall and/or January
focus on more advanced yoga postures, including and/or Spring Term. Beginning level activities are designed for
standing and seated poses, twists, supine and prone the student who has little or no experience in this activity.
poses, inversions, balancings, and backbends. Yoga
philosophy is studied to a greater degree. RELATED COURSES
180. STANDARD FIRST AID AND PERSONAL
*255. INTRODUCTION TO FITNESS AND SAFETY/CARDIO-PULMONARY RESUSCITATION/
WELLNESS/ TWO CREDITS TWO CREDITS
GEP. This course encompasses areas of fitness, fitness, Elective credit. A study of first aid, including thorough
nutritional health, and general wellness principles. knowledge and skill development to meet the needs
Topics to be discussed will include but are not limited of most situations when emergency first-aid care
to nutrition, stress management, alcohol education, is needed and medical assistance is not excessively
sexually transmitted diseases, food and the consumer, delayed. Offered on demand.
and physical activity. Students will also participate in
a variety of lifetime activities that promote health and 195. ATHLETIC TRAINING/THREE CREDITS
well-being. Offered Fall and Spring Terms. Elective credit. Prerequisites: BIO 100 or permission
of the instructor. This course focuses on causes,
*256. CONCEPTS AND APPROACHES TO A FIT symptoms, emergency care, treatment, rehabilitation
AND WELL WAY OF LIFE/THREE CREDITS and diagnostic training for sports injuries. Offered on
GEP credit for Fitness and 1 PE activity. May not take demand. Special fee: $20.00 for training.
both HPE 255 and 256 for credit. This course is
designed for Jan Term to give students a knowledge 197. LIFETIME HEALTH TOPICS/THREE CREDITS
of fitness, nutritional health and general wellness. Elective credit. Topics to be included are nutrition, diet,
Students will also participate in a variety of daily weight control, and physical fitness. Offered on demand.
lifetime fitness activities such as aerobics, yoga,
pilates, and water aerobics. Offered January Term only. 393. HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR
ELEMENTARY TEACHERS/THREE CREDITS
*344. WATER SAFETY INSTRUCTORS/TWO CREDITS Required for elementary majors, elective for special
GEP (only 1 of the 2 credits may count toward GEP), education majors. Recommended to take during the
Elective credit. This course is designed to train Junior or Senior year. Designed to meet certification
participants to teach American Red Cross swimming requirements of the South Carolina State Department of
and water safety courses. Offered during Spring Term. Education. A study of the developmental characteristics
Eligibility determined by pre-course written and skills of the elementary child and planned activities in health
tests. Fee payable to Red Cross through Instructor is and physical education that meet these needs. Offered
$50.00, including book. The fee is subject to change. during Fall, January, Spring and Summer I and II Terms.

*345. LIFEGUARD TRAINING INSTRUCTORS/ 490. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY/


TWO CREDITS ONE OR TWO CREDITS
GEP, Elective credit. This course is designed to train Elective credit. This course is designed as an individual
participants to teach American Red Cross Lifeguarding study of a topic chosen by the student and approved by
courses. Offered on request during January Term. Must the instructor or as a group study designed to complement
have a current American Red Cross Lifeguard certificate. the physical education curriculum or a specific course
Fee payable to Red Cross through instructor is $55.00, offered by another department. Offered on demand.
including books. The fee is subject to change.
DANCE
360. SPECIAL TOPICS IN HEALTH AND PHYSICAL Courses are listed under the Department of Theatre
EDUCATION /ONE TO FOUR CREDITS and Dance.
Elective credits. The topics in this course will vary depending
on available staff and the interest of the students.

54
DIVISION OF HUMANITIES
Department of History & Politics
JOE P. DUNN, chair, JEFFREY POELVOORDE, JOHN M. THEILMANN,
MELISSA WALKER, EDWARD C. WOODFIN

The mission of the Department of History and Politics Graduation requirements but not a separate course:
for both history and politics majors is to instill a love First Year Seminar
of learning and to enable students to acquire the Writing Intensive course
intellectual resources and analytical skills necessary to Non-European/non-Anglophone course
live meaningful lives in the ever-changing national and Capstone experience.
global community. For more information concerning GEP requirements
see page 37 in this catalog.
The department strives to enhance the intellectual
capacity of Converse students and provide them with
opportunities to develop analytical, conceptual, reading, HISTORY
writing, speaking, synthesizing and thinking skills. To The department offers a Bachelor of Arts with a
this end, the department has established substantive history major that consists of a minimum of 36 credit
goals for both majors which include the ability to: hours as outlined below. HST 100 or HST 201, 202
1. appreciate the past, understand the complex are encouraged but not required.
forces of change and appreciate the relationships Required history courses:
between past, present and future; Three upper-level (300-400)
2. gain a factual and conceptual grasp of the European history courses……....................9 hours
discipline, its major areas of inquiry, and the Two upper-level (300-400)
basic questions to be asked in the study of the American history courses ……...................6 hours
particular periods or subfields to which the One upper-level (300-400)
student is exposed in her courses; non-Western or World history....................3 hours
3. understand how this discipline employs Additional history electives...................…….15 hours
methodology to comprehend the nature of reality; Senior Seminar................................................3 hours
4. evaluate varying interpretations of events, TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF
phenomena, or data; ARTS WITH HISTORY MAJOR . ............ 36 hours
5. learn how to posit and articulate one’s own views
on particular subjects. Internships do not count toward the 36-hour minimum
major requirements. Students who double major in
The General Education Program is a requirement history and politics may count no more than two
for all degrees. The requirements listed below are departmental cross-listed courses toward each major,
approved for the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science and they only take the Capstone course once. Except
and Bachelor of Fine Arts. with specific department permission, no more than
ENG 101.........................................................3 hours two courses taken at any place other than at Converse,
Language and Culture.....................................9 hours including courses taken at Wofford, may count toward
MTH 108 or higher ........................................3 hours the minimum hours for the major. Transfer students
One course designated as may be given more latitude on this provision.
Quantitative reasoning ............................... 3-4 hours
Health and Well-being THE HISTORY MINOR
Wellness ....................................................... 2 hours The distribution requirements for a minor in history are
Activity course............................................ 1-2 hours the same as for the major, except that the student must
Humanities . ...................................................6 hours take a minimum of 21 credit hours and the capstone
Literature .......................................................3 hours course is not required.
Fine Arts.........................................................6 hours
Natural Science........................................... 7-8 hours
Social Science..................................................6 hours
Total .....................................................49-52 hours
55
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION *306. AFRICAN-AMERICAN HISTORY/
THREE CREDITS
Introductory GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A survey of African-
*100. MAJOR TOPICS IN MODERN EUROPEAN American history from colonial times to the present.
HISTORY/THREE CREDITS Offered alternate years. Writing Intensive.
GEP credit. Examination of key issues in modern
European history, such as the French Revolution, the *345. WOMEN IN AMERICAN HISTORY/
Industrial Revolution, Marxism, Imperialism, the Russian THREE CREDITS
Revolution, Stalin, Fascism and the Cold War. Students GEP, Major, Minor, Elective, credit. A study of women
who receive advanced placement exam credit with a score of in American history from The Colonial Era to the
three or better may not enroll in HST 100. AP hours do not present. Offered alternate years. Writing Intensive. GEP
count toward the minimum hours for a major or a minor. Humanities/Women’s Studies.

*110. WESTERN CIVILIZATION TO 1648/THREE *375. THE VIETNAM EXPERIENCE/


CREDITS/FOUR CREDITS FOR JANUARY TERM THREE CREDITS
GEP credit. A broad survey of the early development of GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of the
political, cultural, social and religious life in the West. historical background of the Vietnam War with
Topics will include studies of ancient Mesopotamia, Egypt, assessment of the American experience in Vietnam.
and Rome; medieval Europe and the Middle East; and Emphasis is on Vietnam as a case study in the
Europe during the Renaissance and Reformation. Students American foreign policy/national security process.
who receive advanced placement exam credit with a score of Attention is given to the “lessons of Vietnam” and
three or better may not enroll in HST 110. AP hours do not its role in assessing contemporary military conflicts.
count toward the minimum hours for a major or a minor. Cross-listed with POL 375. Also qualifies as non-Western
major and Non-European/non-Anglophone. Offered
*199H. FRESHMAN HONORS SEMINAR/ alternate years. Writing Intensive.
THREE CREDITS
GEP, Minor credit. A study of a selected subject within *408. THE COLONIAL AND REVOLUTIONARY
the discipline which will vary from term to term. The ERA, 1607–1783/THREE CREDITS
course is designed to encourage student participation GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of the
in the intellectual processes through class discussion, founding and development of America. Offered
research and writing, special projects, problem solving alternate years. Writing Intensive.
and evaluation and defense of positions. When the
subject matter duplicates that of another course, *412. THE NEW NATION, 1783-1840/
credit toward graduation will be granted for only one THREE CREDITS
of the courses. Offered periodically in fall in rotation with GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of the United
seminars in other disciplines. States from the end of the Revolution through the
Jacksonian Era. Offered alternate years. Writing Intensive.
*299H. Interdisciplinary Honors Course
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course is team *421. THE ERA OF THE CIVIL WAR, 1840-1876/
taught by members in two departments and is open THREE CREDITS
to Nisbet Honors Program participants and to others GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of Westward
who meet Honors Program guidelines. All students expansion, the Old South, the abolitionist crusade,
registering for these courses must register not only the Civil War, and Reconstruction. Offered alternate
through the Honors Program but also with their years. Writing Intensive.
adviser and the Registrar’s Office.
*422. THE AGE OF REFORM, 1876-1920/
American History THREE CREDITS
*201, 202. AMERICAN HISTORY/ GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of the United
THREE OR SIX CREDITS States from 1876 to 1920. Topics covered include
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A survey of US History the growth of big business, the Populist Movement,
from colonial times to the present. HST 201 deals with Imperialism, Progressivism, and World War I. Offered
the period before 1877; HST 202, the period since 1877. alternate years. Writing Intensive.
Writing Intensive. The department accepts AP credit. AP credits
do not count toward minimum hours for a major or minor.
56
*440. AMERICA BETWEEN THE WARS, 1919- *352. THE AGE OF THE ENLIGHTENMENT/
1945/ THREE CREDITS THREE CREDITS
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of the GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A survey of European
United States from the end of World War I through history from 1648 to 1789. Offered on demand.
the end of World War II. Offered alternate years.
Writing Intensive. *361. THE MIDDLE AGES/THREE CREDITS
*441. RECENT UNITED STATES, 1945 TO THE GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A general survey of the
PRESENT/ THREE CREDITS Middle Ages from the fall of Rome to the Renaissance.
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of the United Emphasis will be upon political, institutional,
States from the end of World War II to the present. ecclesiastical, and cultural history. Offered on demand.
Cross-listed with POL 441. Offered alternate years.
Writing Intensive. *362. EUROPE: 1870-1918/THREE CREDITS
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of the major
*442. THE CIVIL RIGHTS ERA/THREE CREDITS countries and trends in Europe in the late 19th
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of the black and early 20th centuries. Coverage ends with the
civil rights movement from the early 1950s through background and significance of World War I. Offered
the 1970s and beyond. Cross-listed with POL 442. in alternate years. Writing Intensive.
Offered alternate years.
*363. EUROPE SINCE WORLD WAR I/
*455. AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY/THREE THREE CREDITS
CREDITS/FOUR CREDITS IN JANUARY TERM GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Europe from the Paris
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of the Peace Conference (1919) to the present. Offered in
institutions and functioning of foreign policy/national alternate years. Writing Intensive.
security decision-making as well as selected topics of
the Cold War and contemporary events. Cross-listed *364. MODERN GERMAN HISTORY/
with POL 455. Offered alternate years. Writing Intensive. THREE CREDITS
Non-European/non-Anglophone. GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Political, social and
cultural history from 1815 to the present. Offered in
European History alternate years. Writing Intensive.
*318. ENGLISH HISTORY, 1450-1714/THREE CREDITS
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. From the late *365. PROBLEMS IN BRITISH HISTORY/
Medieval era through the end of the Stuart Dynasty. THREE CREDITS/FOUR CREDITS FOR ON
Offered alternate years. CAMPUS JANUARY TERM
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Several topics will
*319. ENGLISH HISTORY SINCE 1714/ be selected for study in depth. Among these will be
THREE CREDITS the historical evolution of the British parliamentary
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A survey of the history of system, the Irish question in British history, and an
England from the beginning of the Hanoverian Dynasty investigation of the current political and economic
to the present. Offered alternate years. Writing Intensive. situation. The selection of topics will vary during
successive offerings. Offered on demand..
*330. THE AGE OF SHAKESPEARE/THREE CREDITS
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of a selection *366. BRITISH EMPIRE AND COMMONWEALTH/
of Shakespeare’s plays within the context of Tudor and THREE CREDITS/FOUR CREDITS IN JANUARY
early Stuart history. In addition to class lectures and TERM
discussions, students will attend productions of the GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A history of the
Royal Shakespeare Company in London and Stratford British Empire in America, Asia, Africa, and Australia/
and visit sites connected with the history of the time. New Zealand. Also qualifies as Non-Western/World
Cross-listed with ENG 330. Offered in the London Term. history. Offered in alternate years.

*351. RENAISSANCE AND REFORMATION/ *420. MODERN RUSSIAN HISTORY AND POLITICS/
THREE CREDITS THREE CREDITS
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A survey of European GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A political history of
history from 1350 to 1648. Offered on demand. the evolution of Russia from the early 19th century

57
through the present and an analysis of contemporary Internships, Advanced
Russian politics and foreign policy. Attention is also Individual Study, and Special
given to the contemporary politics of countries that
were formerly part of the Soviet Union. Topics
*291. SPECIAL TOPICS IN HISTORY/
FOUR CREDITS
Non-Western or world History GEP, Major, Elective credit. A course on a special topic
*315. MODERN CHINA/THREE CREDITS not in the regular curriculum. HST 291 courses
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A survey of modern will introduce the methods of inquiry, analysis, and
Chinese history with emphasis upon the nineteenth interpretation used in the discipline of history. If the
and twentieth centuries. Offered alternate years. topic is different, the course may be taken more than
Writing Intensive. Non-European/non-Anglophone. once. Offered in January Term on demand.
*366. BRITISH EMPIRE AND COMMONWEALTH/ 480. SENIOR SEMINAR/THREE CREDITS
THREE CREDITS Major credit. A course in methodology, research, and
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A history of the writing for history and politics majors. Students will
British Empire in America, Asia, Africa and Australia/ write a senior thesis in the course. Cross-listed with
New Zealand. Also qualifies as European history. Offered POL 480. Offered on demand. Capstone
in alternate years.
490. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY IN
*375. THE VIETNAM EXPERIENCE/THREE CREDITS SPECIAL TOPICS/THREE CREDITS
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of the Major credit. Prerequisite: permission of instructor.
historical background of the Vietnam War with An independent course of study on selected topics.
assessment of the American experience in Vietnam. Offered on demand.
Emphasis is on Vietnam as a case study in the
American foreign policy/national security process. *491. SPECIAL TOPICS IN HISTORY/THREE
Attention is given to the “lessons of Vietnam” and to CREDITS/FOUR CREDITS IN JANUARY TERM
continuing contemporary events in Southeast Asia. GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A course on a special
Cross-listed with POL 375. Also qualifies as American topic not in the regular curriculum. If the topic is
History. Offered alternate years. Writing Intensive. Non- different, the course may be taken more than once for
European/non-Anglophone. credit. Offered on demand.
*402. WOMEN’S LIVES IN ASIAN AND AFRICAN 496. INTERNSHIP IN APPLIED HISTORY/
CULTURES/THREE CREDITS THREE OR SIX CREDITS
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A readings course Elective credit. Prerequisite: Permission of the department.
on women’s lives in various non-Western traditional Internships in archival administration, museum
cultures. Cross-listed with POL 402. Offered alternate curatorship, management of historic properties, and
years. Writing Intensive. Non-European/non-Anglophone. historical restoration. Offered on demand. Pass/fail grading.
GEP Humanities/Women’s Studies.

*470. ISLAMIC AND MIDDLE EAST POLITICS/ POLITICS


THREE CREDITS The department offers a Bachelor of Arts degree
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. An introduction with a major in politics that consists of a minimum
to Islamic politics and to the comparative and of 36 hours of course work as distributed below..
developmental issues of the Arab world and the larger Internships do not apply to the 36 hour minimum.
Middle East. The approach will be historical as well as The major requirements are as follows:
contemporary. Cross-listed with POL 470 and REL 470.
Offered alternate years. Writing Intensive. Non-European/ POL 101: American Government....................3 hours
non-Anglophone. Cross-listed with REL 470. National Affairs ..............................................6 hours
(choose two courses and one must consist
*477. COLONIAL LATIN AMERICA/ of the study of an institution)
THREE CREDITS POL 301: The American Congress
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of Latin POL 308: Special Topics
America from its pre-Columbian origins to the collapse POL 311: The American Presidency
of the Spanish Empire in the 1820s. Writing Intensive.
58
POL 335: Constitutional Law COURSES OF INSTRUCTION
POL 350: Elections and Political Parties
Introductory
POL 441: Recent US History
*101. INTRODUCTION TO AMERICAN
POL 442: The Civil Rights Era
GOVERNMENT/THREE CREDITS
POL 448: Public Administration
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A survey of policy-
Political Theory...............................................6 hours
making, institutions, and controversial issues in
(choose two, one of which must be POL 310 or 312)
American National Government. Offered Fall and Spring
POL 310: Ancient, Medieval, and
Terms. The department accepts AP credit. AP hours do not
Renaissance Political Theory
count toward the minimum hours for a major or minor.
POL 312: Early Modern and Modern Political Theory
POL 316: American Political Thought
*102. INTRODUCTION TO INTERNATIONAL
POL 317: Gender and Politics
RELATIONS/THREE CREDITS/JANUARY TERM
POL 415: Special Topics in Political Theory
FOUR CREDITS
Foreign Policy and International
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. An introduction
Relations/Comparative Government........... 9 hours
to foreign affairs and current world events. Special
(choose three with at least one from each
attention is given to the Post Cold War, Middle East
of the two categories. See course descriptions below
conflicts, and Third World issues. Offered annually. Non-
for which courses correspond to each category)
European/non-Anglophone.
POL 375: The Vietnam Experience
POL 402: Women’s Lives in Asian and
*199. FRESHMAN HONORS SEMINAR/
African Cultures
THREE CREDITS
POL 405: Studies in World Affairs
GEP credit. A study of a selected subject within the
POL 420: Modern Russian History and Politics
discipline which will vary from term to term. The
POL 455: American Foreign Policy
course is designed to encourage student participation
POL 465: Comparative Government and Politics
in the intellectual processes through class discussion,
POL 470: Islamic and Middle Eastern Politics
research and writing, special projects, problem
Additional Electives.........................................9 hours
solving, and evaluation and defense of positions.
Senior Seminar................................................3 hours
When the subject matter duplicates that of another
course, credit toward graduation will be granted for
TOTAL HOURS FOR A BACHELOR OF
only one of the courses. Offered periodically in rotation
ARTS WITH A POLITICS MAJOR ...........36 hours
with seminars in other disciplines. Offered Fall Term.
Students who double major in history and politics
*205. INTRODUCTION TO LAW AND THE
may count no more than two departmental cross-
JUDICIAL PROCESS/ FOUR CREDITS
listed courses toward each major. Except with specific
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Appropriate for Pre-
department permission, no more than two courses
law students or those considering this area. Offered in
taken at any place other than at Converse, including
January Term.
courses taken at Wofford, may count toward the
minimum hours for the major. Transfer students may
be given more latitude on this provision. National Affairs
*301. THE AMERICAN CONGRESS/THREE CREDITS
THE POLITICS MINOR GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of the
A politics minor consists of a minimum of 21 credit legislative process and its relationship to the other
hours of course work. Students with a minor in branches of government, political parties, interest
politics must take at least one course in National groups, and the electorate. Offered alternate years.
Affairs, Political Theory and at least two courses
in Foreign Policy and International Relations/ *308. SPECIAL STUDIES IN THE POLITICAL
Comparative Government. The capstone course is not PROCESS/THREE CREDITS /FOUR CREDITS IN
required for the major. JANUARY TERM
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Selected topics in the
American political process with particular attention
to political participation and public policy. Since the
content will vary, it may be taken more than once for
credit. Offered alternate years.
59
*311. THE AMERICAN PRESIDENCY /THREE CREDITS *316. AMERICAN POLITICAL THOUGHT/
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of presidential THREE CREDITS
elections, presidential power, and the role of the GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A survey of the
federal bureaucracies. Offered alternate years. ideas and movements shaping the American political
tradition. Offered alternate years.
*335. CONSTITUTIONAL LAW/THREE CREDITS
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: POL *317. GENDER AND POLITICS/THREE CREDITS
101. A review of benchmark cases of the Supreme GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. An examination of the
Court in the areas of the development of judicial issue of differences and similarities between the sexes
review, federalism, the separation of powers, and as it bears upon the question of the political identity
the relationship between the government and the and role of women (and men) in political and social life
economy. Offered alternate years. from the Greek thinkers to the Bible to modern feminist
movements and their critics. Offered alternate years.
*350. ELECTIONS AND POLITICAL PARTIES/
THREE CREDITS *415. SELECTED TOPICS IN POLITICAL
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of the THOUGHT/THREE CREDITS/FOUR CREDITS IN
electoral process in the United States. Emphasis will JANUARY TERM
be placed on political parties, voting decisions, and GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of selected
political campaigns. Offered alternate years. texts, concepts, doctrines, or ideologies. Since the
content will vary, it may be taken more than once for
*441. RECENT UNITED STATES, 1945 TO THE credit. Offered alternate years.
PRESENT/THREE CREDITS
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of the United oreign Policy & International
F
States from the end of World War II to the present. Cross-
Relations
listed with HST 441. Offered alternate years. Writing Intensive.
*375. THE VIETNAM EXPERIENCE/THREE CREDITS
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of the
*442. THE CIVIL RIGHTS ERA/THREE CREDITS
historical background of the Vietnam War with
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of the black
assessment of the American experience in Vietnam.
civil rights movement from the early 1950s through
Emphasis is on Vietnam as a case study in the
the 1970s and beyond. Cross-listed with HST 442.
American foreign policy/national security process.
Offered alternate years.
Attention is given to the “lessons of Vietnam” and to
continuing contemporary events in Southeast Asia.
448. PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION/THREE CREDITS/
Cross-listed with HST 375. Offered alternate years.
FOUR CREDITS IN JANUARY TERM
Writing Intensive. Non-European/non-Anglophone.
Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of the various
aspects of public administration, i.e. organization
*405. STUDIES IN WORLD AFFAIRS/THREE
theory, personnel policy, public finance and budgeting,
CREDITS/ FOUR CREDITS IN JANUARY TERM
policy analysis, and selected other topics such as
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of selected
ethics or administrative law. Offered on demand.
topics in foreign affairs and current events. Since the
content will vary, it may be taken more than once for
Political Theory credit. Offered on demand. Non-European/non-Anglophone.
*310. ANCIENT, MEDIEVAL, AND RENAISSANCE
POLITICAL THEORY/THREE CREDITS *455. AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY/THREE
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A survey of the major CREDITS/FOUR CREDITS IN JANUARY TERM
works in the Western tradition of political thought GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of the
from Plato to Machiavelli. Offered alternate year, institutions and functioning of the American foreign
normally in Fall Term. policy/national security decision-making as well as
of selected topics of the Cold War and contemporary
*312. EARLY MODERN AND MODERN POLITICAL events. Cross-listed with HST 455. Offered alternate
THEORY/THREE CREDITS years. Writing Intensive. Non-European/non-Anglophone.
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A survey of the major
works in the Western tradition of political thought
from Hobbes to Marx. Offered alternate year, normally
in Fall Term.
60
Comparative Government AND 492. MODEL ARAB LEAGUE/
Politics ONE TO THREE CREDITS PER YEAR
*402. WOMEN’S LIVES IN ASIAN AND AFRICAN Elective credit. Preparation for and participation in
CULTURES/THREE CREDITS Model Arab League by members of the Converse
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A readings course delegation. Offered annually during Spring Term.
on women’s lives in various non-Western traditional
cultures. Cross-listed with HST 402. Offered alternate 493. MODEL NATO/
years. Non-European/non-Anglophone. GEP Humanities/ ONE OR TWO CREDITS PER YEAR
Women’s Studies. Elective credit. Preparation for and participation in
Model NATO by members of the Converse delegation.
*420. MODERN RUSSIAN HISTORY AND POLITICS/ Offered annually during January or Spring Term.
THREE CREDITS
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A political history of 494. THE CONGRESSIONAL INTERNSHIP/
the evolution of Russia from the early 19th century THREE OR SIX CREDITS
through the present and an analysis of contemporary Elective credit. Prerequisites: POL 101 completed with B- or
Russian politics and foreign policy. Attention is also better or POL 101 completed with a C- or better AND a
given to the contemporary politics of countries that B- or better in a 300 or 400 level National Affairs course;
were formerly part of the Soviet Union. 2.5 GPA; consent of instructor. A program of work in the
office of a U.S. Senator or Representative. Interested
*465. COMPARATIVE GOVERNMENT AND students should see the instructor early in the fall term.
POLITICS/THREE CREDITS Offered annually during January Term. Pass/fail grading.
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A comparative
political analysis of ideologies, systems, institutions, 495. STATE LEGISLATIVE INTERNSHIP/
politics, and current affairs of selected western and THREE OR SIX CREDITS
non-western nations. Offered alternate years. Writing Elective credit. Prerequisites: POL 101 completed with B-
intensive and Non-European/non-Anglophone. or better or POL 101 completed with a C- or better AND a
B- or better in a 300 or 400 level National Affairs course;
*470. ISLAMIC AND MIDDLE EAST POLITICS/ 2.5 GPA; consent of instructor. A program of work in
THREE CREDITS the office of a state legislator. Interested students
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. An introduction to Islamic should see the instructor early in the fall term. Offered
politics and to the comparative and developmental annually during January Term. Pass/fail grading.
issues of the Arab world and the larger Middle East. The
approach will be historical as well as contemporary. Cross- 496. PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION AND PUBLIC
listed with HST 470 and REL 470. Offered alternate years. POLICY INTERNSHIP/THREE OR SIX CREDITS
Writing Intensive. Non-European/non-Anglophone. Elective credit. Prerequisites: POL 101 completed with B-
or better or POL 101 completed with a C- or better AND a
B- or better in a 300 or 400 level National Affairs course;
Internships, Advanced Individual
one other relevant course as approved by the instructor;
Study, and Special Topics 2.5 GPA; consent of instructor. Work in a public agency
480. SENIOR SEMINAR/THREE CREDITS or in a private organization with an interest in public
Major credit. A course in methodology, research, and policy. Interested students should see the instructor
writing for history and politics majors. Cross-listed early in the fall term to arrange proper placement.
with HST 480. Offered on demand. Capstone. Offered annually during January Term. Pass/fail grading.
490. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY IN 498. COURT AND LAW OFFICE INTERNSHIP/
SPECIAL TOPICS/ONE TO SIX CREDITS THREE OR SIX CREDITS
Prerequisite: permission of instructor. An independent Elective credit. Prerequisites: POL 101 completed with a
course of study on selected topics. Offered on demand. B- or better, OR POL 101 completed with a C- or better
AND a B- or better in a 300 or 400 level National Affairs
491. MODEL UNITED NATIONS/ course; 2.5 GPA; consent of instructor or recommendation
ONE OR TWO CREDITS of a pre-law adviser. A program of work in a local law
Elective credit. Preparation for and participation in office. Interested students should see the instructor
Model UN by members of the Converse delegation. early in the fall term to arrange proper placement.
Offered annually in Fall Term. Offered annually during January Term. Pass/fail grading.
61
Department of Religion and Philosophy
SHERRY FOHR, chair, JEFFREY H. BARKER, KEVIN DELAPP, KYLE KEEFER

The study of religion and philosophy provides a THE PHILOSOPHY MINOR


means for understanding human history, experience, The Department of Religion and Philosophy offers a
and society through the examination of religious and minor program in philosophy. The program is very
philosophical traditions and other forms of meaning- flexible and can be a profitable complement to any
making. Students are challenged to reflect upon broad major in the College. Students in religion, English,
questions of human society and culture, as well as psychology, and politics will find it especially
personal questions of ethics and responsibility. beneficial. To minor in philosophy, a student must
Religion and Philosophy students will: take six courses for a total of 18 credit hours. The
1. explore sacred and philosophical texts; minor requirements are as follows:
2. examine the historical features of religions and
philosophies; PHI 180: Introduction to Philosophy...............3 hours
3. have the opportunity to conduct field research, At least one 200-level course...........................3 hours
exploring a variety of religious traditions and At least one 300-level course...........................3 hours
phenomena, both in the local area and at Three additional elective courses (any level)....9 hours
locations abroad; Total Hours for Philosophy Minor...........18 hours
4. study religious phenomena and philosophical
traditions in relationship to various aspects of Certain courses offered by other departments in the
culture: the arts, literature, politics, etc. College, as well as certain philosophy courses offered
at Wofford, may count toward the minor. Generally,
Thus, studying religion and philosophy is by nature no more than two such substitutions will be allowed.
interdisciplinary and complements the study of other Courses for the minor program should be selected in
areas of the humanities, arts and sciences. Women’s consultation with the philosophy adviser.
issues and gender analysis are given particular
attention and student research is emphasized.
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION
The General Education Program is a requirement for *100. INTRODUCTION TO LOGIC/THREE CREDITS
all degrees. The requirements listed below are ap- GEP, Minor, Elective credit. A study of the fundamental
proved for the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science principles of correct reasoning directed toward
and Bachelor of Fine Arts. improving reading, writing, speaking, listening
ENG 101.........................................................3 hours and thinking. Students learn to recognize, analyze,
Language and Culture.....................................9 hours evaluate, construct and refute arguments. Attention is
MTH 108 or higher ........................................3 hours given to both informal modes of reasoning as well as
One course designated as the basics of formal and symbolic systems. Quantitative
Quantitative reasoning ........................... 3-4 hours GEP requirement.
Health and Well-being
Wellness . .................................................. 2 hours *150T. PHILOSOPHY STUDY TRAVEL/
Activity course........................................ 1-2 hours FOUR CREDITS
Humanities . ...................................................6 hours GEP, Minor, Elective credit. A study of selected topics
Literature .......................................................3 hours in philosophy utilizing the unique opportunities
Fine Arts.........................................................6 hours of a study-travel experience. Past offerings have
Natural Science........................................... 7-8 hours included: “Ancient theories of Emotions” taught
Social Science..................................................6 hours in Greece and Italy and focusing on historical
Total .....................................................49-52 hours conceptions of emotions and moral psychology; “I
Think, Therefore…” taught in Spain and France,
Graduation requirements but not a separate course: focusing on Medieval and Early Modern conceptions
First Year Seminar of human rationality; and “Philosophy of the
Writing Intensive course Undead” taught in Eastern Europe.
Non-European/non-Anglophone course
Capstone experience.
For more information concerning GEP requirements
see page 37 in this catalog.
62
*180. INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY/ *215. ANCIENT GREEK PHILOSOPHY/
THREE CREDITS THREE CREDITS
GEP, Minor, Elective credit. A study of some of the GEP, Minor, Elective credit. A study of the very beginnings
most influential contemporary and historical work of Western philosophical thought. Emphasis on the
in philosophy. The course is designed to expose relationship between philosophy and mythology, the
students to the basic types and methods of academic birth of science, and the influence of classical systems
philosophy and to investigate the “great questions” of thought on later philosophical traditions. Readings
that philosophers have sought to address. Reading, will focus on Plato and Aristotle, but may also include
lectures, discussions, and written assignments Pre-Socratic and Hellenistic figures.
examine such topics as the existence of God, the
scope of human knowledge, free will, the nature of *299H. Interdisciplinary Honors Course
the human mind, and morality. GEP, Elective credit. This course is team taught by
members in two departments and is open to Nisbet
*199H. FRESHMAN HONORS SEMINAR/ Honors Program participants and to others who meet
THREE CREDITS Honors Program guidelines. All students registering
GEP credit. A study of a selected subject within the for these courses must register not only through the
discipline which will vary from term to term. The Honors Program but also with their adviser and the
course is designed to encourage student participation Registrar’s Office.
in the intellectual processes through class discussion,
research, writing, special projects, problem solving, *305. PHILOSOPHY OF WOMEN/THREE CREDITS
and evaluation and defense of positions. When the GEP, Minor, Elective credit. A study of selected
subject matter duplicates that of another course, credit philosophical works by women or on women and issues
toward graduation will be granted for only one of the of concern to women. Authors, works, and topics will
courses. Offered periodically in rotation with seminars in vary. Typical issues include women’s and men’s nature,
other disciplines. the nature and causes of sexism and sexual oppression,
sexism in language, sexuality, childcare and family, and
*200. PHILOSOPHICAL ETHICS/THREE CREDITS the status of feminist theory in philosophy. Writing
GEP, Minor, Elective credit. Careful study of the intensive. GEP Humanities/Women’s Studies.
major philosophical texts of various historical and
contemporary ethical traditions. Attention is given *315. AESTHETICS /THREE CREDITS
to specific contemporary moral issues (such as GEP, Minor, Elective credit. A philosophical study
abortion, capital punishment, the ethical treatment of the nature of beauty, art, and artistic experience.
of animals, etc.) as well as historically influential Special attention may also be devoted to the social,
normative theories and frameworks. Emphasis on political, and economic contexts of art and aesthetic
textual analysis and on developing the skills needed experience, various modes of interpreting the
to conduct philosophical discussions in writing and “meaning” of artworks, and the relationships between
in the classroom. different artistic media. Writing Intensive.

*205. BIOMEDICAL ETHICS/THREE CREDITS *320. ADVANCED LOGIC/THREE CREDITS


GEP, Minor, Elective credit. In this course the student GEP, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: PHI 100. An
will become familiar with the ethical theories that examination of contemporary formal systems of
philosophers, physicians, biomedical researchers, deductive logic, focusing on both propositional
and other thinking people have used in coming to as well as predicate derivations. Other topics may
understand themselves and their world. Students will also include an exploration of logical atomism and
have the opportunity to apply these theories to some Godels’s proofs, theories of conditionals, and many-
of the most important moral problems in medicine valued logical systems. Quantitative GEP requirement.
and the biomedical sciences. Emphasis on critical
reasoning and analysis, with the goal of developing *325. ANCIENT, MEDIEVAL, AND RENAISSANCE
the ability to distinguish well -supported from poorly POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY/THREE CREDITS
supported positions. With exploration of the life and GEP, Minor, Elective credit. A survey of the major works
death issues of biomedicine, the student should begin in the Western tradition of political thought from
to understand the complexity of our moral problems Plato to Machiavelli. Cross-listed with POL 310.
and the need for a careful, rigorous, and sensitive
approach to these problems.
63
*330. MODERN POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY/ RELIGION
THREE CREDITS A major in religion consists of 33 hours of course
GEP, Minor, Elective credit. A survey of the major works work. The major requires one course (no more than
in the Western tradition of political thought from two) at the 100-level; three courses at the 200 level
Hobbes to Marx. Cross-listed with POL 312. (covering at least two religious traditions); and three
courses at the 300-level. Majors must also complete
340. SPECIAL TOPICS IN PHILOSOPHY/ REL 391 or its equivalent in the sophomore or junior
THREE CREDITS year after having completed one 100-level course.
GEP, Minor, Elective credit. Intensive study of a Senior majors must complete REL 491. The religion
specific topic or area in philosophy. Offerings classroom is a locus of learning, but not its limit. Extra-
have included such courses as classical Chinese classroom activities that enhance course learning are
philosophy, philosophy of technology, existentialism, often offered through department forums, speakers,
and German intellectual history. May be repeated for and field trips, or opportunities for research. Majors
credit if topic changes. are expected to take part in departmental functions
and projects whenever possible and are welcomed to
*341. ADVANCED ETHICS/THREE CREDITS participate in departmental decision-making.
Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: PHI 200 or permission
of instructor. Intensive study of a topic or an area in With the exception of REL 391 and REL 491, religion
moral philosophy such as comparative ethics, virtue courses count for GEP credit unless otherwise indicated.
ethics, moral psychology, or metaethics. May be Students are encouraged, however, to enroll primarily in
repeated for credit if topic changes. 100 and 200-level courses to meet the GEP requirement.
The Religion Department will consider up to six hours of
*342. PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION/ transfer credits toward the major or minor. No more than
THREE CREDITS six internship hours may be applied toward the major. It
GEP, Minor, Elective credit. See REL 342. will accept no more than one course in biblical languages
toward the major or minor.
401. STUDIES IN HUMANITIES: PHILOSOPHY/ The rationale for the numbering of courses in religion is
THREE CREDITS as follows: 100 level courses are foundational courses that
Minor, Elective credit. Exploration of philosophical and 1) introduce students to aspects of the study of
humanistic issues as they relate to the modern world. religion as a humanistic discipline in an academic
May be taken more than once with the approval of setting and
the instructor. 2) employ materials from a variety of religious
traditions.
491. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY IN 3) are skills-oriented courses most suitable for first
SPECIAL TOPICS/THREE CREDITS and second-year students.
Minor, Elective credit. Intensive study of a topic of
the student’s choice under the direction of a faculty 200 level courses introduce students to the
member whose course or courses are listed in the fundamental history, literature or interpretation
philosophy curriculum. of one or more religious traditions. They are more
focused than 100 level courses, and yet often cover
495. INTERNSHIP IN PHILOSOPHY/ the breadth of an historical or literary tradition.
THREE OR SIX CREDITS 300 level courses are more specific, thematic,
Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: permission of often comparative across traditions, focus on a
department. Exposure to duties and responsibilities specific aspect of a tradition or traditions, often
of academic philosophers. Assignments may include interdisciplinary and stress the application of
creation of a philosophy graduate school application, methodology to specific problems or issues.
exploration of the nature and industry of philosophy
publication, assisting teaching and grading, and /or
the preparation of introductory philosophy lectures. THE RELIGION MINOR
Pass/fail grading. A minor in religion consists of 18 hours of course work.
No more than two 100-level courses count toward the
minor. Minors must also take at least two 200-level
courses, covering at least two religious traditions.
Minors are also encouraged to take part in departmental
activities outside of regular course requirement.
64
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION * 200. THE CHRISTIAN TRADITION/
*100. INTRODUCTION TO RELIGION/ THREE CREDITS
THREE CREDITS GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course is
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course is an an introduction to Christianity that focuses on
introductory study of human religious beliefs and examination of the major theological themes and
practices, including ritual, myth, symbol, and the problems that have commonly occupied Christians
sacred. The application of these concepts to the and how these issues have developed over time. We
contemporary world is emphasized. will use primary sources for the most part in our
explorations. While this course focuses on Christian
*103. Introduction to Sacred Scriptures/ thought (theology), we will also make connections
three credits between theology and worship, ethics, and other
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. As an introduction to aspects of Christianity.
historical and contemporary biblical interpretation,
this course explores widely ranging approaches to the *205. INTRODUCTION TO HEBREW BIBLE AND
academic study of sacred scripture, particularly (but EARLY JEWISH LITERATURE/THREE CREDITS
not exclusively) the Hebrew Bible and the Christian GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A survey of the
New Testament. We will look at the possibilities and historical development of the ancient Hebrews and
limitations of different methods of biblical study and their writings (Old Testament/Hebrew Bible and
begin the process of understanding how interpretations extra-canonical texts).
of sacred texts have shaped and continue to shape our
religious traditions and, more broadly, our society. An *206. INTRODUCTION TO THE NEW TESTAMENT
integral part of this study will be the exploration of the AND EARLY CHRISTIANITY/THREE CREDITS
historical contexts in which these sacred texts were GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A survey of New
written and the development of an awareness of the Testament and other early Christian writings and the
contemporary contexts in which they are interpreted. contexts in which they were produced.
The study of different methods of scriptural studies
and interpretive approaches should lead to a more *250. APOCALYPTIC LITERATURE AND
sophisticated understanding of the complexity of the MOVEMENTS/ THREE CREDITS
biblical text as literature, as history, and as scripture. GEP. A study of the origins of apocalyptic thinking
in Judaism and Christianity with a subsequent
*104. INTRODUCTION TO WORLD RELIGIONS/ exploration of the influences of the apocalyptic
THREE CREDITS worldview in contemporary contexts. Students will
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of the basic investigate ancient texts, modern movements, films
forms of religious belief, activity, and experience in and novels.
the major world religions. Traditions to be discussed
may include tribal religions, Hinduism, Buddhism, *260. INTRODUCTION TO NON-WESTERN
Chinese religion, Judaism, Christianity, and Islam. TRADITIONS/THREE CREDITS
Non-European/non-Anglophone. GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Introductory-level
studies of specific religious traditions. May be repeated
*199H. FRESHMAN HONORS SEMINAR/ for credit if subject matter is not duplicated.
THREE CREDITS
GEP credit. A study of a selected subject within the *261. INTRODUCTION TO BUDDHISM/
disciplines which will vary from term to term. The THREE CREDITS
course is designed to encourage student participation GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. An introduction
in the intellectual processes through class discussion, to Buddhism as it has developed in various world
research and writing, special projects, problem contexts. Non- European/non-Anglophone.
solving, and evaluation and defense of positions.
When the subject matter duplicates that of another *262. JUDAISM AS A CIVILIZATION: AN
course, credit toward graduation will be granted for INTRODUCTORY COURSE IN JEWISH CULTURE,
only one of the courses. Offered periodically in rotation HISTORY, AND TRADITION/THREE CREDITS
with seminars in other disciplines. GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. An introduction to
Judaism across historical and cultural contexts.

65
*263. JAINISM/THREE CREDITS *303. THEMES IN RELIGIOUS ETHICS/
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course THREE CREDITS
approaches the minority Indian religion of Jainism GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Studies in selected
through textual, historical, and anthropological ethical problems and the process of making decisions
information concerning ethics, narratives, festivals, in religious contexts. May be repeated for credit if subject
rituals, worldview, and the various roles and practices matter is not duplicated.
of men and women in different sects and sub-sects.
Non-European/non-Anglophone. *304. REFORMATIONS OF EARLY MODERN
CHRISTIANITY/THREE CREDITS
*264. HINDUISM/THREE CREDITS GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course is a
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course survey of the development of Christianity from the
approaches Hinduism not merely as a religion late Middle Ages through the Early Modern period,
within a culture, but as coextensive with a culture covering institutional and theological developments,
of great diversity. There will be examinations of spirituality, and popular movements. The course will
textual, narrative, historical, sociopolitical, and focus on various types of reform during this period.
anthropological information concerning gods and
goddesses, festivals, rituals, renunciation, and various *305. WOMEN AND RELIGION/THREE CREDITS
roles and practices of different Hindu men and GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A survey of important
women. Non-European/non-Anglophone. themes significant to the impact of religion on
women and women on religion, historically and in
291. RESEARCH AND WRITING ABOUT ASIAN the modern world. A variety of religious traditions
TRADITIONS/THREE CREDITS and cultures will be discussed. A special focus of
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: REL the course is recovering the narratives of women’s
104, 260, 261, 263 or 264 or permission of the instructor. religious experience. GEP Humanities/Women’s Studies.
In this course students will conduct independent
research on a topic of their choice concerning *306. FIELD STUDIES IN RELIGION/
Hinduism, Buddhism or Jainism and formally present THREE CREDITS
their findings in oral and written form. Non-European/ GEP, Major, Minor, elective credit. Field studies
non-Anglophone. Writing Intensive. courses focus on significant investigation of religious
phenomena outside as well as in the classroom. Travel
*299H. Interdisciplinary Honors Course may be involved in some field studies. May be repeated
GEP, Major, Elective credit. This course is team taught for credit if subject matter is not duplicated.
by members in two departments and is open to Nisbet
Honors Program participants and to others who meet *307. CHRISTIANITY IN THE MODERN WORLD/
Honors Program guidelines. All students registering THREE CREDITS
for these courses must register not only through the GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A survey of the
Honors Program but also with their adviser and the history of Christianity from 1650 to the present, with
Registrar’s Office. focus on the issues, thought, and events which shape
Christianity in its present forms. A special focus of the
*300. STUDIES IN SACRED TEXTS/THREE CREDITS course will be the development of Christianity beyond
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. An intensive study of Europe and North America.
a selected portion of a sacred text. May be repeated for
credit if subject matter is not duplicated. *308. RELIGION IN AMERICA/THREE CREDITS
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Historical survey of
*302. FROM CREED TO CHRISTENDOM: religious life and thought in America, with attention
CHRISTIANITY FROM 300-1300/THREE CREDITS given to the diversity of religious experience in the
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A survey of the United States. Emphasis is given to the role of religion
history of Christianity from the fourth century to in American life and the impact of the American
the late Middle Ages. This course will focus on the experience on religious traditions.
issues, thought, and historical events which shaped
Christianity, and on its contribution to western *309. STUDIES IN RELIGIOUS TRADITIONS/
culture. THREE CREDITS
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Studies in selected

66
topics in religious thought, culture, and history. May and the history of its interpretations. GEP Humanities/
be repeated for credit if subject matter is not duplicated. Women’s Studies.

*313. STUDIES IN RELIGIOUS THOUGHT/ 391. THEORY AND METHOD IN THE STUDY OF
THREE CREDITS RELIGION/THREE CREDITS
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Studies in selected Major credit. A survey of important theories and
issues, figures, or movements in religious thought. methods in the academic study of religion for
May be repeated for credit if subject matter is not sophomore and junior majors. Majors must complete
duplicated. at least one 100-level course in religion and consult
with the religion faculty before enrolling in this course.
*330. STUDIES IN RELIGION/THREE CREDITS/
FOUR CREDITS IN JANUARY TERM *470. ISLAMIC AND MIDDLE EAST POLITICS/
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Studies of significant THREE CREDITS
humanistic issues in religion. May be repeated for credit GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. An introduction
if subject matter is not duplicated. to Islamic politics and to the comparative and
developmental issues of the Arab world and the larger
*340. RELIGION AND LITERATURE/ Middle East. The approach will be historical as well as
THREE CREDITS contemporary. Cross-listed with HST 470 and POL 470.
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of religious Non-European/non-Anglophone.
thought and problems reflected in the writing of
selected authors. May be repeated for credit if subject 490. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY IN
matter is not duplicated. Only the topic of Women in SELECTED TOPICS/THREE CREDITS
Asian traditions through Fiction and Film meets the Non- Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. An independent
European/non-Anglophone. GEP requirement. course of study in a topic not covered by regular
course offerings. May be repeated for credit.
*342. PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION/
THREE CREDITS 491. SENIOR PROJECT IN RELIGION/
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of philosophical THREE CREDITS
problems relevant to religious belief. Topics to be Major credit. In consultation with religion faculty, the
considered may include proofs for the existence of God, senior student will chose a topic on which to conduct
the problem of evil, miracles, the nature of religious a major research project. While all capstone projects
belief, the relation of religion and morality, and the will ultimately culminate in written form, the form
nature of God. Cross-listed with PHI 342. might vary: classic senior research thesis, sophisticated
analytical article, written research talk or position
*346. JESUS IN ANCIENT AND MODERN MEDIA/ paper are some possibilities. Whatever the format,
THREE CREDITS the project should reflect the student’s development
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. An investigation of in coursework and independent research. Each senior
the historical Jesus and of the interpretation of Jesus will present her project in some form in the spring of
in a variety of cultural contexts. Christian scriptures her senior year. Capstone.
will be central, but the course will also explore Jesus
as he is portrayed in fiction, film and popular religion.

350. RELIGION INTERNSHIPS/


THREE OR SIX CREDITS
Major credit. Prerequisite: permission of the department.
Pass/fail grading. Offered as needed.

*355. THE BIBLE, GENDER, AND SEXUAL


LITERACY/THREE CREDITS.
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. An exploration of
the influence of the Bible upon the construction and
understanding of gender roles, identities, and sexual
mores. The dual emphases will be both the text itself

67
DIVISION OF LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH
ANITA ROSE, chair, LAURA FEITZINGER BROWN, SAM HOWIE, CHARLES H. MORGAN,
RICHARD MULKEY, SUSAN TEKULVE, ERIN TEMPLETON
The Department of English offers a Bachelor of Arts with Bachelor of Arts with an
a major in English, Bachelor of Arts with a concentration English Major
in creative writing, and a Bachelor of Fine Arts with a A major in English must complete a minimum of 33
major in creative and professional writing. The purpose hours of course work in English above the 100 level. The
of the Bachelor of Arts with a major in English degree is program of study includes the following requirements:
to provide a study of American and British literature that
is both broad and thorough, alongside an introduction ENG 201–202: Major British Writers...............6 hours
to multi-cultural literature. Students should gain an Choose one of the following: ..........................3 hours
understanding of different literary genres and the scope ENG 203: Survey of American Literature I
of literature, write clear expository prose, and think ENG 204: Survey of American Literature II
critically about literature. The Bachelor of Fine Arts degree Choose one of the following: ..........................3 hours
and the Bachelor of Arts with a concentration in creative ENG 290: Advanced Composition
writing degree will further prepare students for careers as ENG 292: Introduction to Creative Writing
professional writers or in other literary professions, such as One additional course in American Literature.3 hours
editing, publishing, journalism, or arts management. One course in a major English author............ 3 hours
One course in British Literature before 1900...3 hours
In addition to serving majors, the department offers ENG 394: Literary Criticism . .........................3 hours
ENG 101: Composition as a service course for the (Should be taken semester after English major
College in which students gain writing experience, is declared)
confidence, and fluency. ENG 496: Senior Seminar...............................3 hours
Additional Electives.........................................6 hours
The General Education Program is a requirement
for all degrees. The requirements listed below are TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF ARTS
approved for the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science WITH AN ENGLISH MAJOR....................33 hours
and Bachelor of Fine Arts.

ENG 101.........................................................3 hours Bachelor of Arts with


Language and Culture.....................................9 hours an English Major and a
MTH 108 or higher ........................................3 hours CONCENTRATION IN CREATIVE
One course designated as WRITING
Quantitative reasoning ........................... 3-4 hours The Bachelor of Arts with a major in English and a
Health and Well-being concentration in creative writing requires 15 semester
Wellness . .................................................. 2 hours hours in writing in addition to the 21 hours of required
Activity course........................................ 1-2 hours literature and literary criticism courses already a part of
Humanities . ...................................................6 hours the major in English. Also required as a prerequisite to
Literature .......................................................3 hours entering the writing concentration will be a minimum
Fine Arts.........................................................6 hours 2.75 in ENG 292: Introduction to Creative Writing.
Natural Science........................................... 7-8 hours Thirty-six hours are required for a major in English
Social Science..................................................6 hours with a concentration in creative writing.
Total .....................................................49-52 hours
The program of study includes the following:
Graduation requirements but not a separate course: ENG 201–202: Major British Writers...............6 hours
First Year Seminar Choose one of the following: ..........................3 hours
Writing Intensive course ENG 203: Survey of American Literature I
Non-European/non-Anglophone course ENG 204: Survey of American Literature II
Capstone experience. One additional course in American Literature...3 hours
For more information concerning GEP requirements One course in a major English author............ 3 hours
see page 37 in this catalog. One course in British Literature before 1900...3 hours
68
ENG 394: Literary Criticism . .........................3 hours Required Courses:
(Should be taken semester after English major Core courses in writing.............................18 hours
is declared) ENG 291: Introduction to Professional Writing...3 hours
ENG 292: Introduction to Creative Writing.....3 hours ENG 292: Introduction to Creative Writing.....3 hours
ENG 392: Poetry Workshop............................3 hours (Prerequisite for all 300 level creative
ENG 393: Fiction Workshop...........................3 hours writing courses in fiction and poetry)
Chose one of the following .............................3 hours ENG 391: Feature Writing...............................3 hours
ENG 291: Introduction to Professional Writing ENG 392: Poetry Workshop............................3 hours
ENG 397: SP: Creative Nonfiction ENG 393: Fiction Workshop...........................3 hours
ENG 397: SP: Adv Tutorial in Creative ENG 498: Senior Seminar in Writing...............3 hours
ENG 496: Senior Seminar...............................3 hours
Elective courses in writing..........................9 hours
TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF
Selected from the following:
ARTS WITH AN ENGLISH MAJOR WITH
ENG 290: Advanced Composition...................3 hours
CONCENTRATION IN CREATIVE
ENG 397: SP: Advanced Tutorial Fiction.........3 hours
WRITING..................................................36 hours
ENG 397: SP: Advanced Tutorial Poetry..........3 hours
ENG 397: SP: Creative Nonfiction...................3 hours
Bachelor of Fine Arts with A ENG 397: Special Topics in Writing................3 hours
Creative and Professional ENG 493: Publication and Media Internship...3 hours
Writing MAJOR (may not be repeated for credit toward major)
The Bachelor of Fine Arts degree with a creative THR 391: Playwriting......................................3 hours
and professional writing major will provide serious,
aspiring women writers an intensive and challenging Required courses in literature...................12 hours
apprenticeship in the writing arts, informed by the Six hours selected from: ENG 201, 202, 203 or 204
close study of literature. The program is designed to Six hours selected from 300 level courses
offer writing students an exciting, sound liberal arts (one course must be from before 1900)
education based on the belief that writers and artists
need to be grounded in the cultural, historical and Required courses in additional arts.............3 hours
intellectual contexts of the tradition in which they Selected from:
work. The program will prepare students seeking THR 260: Introduction to Arts Management
careers as professional creative writers or in other or ART 124: Graphic Design
literary professions, such as journalism, editing,
publishing or arts management. The program TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF FINE
also prepares students to pursue a master’s degree ARTS DEGREE WITH A CREATIVE AND
in creative writing, communications or in other PROFESSIONAL WRITING MAJOR.........42 hours
programs. The creative and professional writing major
requires 42 hours in addition to the GEP requirements. NOTE: Creative Writing courses will be offered in the
Major requirements include 27 hours in writing, 12 following rotation
hours in literature, and 3 hours in additional art areas. Fall January Spring
Students seeking admittance to the major in creative ENG 292 ENG 397 ENG 292
and professional writing must achieve at least a 2.75 ENG 291 ENG 391 ENG 392
in ENG 292: Introduction to Creative Writing and ENG 393 ENG 397 ENG 397
receive a recommendation from the creative writing ENG 498
faculty before being accepted into the major. Upon
completion of ENG 292, students may apply for The English Minor
admission in the creative and professional writing The department also encourages the election of
major by sending a letter of application and a 10 page English as a minor. Students who follow this course
writing sample to the director of creative writing. must complete a minimum of 18 hours of course
Application to the creative and professional writing work above the 100 level. Although the minor in
major must be submitted no later than the end of the English does not need to follow the precise program
spring semester of the junior year. of courses required of majors, students who minor
in English must nevertheless arrange their course of
study in consultation with the department chair.

69
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION British literature beginning with the Anglo-Saxon
*98, 99. ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE/ period. The works of major writers are studied in
THREE OR SIX CREDITS chronological order and appropriate attention is given
GEP. This course is designed to aid international to backgrounds and characteristics of major literary
students with the English language and with the periods. The first half studies the literature to 1660.
English-language educational style so that they might
read, write, speak, and understand English sufficiently *202 MAJOR BRITISH WRITERS II/
well to benefit from other classes and experiences. THREE CREDITS
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. The second half of the
*101. COMPOSITION/THREE CREDITS British Writers survey studies the literature from 1660
GEP. This course encourages the student’s achievement to the present.
of a clear and concise prose style by emphasizing
expository and argumentative essay writing. The *203. SURVEY OF AMERICAN LITERATURE I/
course includes readings in the essay, in-class THREE CREDITS
exercises, discussions of the student’s own writing, GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Selections from the
and conferences with the instructor. Students will body of American literature from the beginning to
write at least six papers and two in-class essays. 1865. The works of representative writers are studied
in chronological order and appropriate attention is
*102. INTRODUCTION TO LITERARY TYPES/ given to backgrounds and characteristics of major
THREE CREDITS literary periods.
GEP. Readings in the major literary genres—poetry,
fiction, and drama. This course introduces critical *204. SURVEY OF AMERICAN LITERATURE II/
concepts and vocabulary that enable students to THREE CREDITS
analyze literature seriously and provides experience GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Selections from the body
of critical practice that will help students to develop of American literature from 1865 to present. The works
their own competence in literary interpretation. The of representative writers are studied in chronological
course material may be focused upon a particular order and appropriate attention is given to backgrounds
theme—such as marriage, initiation, truth, alienation, and characteristics of major literary periods.
reality—that will allow students to see the diverse
literary responses to universal subjects. 290. ADVANCED COMPOSITION/THREE CREDITS
Major, Minor, Elective credit. A workshop approach to the
*150. STUDIES IN FILM/FOUR CREDITS writing of expository prose. The course is designed for
GEP course for Fine Arts. A critical examination of levels of experience and is structured to give beginning
notable examples of film. Films representing a variety and advanced practice in exposition, description, and
of genres (comedy, film noir, musical) and countries argument. Advanced Composition will satisfy the GEP
will be viewed and analyzed. Offered during January composition requirement only for those students who
Term only. place in the course by a score of 3 or more on either the
Literature/Composition or the Language/Composition
*199H. FRESHMAN HONORS SEMINAR/ Advanced Placement tests. Writing Intensive.
THREE CREDITS
GEP, Elective credit. A study of a selected subject within 291. INTRODUCTION TO PROFESSIONAL
the discipline which will vary from term to term. The WRITING/THREE CREDITS
course is designed to encourage student participation Major, Minor, Elective credit. An introduction to the
in the intellectual processes through class discussion, elements of professional news and public relations
research and writing, special projects, problem writing, including basic news stories, features,
solving, and evaluation and defense of positions. editorials, interviews, press releases, and PSA’s.
When the subject matter duplicates that of another
course, credit toward graduation will be granted for 292. INTRODUCTION TO CREATIVE WRITING/
only one of the courses. Offered periodically in rotation THREE CREDITS
with seminars in other disciplines. Major, Minor, Elective credit. Instruction in the writing
of poetry and short fiction. Regular writing and
*201 MAJOR BRITISH WRITERS I/THREE CREDITS reading assignments will be required. Student writing
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Selections from will be discussed in a “workshop” format.

70
*299H. Interdisciplinary Honors Course *310. TOPICS IN RENAISSANCE STUDIES/
GEP, Major, Elective credit. This course is team taught THREE CREDITS
by members in two departments and is open to Nisbet GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of selected
Honors Program participants and to others who meet texts and themes that reflect and illuminate the
Honors Program guidelines. All students registering English Renaissance. These may include the Utopia,
for these courses must register not only through the the Faerie Queen, Paradise Lost, the drama of Marlowe
Honors Program but also with their adviser and the and Ben Jonson, and the poetry of John Donne.
Registrar’s Office.
*315. ADOLESCENT LITERATURE/THREE CREDITS
*300. TOPICS IN MEDIEVAL LITERATURE/ GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Designed especially
THREE CREDITS/FOUR CREDITS IN JANUARY TERM for students preparing to teach at the secondary
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of selected school level. A combination method and subject
topics in the literature of the middle ages with matter course planned to evaluate and read the literary
concentration on British literature. Topics may include works which best relate to the high school student’s
individual authors, genres, or periods. experience and training.

*301. CHAUCER/THREE CREDITS *320. SHAKESPEARE/THREE CREDITS


GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course is a GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of
study of selected works of Geoffrey Chaucer. The Shakespeare’s major plays.
concentration will be on his two major works: The
Canterbury Tales and Troilus and Criseyde. While *325. STUDIES IN A SINGLE AUTHOR/
the concentration of classroom discussion will be on THREE CREDITS
the literary texts, an understanding of various 14th GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course will focus
century concerns will be integral to the course. on the works of a single important author (in fiction
or poetry) in either British or American Literature. The
*302. ARTHUR AND THE MATTER OF BRITTAIN/ author’s body of work will be considered alongside literary
THREE CREDITS and cultural conditions that contribute to the significance
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. The story of Arthur of the writer. Writers may include F. Scott Fitzgerald,
and his followers has fascinated people for fifteen Virginia Woolf, Walt Whitman, Charles Dickens, James
hundred years. In the middle ages it was the most Joyce, Flannery O’Connor, among others.
significant secular subject in “history’ and literature,
and its appeal to the imagination has persisted through *330. EIGHTEENTH CENTURY STUDIES/
the centuries down to our own time. This course is an THREE CREDITS
introduction to the story of origins and development GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of eighteenth
of the Arthurian legend as it has been presented in century culture through literature. This look at
history and literature. the Enlightenment may include both English and
American pieces as well as selected European works.
303. ENGLISH LITERATURE TO 1500/
THREE CREDITS *340. NINETEENTH CENTURY BRITISH
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. English Literature LITERATURE/THREE CREDITS
to 1500 is a study of Old and Middle English GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of nineteenth
literature (exclusive of Chaucer) in translation. The century British literature. Topics may include
course includes significant authors, works, themes, Romanticism, Victorian literature, and genre studies
and genres of the two periods as well as important such as the novel.
movements and events affecting that literature.
*350. NINETEENTH CENTURY AMERICAN
*305. WORLD LITERATURE/THREE CREDITS LITERATURE/THREE CREDITS
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of literature GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of major
from around the world. Course of study may look at movements in American literature from 1800–1900
specific geographical areas, such as Africa, or may (Romanticism, Transcendentalism, Realism, and
more typically combine literature from a variety of Naturalism). Authors studied may include Emerson,
cultures. In January four credits and meets non-European Fuller, Thoreau, Douglass, Hawthorne, Melville,
and non-Anglophone GEP requirement. Whitman, Twain, James, Chopin, Wharton, and DuBois.

71
*360. TWENTIETH CENTURY BRITISH FICTION/ or permission of the instructor. Instruction in advanced
THREE CREDITS/FOUR CREDITS IN JANUARY TERM techniques in the writing of fiction. Workshop format.
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Study of major
movements in fiction since the end of the 19th 394. LITERARY CRITICISM/THREE CREDITS
century. Writers may include Joyce, Hemingway, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of the important
Cather, Wright, Morrison, and Woolf. texts of literary criticism. Practice in research and
theory. Should be taken as soon as possible following
*361. TWENTIETH CENTURY AMERICAN the declaration of an English major.
FICTION/ THREE CREDITS
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Study of major 395. HISTORY OF THE LANGUAGE/THREE CREDITS
movements in American Fiction since the end of the Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of the development
nineteenth century. and principles of the English language and the
historical influences on its various forms.
*365. TWENTIETH CENTURY POETRY/
THREE CREDITS 396. MODERN ENGLISH GRAMMAR/
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Development of THREE CREDITS
poetry since 1900, including such figures as Yeats, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A linguistic approach
Eliot, Moore, and Brooks. to the study of English grammar. Students will be
introduced to structural, descriptive, comparative, and
*370. WOMEN WRITERS/THREE CREDITS historical linguistics. The main emphasis of the course
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Topics in creative writing will center on transformational or transformational-
by women. Topics may include Feminist Literature, generative grammar.
Reading and Writing Women, women writers within
certain periods and cultural contexts, and specific themes *397. SPECIAL TOPICS IN WRITING/
such as women and art. GEP Humanities/Women’s Studies. THREE CREDITS/FOUR CREDITS IN JANUARY TERM
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ENG 101
*380. SPECIAL TOPICS IN LITERATURE/ or equivalent. An upper-level course for students who
THREE CREDITS/FOUR CREDITS IN JANUARY TERM wish to focus on one aspect of writing. Topics may
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of particular include: Advanced Tutorials in fiction or poetry, The
time periods, geographical areas, cultural milieus, Teaching of Writing, Peer Consulting in Writing (for
writers, or themes. Examples of topics are Southern Writing Center staff), and Creative Non-Fiction.
Literature, African-American Writers, Gendered
Frontiers, and Americans in Paris. 490. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY IN
SPECIAL TOPICS/THREE CREDITS
390. GENRE STUDIES/THREE CREDITS Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course allows students
Major, Minor credit. A concentrated study of a chosen to pursue a course of study in literature and language not
literary genre. Sample topics include tragedy, the covered by the regular offerings in English. The student is
novella, and modern drama. responsible for devising the course of study and seeking
a faculty sponsor and director. May be repeated for credit.
391. FEATURE WRITING/THREE CREDITS
Major, Minor credit. Prerequisite: ENG 291 or permission 493. PUBLICATIONS/MEDIA INTERNSHIP/
of instructor. Study in advanced feature writing THREE CREDITS
techniques (human interest story, personality profile, May not be taken for major credit. (BFA creative and
travel story, and special event story). Lecture/ professional writing students may take three hours for
workshop format. Offered Spring Term. major credit). Prerequisite: ENG 291. Designed to
accommodate those students engaged in internships
392. CREATIVE WRITING: POETRY/THREE CREDITS in publishing (newspaper, magazine, book), TV, radio,
Major, Minor credit. Prerequisite: ENG 292 or permission and advertising. Generally requires assignment of
of the instructor. Instruction in advanced techniques in a written project in addition to the internship work
the writing of poetry. Workshop format. experience. May be taken more than once with the
approval of the department. Pass/fail grading.
*393. CREATIVE WRITING: FICTION/
THREE CREDITS
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ENG 292
72
496. BA SENIOR SEMINAR/THREE CREDITS
Required of all Bachelor of Arts with an English major;
offered in the fall term of the senior year. This course
will provide the opportunity to develop a substantial
scholarly project, as well as hone public speaking
skills in the presentation of a semester-long research
project. Capstone. Writing Intensive.

497. HONORS/THREE CREDITS


For qualified senior majors. Independent research and
thesis written under the direction of a member of the
English faculty. Students must be recommended by
the department.

498. BFA Senior Seminar/THREE CREDITS


Required of all BFA creative and professional writing
majors. Offered in the Spring Term of the senior year.
The seminar offers the opportunity to develop a book
length collection of poetry (35-45 pages) or prose
(40-50 pages) along with a critical introduction to the
work that details how the student author’s writing fits
into the contemporary literature scene. In addition,
the student creates a reading list developed in
consultation with the project director and completes
a final oral defense of the senior project. Projects
directed by faculty sponsors. Capstone.

73
DEPARTMENT OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
RAFAEL E. HERNANDEZ, chair, B. BRANT BYNUM, MIRKO M. HALL, JERI-ANNE KING,
CATHERINE J. WEST

The mission of the Department of Foreign Languages The requirements for the major are as follows:
and Literatures is to enable Converse students to GER 202 ..................................................... 3 hours
embrace diversity and complexity in the world GER 303–304................................................ 6 hours
through communication in other languages. The Senior Seminar 499....................................... 3 hours
department will achieve this goal by preparing Additional Electives..................................... 18 hours
students in the following areas:
1. competence in oral comprehension, speaking, TOTAL HOURS FOR A BACHELOR
reading, and writing of the target language; OF ARTS WITH GERMAN MAJOR......... 30 hours
2. knowledge of the culture and literature of the
major language; SPN 202........................................................ 3 hours
3. preparation to enter an advanced degree SPN 300, 301, 304, 305.............................. 12 hours
program, public service, business, or the Senior Seminar 499....................................... 3 hours
professions. Additional Electives..................................... 12 hours

The Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures TOTAL HOURS FOR A BACHELOR
offers a Bachelor of Arts degree with the majors of OF ARTS WITH A SPANISH MAJOR...... 30 hours
German and Spanish. Students majoring in German
or Spanish must complete 30 credit hours in courses It is strongly recommended that all majors and minors
numbered 202 and above. participate in at least one internship and one study
abroad program. It is not possible for a student to
The General Education Program is a requirement complete a major in German without one semester of
for all degrees. The requirements listed below are foreign study in a German-speaking country.
approved for the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science
and Bachelor of Fine Arts. The Foreign Language Minor
A minor in French, German, or Spanish consists of 21
ENG 101.........................................................3 hours credit hours of courses at the level of 202 and above
Language and Culture.....................................9 hours with the same requirements as the major except that the
MTH 108 or higher ........................................3 hours senior seminar is optional. The following courses are
One course designated as required for the French minor; FRN 202, 303 and 304.
Quantitative reasoning ........................... 3-4 hours A minor in a foreign language is a minimum language
Health and Well-being requirement for the international business major.
Wellness . .................................................. 2 hours
Activity course........................................ 1-2 hours
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION
Humanities . ...................................................6 hours
Students are highly advised against registering for the
Literature .......................................................3 hours
next level in a foreign language without having earned
Fine Arts.........................................................6 hours
a grade of C- or higher in the prerequisites course(s).
Natural Science........................................... 7-8 hours
Social Science..................................................6 hours
Total .....................................................49-52 hours ARABIC
101- 102. ARABIC I AND II/SIX CREDITS
Graduation requirements but not a separate course:
Elective credit. Courses for beginners designed to
First Year Seminar
initiate a student not only into a foreign language,
Writing Intensive course
but also into a new and exciting culture. Up-to-date
Non-European/non-Anglophone course
teaching methods and techniques are employed
Capstone experience.
throughout the courses. Lab fee.
For more information concerning GEP requirements
see page 37 in this catalog.

74
FRENCH *299H. Interdisciplinary Honors Course/
*101-102. ELEMENTARY FRENCH/SIX CREDITS Three Credits
GEP credit. A course for beginners designed to initiate GEP, Minor, Elective credit. This course is team taught
students not only into a foreign language, but also by members in two departments and is open to Nisbet
into a new and exciting culture. Up-to-date teaching Honors Program participants and to others who meet
methods and techniques are employed throughout the Honors Program guidelines. All students registering
program. Lab fee. for these courses must register not only through the
Honors Program but also with their adviser and the
*199H. FRESHMAN HONORS SEMINAR/ Registrar’s Office.
THREE CREDITS
GEP, Minor, Elective credit. Offered periodically in 301, 302. COMPOSITION AND CIVILIZATION/
rotation with seminars in other disciplines. A study THREE OR SIX CREDITS
of a selected subject within the discipline that will Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: FRN 201-202, or
vary from term to term. The course is designed to placement in FRN 301. This course gives students facility
encourage student participation in the intellectual in the language needed to study literature courses in
processes through class discussion, research and which lectures are in French. Attention is paid to
writing, special projects, problem solving, and developing all linguistic skills, i.e., comprehension,
evaluation and defense of positions. When the speaking, reading and writing.
subject matter duplicates that of another course,
credit toward graduation will be granted for only one *303, 304. A SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE/
of the courses. Offered periodically in rotation with THREE OR SIX CREDITS
seminars in other disciplines. GEP, Minor, Elective credit. Permission of instructor. A
study of selected themes in French literature from
*201. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH/THREE CREDITS the beginning to the present time. The first term
GEP credit. Prerequisites: French 101-102, or placement treats French literature from the beginnings to the
in FRN 201. This course is a structural review of the revolutionary period; the second term from the
language. Lab fee. French Revolution to the present. Writing Intensive.

202. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH/THREE CREDITS *305. THE AGE OF LOUIS XIV/THREE CREDITS
Minor credit. Prerequisites: FRN 201 or placement in GEP, Minor, Elective credit. A study of seventeenth-
FRN 202. This course will emphasize speaking and century France and French literature.
listening with progressively increased practice in
reading and writing. Lab fee. *306. THE FRENCH REVOLUTION/THREE CREDITS
GEP, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: Permission of
*210. TOPICS IN READING, WRITING AND instructor. A study of the French Revolution as well
CONVERSATION/THREE CREDITS as literary works that challenge the accepted values of
GEP credit. Prerequisite FRN 201. A study of a particular the Ancient Regime. Films and records will supplement
topic of French culture selected by the instructor. the readings in the course.
Subjects will vary from year to year. Lab fee where
applicable. Non-European/non-Anglophone. *307. FRANCE IN THE ROMANTIC AGE/
THREE CREDITS
*265/365. FOREIGN LANGUAGE STUDY SEMINAR/ GEP, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: Permission of
THREE OR SIX CREDITS instructor. A study of France in the first half of the
GEP credit. Students will study the target language nineteenth century and of Romanticism through the
and enroll in a foreign study program or participate great literary works of the period.
in a Converse designed program, studying the
language and discussing important topics on culture *308. STUDIES IN TWENTIETH CENTURY
and contemporary life. Grades in the course will be LITERATURE/ THREE CREDITS
determined either by the native language teacher or GEP, Minor, Elective credit. A study of the literature of
by a Converse professor, based on class participation, twentieth century France that could be organized by
tests and graded assignments. Offered during January theme, genre, or author.
Term or Summer Terms, contingent upon sufficient
enrollment. Non-European/ non-Anglophone. 309. FRANCOPHONE LITERATURE OF AFRICA
AND THE CARIBBEAN/THREE CREDITS
Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: Permission of

75
instructor. This course is a study of African and GERMAN
Caribbean literature. Consideration of social, political, *101-102. ELEMENTARY GERMAN/SIX CREDITS
and economic dimensions of African and Caribbean GEP credit. A course for beginners designed to initiate
cultures. (May include an optional travel component.) students not only into a foreign language, but also
Non-European/non-Anglophone. into a new and exciting culture. Up-to-date teaching
methods and techniques are employed throughout the
310. COMMERCIAL FRENCH/THREE CREDITS program. Lab fee.
Elective. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. This is an
introductory course into the everyday business language *199H. FRESHMAN HONORS SEMINAR/
used in France. It consists of the study of oral and written THREE CREDITS
texts dealing with such subjects as applications for jobs, GEP, Minor, Elective credit. Offered periodically in rotation
interviews, business correspondence, advertising, etc., with seminars in other disciplines. A study of a selected
and includes structural exercise dealing with grammar subject within the discipline that will vary from term
difficulties and typical commercial terminology. to term. The course is designed to encourage student
participation in the intellectual processes through
312. CONTEMPORARY FRENCH CULTURE/ class discussion, research and writing, special projects,
THREE CREDITS problem solving, and evaluation and defense of
Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. positions. When the subject matter duplicates that
A course dealing with the problems arising while of another course, credit toward graduation will be
studying and living in a different culture. It consists of granted for only one of the courses. Offered periodically
the study of oral and written texts covering such subjects in rotation with seminars in other disciplines.
as travel, education, family life, health, economic and
political life, and includes structural exercises dealing *201. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN/THREE CREDITS
with grammar and vocabulary difficulties. GEP credit. Prerequisites: GER 101-102, or placement
in GER 201. This course is a structural review of the
314. SPECIAL TOPICS /THREE CREDITS language. Lab fee.
Minor credit. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or approval of
department chair. This course will introduce students 202. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN/THREE CREDITS
to various aspects of the social and cultural realities Major credit. Prerequisites: GER 201 or placement in
of the target cultures using historical readings and GER 202. This course will emphasize speaking and
literary selections supported by films and travel. Topics listening with progressively increased practice in
of consideration may include history, women, the reading and writing. Lab fee.
media, immigrants and racism, and colonialism. Non-
European/non-Anglophone. *265/365. FOREIGN LANGUAGE STUDY SEMINAR/
THREE OR SIX CREDITS
415. ADVANCED GRAMMAR/THREE CREDITS GEP credit. Students will study the target language
Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: Permission of and enroll in a foreign study program or participate
instructor. A study of more complex grammatical in a Converse designed program, studying the
structures with an emphasis on translation. language and discussing important topics on culture
and contemporary life. Grades in the course will be
490. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY/ determined either by the native language teacher or by
THREE CREDITS a Converse professor, based on class participation, tests
This course allows students to pursue a course of and graded assignments. Offered during January Term or
study not covered by regular offerings in French. Summer Terms, contingent upon sufficient enrollment.
Both teacher and student will select the topic of study
according to the student’s needs and interests. Non- *299H. Interdisciplinary Honors Course
European/non-Anglophone. GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course is team
taught by members in two departments and is open
496. FOREIGN LANGUAGE INTERNSHIP/ to Nisbet Honors Program participants and to others
THREE OR SIX CREDITS who meet Honors Program guidelines. All students
Minor credit. Prerequisite: One course numbered 300 or registering for these courses must register not only
above and permission of the instructor. An internship in through the Honors Program but also with their
business or a public or private agency requiring the use adviser and the Registrar’s Office.
of the student’s foreign language skills. Pass/fail grading.

76
301. GERMAN COMPOSITION AND 496. FOREIGN LANGUAGE INTERNSHIP/
CONVERSATION/THREE CREDITS THREE OR SIX CREDITS
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: GER 202 or Major, Minor credit. Prerequisite: One course numbered
the equivalent. Modern short stories will be the basis 300 or above and permission of the instructor. An
for discussions on a wide range of topics contrasting internship in business or a public or private agency
German and American cultural attitudes and the ways requiring the use of the student’s foreign language
in which they are expressed. Written assignments will skills. Pass/fail grading.
be related to discussion topics. The course will stress
application of grammar, idiomatic usage of German, 499. SENIOR SEMINAR/THREE CREDITS
and vocabulary acquisition. Writing Intensive. Major credit. A review course treating topics in German
language, contemporary civilization, and literature.
302. GERMANY TODAY/THREE CREDITS Capstone.
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: GER 202 or the
equivalent. An introduction to present-day Germany. ITALIAN
The course will explore Germany’s recent history, its *101-102 ELEMENTARY ITALIAN/
geographical development, and its political, cultural,
SIX CREDITS
and educational institutions through authentic
GEP credit. A course for beginners. Offered every other
listening and reading materials.
year. Lab fee.
*303. INTRODUCTION TO GERMAN LITERATURE/
*201–202. INTERMEDIATE ITALIAN/
THREE CREDITS
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: GER 202 SIX CREDITS
or the equivalent. Selected readings in poetry, drama GEP credit. This course is a structural review of the
and prose will introduce the student to the historical language. Not offered regularly. Lab fee.
development of various literary genres and foster an
appreciation of diverse styles and literary techniques. *265/365. FOREIGN LANGUAGE STUDY
Writing Intensive. SEMINAR/THREE OR SIX CREDITS
GEP credit. Students will study the target language
304. FILM AS A MIRROR OF TWENTIETH and enroll in a foreign study program or participate
CENTURY GERMANY/THREE CREDITS in a Converse designed program, studying the
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: GER 202 or the language and discussing important topics on culture
equivalent. From Nazi propaganda to the dangers of and contemporary life. Grades in the course will be
Neo-Nazism, from the constraints placed on women determined either by the native language teacher or
to the plight of the “gastarbeiter,” German films depict by a Converse professor, based on class participation,
the spectrum of political and social issues that face tests and graded assignments. Offered during January
Germany today. These issues will be discussed and Term or Summer Terms, contingent upon sufficient
more fully explored through complementary readings. enrollment.

314. SPECIAL TOPICS/THREE CREDITS 490. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY/


Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: GER 202 THREE CREDITS
or approval of the department chair. This course will Elective This course allows students to pursue a course
introduce students to various aspects of the social and of study not covered by regular offerings in Italian.
cultural realities of the target cultures using historical Both teacher and student will select the topic of study
readings and literary selections supported by films according to the student’s needs and interests.
and /or travel. Topics of consideration may include
history women, the media, immigrants and racism
and colonialism.
SPANISH
*101-102. ELEMENTARY SPANISH/SIX CREDITS
490. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY/
THREE CREDITS GEP credit. A course for beginners designed to initiate
This course allows students to pursue a course of students not only into a foreign language, but also
study not covered by regular offerings in German. into a new and exciting culture. Up-to-date teaching
Both teacher and student will select the topic of study methods and techniques are employed throughout the
according to the student’s needs and interests. program. Lab fee.

77
*199H. FRESHMAN HONORS SEMINAR/ 300. SPANISH PENINSULAR CULTURE/
THREE CREDITS THREE CREDITS
GEP, Minor, Elective credit. Offered periodically in rotation Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: SPN 202, or
with seminars in other disciplines. A study of a selected permission of instructor. Study of the origin, formation
subject within the discipline that will vary from and manifestations of the values of the people of Spain
term to term. The course is designed to encourage and the institutions which reflect them. Emphasizes
student participation in the intellectual processes history, geography, environment, social trends,
through class discussion, research and writing, special and sociopolitical events. Class held in Spanish
projects, problem solving, and evaluation and defense with opportunity for oral, written, reading and
of positions. When the subject matter duplicates that comprehension skill building. Offered every other Fall
of another course, credit toward graduation will be Term. Writing Intensive.
granted for only one of the courses. Offered periodically
in rotation with seminars in other disciplines. 301. LATIN AMERICAN CULTURE/THREE CREDITS
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: SPN 202, or
*201 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH/THREE CREDITS permission of instructor. Study of the origin, formation
GEP credit. Prerequisites: Spanish 101-102, or placement and manifestations of Latin American values and
in SPN 201. This course is a structural review of the the institutions which reflect them in the Americas
language. Lab fee. and the Caribbean. Emphasizes history, geography,
environment, contemporary trends, and sociopolitical
202. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH/THREE CREDITS events. Class held in Spanish with opportunity
Major credit. Prerequisites: SPN 201 or placement in for oral, written, reading and comprehension skill
SPN 202. This course will emphasize speaking and building. Offered every other Fall Term. Non-European/
listening with progressively increased practice in non-Anglophone. Writing Intensive.
reading and writing. Lab fee.
302. CONVERSING AND WRITING ON SPANISH
*210 TOPICS IN READING, WRITING AND AND LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURES/
CONVERSATION/THREE CREDITS THREE CREDITS
GEP credit. Prerequisite: SPN 201. A study of a Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: SPN 202, or
particular topic in Spanish culture selected by the permission of instructor. Helps to develop further, through
instructor. Subjects will vary from year to year. Lab fee conversation and composition, the facility in the
where applicable. Non-European/non-Anglophone. language necessary to study literature in courses in which
lectures, readings, discussion, and papers are in Spanish.
*265/365. FOREIGN LANGUAGE STUDY Emphasizes analysis and criticism of Spanish and Latin
SEMINAR/THREE OR SIX CREDITS American literatures. Non-European/non-Anglophone.
GEP credit. Students will study the target language
and enroll in a foreign study program or participate 303. CONVERSING AND WRITING ON THE
in a Converse designed program, studying the PROFESSIONS/THREE CREDITS
language and discussing important topics on culture Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: SPN 202,
and contemporary life. Grades in the course will be or permission of instructor. Helps to develop further,
determined either by the native language teacher or through conversation and composition, the ability in the
by a Converse professor, based on class participation, language necessary to function in professional fields such
tests and graded assignments. Offered during January as banking, law, medicine, social services, education,
Term or Summer Terms, contingent upon sufficient architecture, planning, sales, economics, and business.
enrollment. Non-European/ non-Anglophone.
*304. SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE:
*299H. Interdisciplinary Honors Course AN INTRODUCTION TO THE SPANISH MIND/
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course is team THREE CREDITS
taught by members in two departments and is open GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: Permission
to Nisbet Honors Program participants and to others of instructor. A study of Spanish literature through the
who meet Honors Program guidelines. All students centuries in its historical, artistic, and philosophical
registering for these courses must register not only context. Class held in Spanish with opportunity for oral,
through the Honors Program but also with their written, reading, and comprehension skill building.
adviser and the Registrar’s Office. Centuries and readings will vary. Writing Intensive.

78
*305 SURVEY OF MODERN LATIN AMERICAN poems and short stories by the writers of the literary
LITERATURE: REFLECTIONS ON ARTISTIC, “boom,” including masterpieces by Nobel Prize
SOCIAL, AND POLITICAL TRENDS/THREE CREDITS winners. Class held in Spanish with opportunity
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: for oral, written, reading, and comprehension skill
Permission of instructor. An introduction to the main building. Non-European/non-Anglophone.
movements, authors, and works of Spanish American
literature from Modernism to the present. Class held 314. SPECIAL TOPICS: THREE CREDITS
in Spanish with opportunity for oral, written, reading, Major, Minor credit. Prerequisite: SPN 202 or approval of
and comprehension skill building. Writing Intensive. department chair. This course will introduce students
Non-European/non-Anglophone to various aspects of the social and cultural realities
of the target cultures using historical readings and
*306. SPAIN OF THE GOLDEN AGE/THREE CREDITS literary selections supported by films and travel.
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: Permission Topics of consideration may include history, women,
of instructor. A study of Spain at the height of its the media, immigrants and racism, and colonialism.
power during the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries Non-European/non-Anglophone
through its literature, art, history, and philosophy.
Class held in Spanish with opportunity for oral, 415. ADVANCED GRAMMAR/THREE CREDITS
written, reading, and comprehension skill building. Major, Minor, credit. Prerequisite: SPN 202 and required
Non-European/non-Anglophone entrance exam.. A study of more complex grammatical
structures and vocabulary usage. Class held primarily
*307. SPAIN: “ENLIGHTENED, ROMANTIC, REAL”/ in Spanish with emphasis on integrating the material
THREE CREDITS into appropriate oral and written context.
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: Permission
of instructor. A study of the eighteenth and nineteenth 490. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY/
century Spain through its literature, art, history, and THREE CREDITS
philosophy. Class held in Spanish with opportunity for This course allows students to pursue a course of
oral, written, reading, and comprehension skill building. study not covered by regular offerings in Spanish.
Both teacher and student will select the topic of study
*308. CONTEMPORARY SPAIN/THREE CREDITS according to the student’s needs and interests. Non-
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: Permission European/non-Anglophone.
of instructor. A study of Spain from 1898 to the present
through its literature, art, history, and philosophy. 496. FOREIGN LANGUAGE INTERNSHIP/
Class held in Spanish with opportunity for oral, THREE OR SIX CREDITS
written, reading, and comprehension skill building. Major, Minor credit. Prerequisite: One course numbered
300 or above and permission of the instructor. An
*309. MODERN LATIN AMERICA: THE NOVEL internship in business or a public or private agency
OF THE “BOOM” AND THE POLITICAL DRAMA/ requiring the use of the student’s foreign language
THREE CREDITS skills. Pass/fail grading.
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: Permission
of instructor. Latin American literature of the last fifty 499. SENIOR SEMINAR/THREE CREDITS
years. Emphasis will be placed on artistic and historical Major credit. A final course for majors treating topics
events and on the novels and plays by the writers of in Spanish language and contemporary Spanish
the literary “boom,” including masterpieces by Nobel and Latin American cultures and literatures. Non-
Prize winners. Class held in Spanish with opportunity European/non-Anglophone. Capstone
for oral, written, reading, and comprehension skill
building. Non-European/non-Anglophone.

*310. MODERN LATIN AMERICA: IMAGES AND


SYMBOLS OF CHANGE IN POETRY AND SHORT
STORY/THREE CREDITS
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite:
Permission of instructor. Latin American literature of
the last fifty years. Emphasis will be placed on the

79
DIVISION OF NATURAL AND MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES
DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY
DOUGLAS P. JENSEN, chair, HATICE NEVAL ERTURK, EDNA STEELE

MISSION AND GOALS major. Students earning a biology major may earn
The Department of Biology at Converse College strives secondary teaching certification. The department
to provide a rich and rigorous course of study in participates in the biochemistry major and
biological science, an environment in which students environmental studies minor, which are described
explore biological principles, and an education in elsewhere in this catalog. Students may double major
which each student learns to appreciate both the in biology and biochemistry. Many biology students
biosphere and her place within it. participate in pre-health professions programs,
described elsewhere in this catalog. These are not part
The Department of Biology sets forth the following of the major, and the major is not required for them.
goals.
1. The curriculum will span the diversity of The General Education Program is a requirement
approaches to modern biological sciences. for all degrees. The requirements listed below are
2. The curriculum will span biodiversity, from approved for the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science
the organismal, structural, and ecological and Bachelor of Fine Arts.
points of view.
3. Students will synthesize from the breadth of ENG 101.........................................................3 hours
biological knowledge and communicate it Language and Culture.....................................9 hours
effectively. MTH 108 or higher ........................................3 hours
4. Coursework will include multifaceted One course designated as
teaching techniques. Quantitative reasoning ........................... 3-4 hours
5. Majors will be able to compete effectively for Health and Well-being
graduate and professional programs. Wellness . .................................................. 2 hours
6. The department will offer General Education Activity course........................................ 1-2 hours
courses that enhance the college’s curriculum Humanities . ...................................................6 hours
for all students. Literature .......................................................3 hours
7. Majors will have an understanding of the Fine Arts.........................................................6 hours
processes and philosophy of science and Natural Science........................................... 7-8 hours
scientific research. Social Science..................................................6 hours
8. Majors will have a working understanding
of other sciences besides biology and be able Total .....................................................49-52 hours
to apply that understanding to biological Graduation requirements but not a separate course:
principles. First Year Seminar
9. The biology faculty will remain current in Writing Intensive course
their knowledge of the field. Non-European/non-Anglophone course
10. The biology faculty will utilize teaching Capstone experience.
technology as it is appropriate to their courses.
11. The biology Faculty will keep active research For more information concerning GEP requirements
programs that involve students. see page 37 in this catalog.
12. The college administration will support the
teaching and research laboratories at Converse Bachelor of Arts and
College at levels that are appropriate for the
faculty to achieve the goals above. Bachelor of Science
with a biology MAJOR
DEGREES AND PROGRAMS OFFERED Students majoring in biology may receive either a
The Department of Biology offers a biology major, Bachelor of Arts or a Bachelor of Science degree. Both
with either a Bachelor of Arts or a Bachelor of Science degrees require students to take 32 credit hours in
degree, and a biology minor. The department also biology, to complete a research requirement, and to
offers a Bachelor of Science with a medical technology take an assessment exam. Additionally, students must

80
complete cognate coursework in chemistry, physics, MTH 110: Elementary Functions or
and mathematics. All of the BA and BS requirements placement in MTH 120*..................... 0 or 3 hours
are identical except for the cognate coursework. Choose one of the following........................ 3-4 hours
MTH 113: Introduction to Statistics
A student interested in biology should inform her adviser MTH 120: Calculus and Analytical Geometry
as early as possible. It is highly recommended, although BAD 300: Descriptive and Inferential Statistics
not necessary, that she begins the general chemistry ECN 300: Descriptive and Inferential Statistics
sequence (CHM 201-202) during her freshman year and PSY 303: Social Science Statistics
that she begins the biology program by the first semester One other non-biology science or math**..... 3-4 hours
of her sophomore year. She should work closely with her Total Cognate Hours.............................22-27 hours
adviser to plan her course of study.
Cognate Coursework for Bachelor of Science
CHM 201: General College Chemistry............4 hours
Biology Coursework
CHM 202: General College Chemistry............4 hours
The biology major requires 32 credit hours of biology
CHM 303: Organic Chemistry.........................4 hours
coursework. At least 18 of these 32 credit hours must be at
CHM 304: Organic Chemistry.........................4 hours
the 300-level or higher. As part of the 32 hours, students
PHY 251: Essentials of Physics I......................4 hours
must take Junior Seminar (1 hour) and Senior Seminar (2
PHY 252: Essentials of Physics II.....................4 hours
hours). Students must also complete coursework in each
MTH 120: Calculus and Analytical Geometry I . 3 hours
of the sub-fields of biology listed below. The remainder of
Choose one of the following.................... 3 or 4 hours
the 32 hours is elective coursework.
MTH 113: Introduction to Statistics
MTH 210: Calculus and Analytical Geometry II
Concepts in Biology (BIO 100)........................4 hours
BAD 300: Descriptive and Inferential Statistics
Cellular Biology (choose one)..........................4 hours
ECN 300: Descriptive and Inferential Statistics
BIO 310: Cell Biology
PSY 303: Social Science Statistics
BIO 312: Microbiology
One other non-biology science or math**..... 3-4 hours
Animal Diversity (choose one)..................... 4-5 hours
Total Cognate Hours.............................33-35 hours
BIO 202: General Zoology
BIO 305: Human and Comparative Anatomy *BA students must be mathematically prepared for
BIO 308: Invertebrate Zoology the first calculus course (MTH 120). Students who
BIO 309: Parasitology enter the college placed at that level or higher have
Plant Biology (choose one)..............................4 hours fulfilled the requirement with 0 credit hours. Students
BIO 203: General Botany who enter the college placed at a lower level must pass
BIO 303: Systematic Botany MTH 110 (3 credit hours) to fulfill this requirement.
Genetics (choose one).....................................4 hours
BIO 301: Genetics **Non-biology science classes include chemistry
BIO 408: Molecular Biology of the Cell or physics beyond the level required for the degree,
Evolution........................................................3 hours computer science (CSC 201 or above), Geology
BIO 302: Evolutionary Biology (CHM 160), or Astronomy (PHY 143). Acceptable
Field Biology (choose one)..............................4 hours mathematics courses include any beyond the level
BIO 303: Systematic Botany required for the degree.
BIO 411: Ecology
Research Requirement
The following courses do not apply to the biology All biology majors are required to gain research
major: BIO 105, 120, 199H and 481. A maximum of experience. Students may fulfill this requirement by
4 credit hours each of BIO 317 and 490 may apply to performing a research project under the direction of
the biology major. biology faculty at Converse College, by performing a
research project under another person, or as part of a
Cognate Coursework for Bachelor of Arts summer program. All research performed away from
CHM 201: General College Chemistry............4 hours Converse must be approved by the biology faculty at
CHM 202: General College Chemistry............4 hours Converse College. Students who prefer not to perform
CHM 303: Organic Chemistry . ......................4 hours a research project may fulfill this requirement by
Choose one of the following............................4 hours successful completion of BIO 480.
PHY 241: Elements of Physics I
PHY 251: Essentials of Physics I
81
Assessment Exam COURSES OF INSTRUCTION
In addition to the academic and research requirements, *100. CONCEPTS IN BIOLOGY/FOUR CREDITS
all biology majors must complete an assessment exam GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. An introduction to
during the last semester of their senior year. the fundamental principles of biological activity and
scientific methodology. Lecture and laboratory. Lab fee.
Secondary Teaching Certification Offered Fall and Spring Terms.
Majors who plan to complete secondary certification
*105. HUMAN BIOLOGY/FOUR CREDITS
to teach high school must declare an Education GEP, Elective credit. Not accepted for major or minor
Minor, and meet with an advisor in the Education credit. A study of the principles of biology focusing on
Department to discuss specific requirements. They human issues, including diseases, impact of human
are encouraged to do this as early as possible. These population on ecosystems, physiological functions
students must complete all of the following Biology of the human body, and role of biotechnology in our
courses: BIO 100, 202, 203, 312, and 411. They must society. The ethical aspects of various issues will be
complete one of PHY 242 and 252, and they must discussed. Lecture and laboratory. Lab fee.
complete one of BAD 300, ECN 300 or PSY 303.
*120. SPRING FLORA/FOUR CREDITS
GEP, Elective credit. Not accepted for major or minor
THE BIOLOGY MINOR credit. This course introduces students to the variety
Students who minor in biology must complete 24 credit of plants that live locally and form much of the spring
hours of biology, including BIO 100. The following bloom. Lectures will cover a broad range of general
courses may not count towards the minor: BIO 105, 120, botany and ecology topics. Weekly laboratories will be
199H, 391, 481, 491 and 497. held outdoors at a variety of plant habitats. Students
will learn many of the local plants during laboratory,
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY and they will perform field experiments and collect
Edna Steele, Director ecological data. Lab fee. Offered alternate Spring Terms.
Converse offers a Bachelor of Science degree with a
*150. SPECIAL TOPICS/ THREE OR FOUR CREDITS
major in medical technology for students who are
GEP, Elective credit. Four hour course will have
ASCP-certified Medical Laboratory Technicians. a laboratory component. Some offerings may be
Students completing this major must make their own eligible for major or minor credit. Selected topics in
arrangements for their certification examinations introductory level biology.
(check http:www.ascp.org for eligibility) and must
complete all requirements for a Converse degree. *199H. FRESHMAN HONORS SEMINAR/
THREE OR FOUR CREDITS
Required Courses GEP, Elective credit. Not accepted for major or minor
Biological Sciences credit. A study of a selected subject within the
discipline, which will vary from term to term. The
BIO 100: General Biology or
course is designed to encourage student participation
BIO 202: General Zoology............................. 4 hours in the intellectual processes through class discussion,
BIO 312: Microbiology.................................. 4 hours research and writing, special projects, problem
BIO 330: Introduction to Immunology.......... 3 hours solving and evaluation and defense of positions.
Additional Biology Electives ......................... 8 hours When the subject matter duplicates that of another
(choose courses from the topics listed) course, credit toward graduation will be granted for
Genetics only one of the courses. Offered periodically in rotation
Comparative Anatomy with seminars in other disciplines. Lab fee.
Embryology
Cell Biology *202. GENERAL ZOOLOGY/FOUR CREDITS
Physiology GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: BIO
100 or adviser placement. A study of the morphology,
Chemistry taxonomy, and physiology of representative types
CHM 201–202: General College Chemistry... 8 hours from the Animal Kingdom. Lecture and laboratory. Lab
fee. Offered Fall Term.
CHM 303–304: Organic Chemistry............... 8 hours
Biochemistry................................................. 4 hours
*203. GENERAL BOTANY/FOUR CREDITS
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: BIO 100 or
Mathematics and Physics adviser placement. An introduction to plants, their activities,
MTH Elective above MTH 110...................... 3 hours and their relationship to humans. Lecture, laboratory, and
PHY 241: Elements of Physics....................... 4 hours field trips. Lab fee. Offered alternate Spring Terms.
82
211. HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY/FOUR CREDITS 305. HUMAN AND COMPARATIVE ANATOMY/
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: CHM 202 and FIVE CREDITS
either BIO 100 or 202. A study of the functions of the Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: BIO 100 or
basic human organ systems. Physiological processes its equivalent. A comparative study of the origin,
will be related to organ structures and integrated with structure, and function of organ systems of humans
the functioning of the whole organism. Lecture and and other selected vertebrates. The gross anatomy
laboratory. Lab fee. Offered alternate Spring Terms. of organ systems in relation to their functions are
studied. Laboratory includes a hands-on approach to
270. HUMAN SEXUALITY/THREE CREDITS the identification of anatomical structures. Lecture and
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: one of BIO laboratory. Lab fee. Offered Spring Term.
100, 202, or 203. A study of the human reproductive
system with primary emphasis on anatomy and 308. INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY/FOUR CREDITS
physiology. Consideration also will be given the Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: BIO 100 or its
psychological, religious, and ethical aspects of human equivalent. A study of the morphology and biology of
sexuality. Lecture. invertebrates. Lecture, laboratory, and field trips. Lab fee.

*299H. Interdisciplinary Honors Course 309. PARASITOLOGY/FOUR CREDITS


GEP, Major, Elective credit. This course is team taught Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: BIO 100 or
by members in two departments and is open to Nisbet its equivalent. A taxonomic approach to the ecology,
Honors Program participants and to others who meet physiology, and pathology of parasites, with emphasis
Honors Program guidelines. All students registering on those of medical and veterinary importance. Lecture
for these courses must register not only through the and laboratory. Lab fee. Offered alternate Fall Terms.
Honors Program but also with their adviser and the
Registrar’s Office. 310. CELL BIOLOGY/FOUR CREDITS
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: BIO 100 or
301. GENETICS/FOUR CREDITS its equivalent. Pre- or co-requisite: CHM 303. A study
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: BIO 100 or of cell structure, function, and reproduction. The
its equivalent. A study of the fundamental principles course covers both prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells.
of heredity with emphasis on its molecular basis. Laboratories are designed to offer students a wide
Experimental work with Drosophila melanogaster, variety of both traditional and modern techniques.
bacteria, and viruses will be included. Lecture and Lab fee. Offered Fall Term.
laboratory. Lab fee. Offered Spring Term.
312. MICROBIOLOGY/FOUR CREDITS
302. EVOLUTIONARY BIOLOGY/THREE CREDITS Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: BIO 100 or
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: BIO 100 or its equivalent and one of BIO 202 or 203. Pre- or co-
its equivalent and BIO 301 or permission of the instructor. requisite CHM 303. A study of the physiology and
Junior or senior level is recommended. A survey of the morphology of bacteria, algae, and fungi, and their
theory, history, and principles of evolutionary biology. roles in sanitation, agriculture, and medicine. Lecture
Both macroevolutionary and microevolutionary topics and laboratory. Lab fee. Offered alternate Fall Terms.
are covered and primary literature is discussed. Offered
Spring Term. *317. STUDY/TRAVEL PROGRAM/
THREE OR FOUR CREDITS
303. SYSTEMATIC BOTANY/FOUR CREDITS GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Maximum of 4 credit
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: BIO 100 or hours allowed for major credit. Prerequisites: BIO 100
its equivalent. A study of the taxonomy of the vascular or its equivalent and consent of instructor. A special
plants with emphasis on the angiosperms. Laboratory program offering the student the opportunity to learn
will include work in the field. Lecture and laboratory. Lab about ecosystems in the United States and in foreign
fee. Offered alternate Spring Terms. countries. The student will incur additional costs.

304. COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE EMBRYOLOGY/ 330. INTRODUCTION TO IMMUNOLOGY/


FOUR CREDITS THREE CREDITS
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: BIO 100 or its Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: BIO 100 or its
equivalent and either BIO 202 or 203 or permission of equivalent and one of BIO 301, 310, or 312. A study of
the instructor. A comparative study of the development the mechanisms of the immune defense of the human
of selected vertebrates. Lecture and laboratory. Lab fee. body. Vaccination, grafting, tumor immunology, and
Offered alternate Fall Terms. autoimmune diseases are also discussed. Lecture.
Offered alternate January Term.

83
350. SPECIAL TOPICS IN BIOLOGY/ course introduces students to scientific research from
THREE OR FOUR CREDITS. both philosophical and practical perspectives. Activities
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: BIO 100 or its include reading and discussions of philosophical
equivalent and consent of the instructor. Selected topics approaches to science and biology and research project
in advanced biological study. design and criticism. Offered alternate January Term.

391. JUNIOR SEMINAR/ONE CREDIT 481. INTERNSHIP IN BIOLOGY/


Required of all junior majors. Major credit. Prerequisites: THREE OR FOUR CREDITS
BIO 100 or its equivalent and either BIO 202, 203, or Elective credit. Not accepted for major or minor credit.
consent of the instructor. Directed reading, study, and Prerequisites: BIO 100 or its equivalent and consent
discussion designed to reemphasize the fundamental of instructor. A special course to afford the student
principles of biology, to correlate and summarize the practical work experience for academic credit. Open
course work of the major program and related fields, to juniors and seniors with an adequate background in
to introduce new areas and ideas, and to provide biology. A journal and oral report of the internship are
experience in literature review and oral presentation. required. Credit and work to be arranged according to
Conferences as needed. Offered Fall Term. the experience desired. Pass/fail grading.

401. BIOLOGY FOR TEACHERS/THREE CREDITS 485. RESEARCH/ONE TO FOUR CREDITS


Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: BIO 100 or its Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: BIO 100 or its
equivalent and either BIO 202 or 203. A special course equivalent and consent of the instructor. A special course
covering the modern techniques for the teaching of to allow the student to pursue a research project. May
biology on the secondary level. Lecture, laboratory, and be repeated for a maximum of six credit hours. Lab fee.
field trips. Offered Summer Session I.
490. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY IN
408. MOLECULAR BIOLOGY OF THE CELL/ SPECIAL TOPICS/ONE TO FOUR CREDITS
FOUR CREDITS Major, Minor, Elective credit. Maximum of 4 credit hours
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: BIO 100 or allowed for major credit. Prerequisites: BIO 100 or its
its equivalent and one of BIO 301, 310, and 312, pre- equivalent and consent of the instructor. A special course
or co-requisite: CHM 303. The study of molecular to allow the student to pursue independent study or
mechanisms lying behind the workings of the cell, with research. Credit and work to be arranged according
emphasis on DNA, RNA, and proteins. Both lecture and to the problem, and topic must be approved by the
laboratory will involve the study and use of modern instructor. May be repeated for credit.
biotechnological protocols and procedures. Lecture and
laboratory. Lab fee. Offered alternate Spring Terms. 491. SENIOR SEMINAR/TWO CREDITS
Required of all senior majors. Major credit. Prerequisite:
411. ECOLOGY/FOUR CREDITS BIO 391 or consent of the instructor. In addition to the
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: BIO 100 or requirements as listed under BIO 391, the senior
its equivalent and one of BIO 202 or 203. A study of biology major will conduct independent research
the principles governing the relationships between on an assigned topic and submit a written report.
organisms and their environment. Laboratory will Conferences as needed. Offered Fall Term. Writing
include extensive field work. Lecture and laboratory. intensive and capstone.
Lab fee. Offered alternate Fall Terms.
497. HONORS/THREE CREDITS
420. HISTOLOGY/FOUR CREDITS Major credit. Prerequisite: BIO 100 or its equivalent,
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: one of BIO 100 senior class standing, approval by the department, and
or its equivalent and either BIO 202 or 203 or consent consent of the instructor. This course is for qualified
of the instructor. The study of animal tissues with students pursuing honors in biology. Students perform
emphasis on how structure and function interrelate. independent research and write a thesis under the
The laboratory emphasizes tissue recognition at the direction of a biology faculty member.
microscopic level. Lecture and laboratory. Lab fee.

480. RESEARCH METHODS IN BIOLOGY/


THREE CREDITS
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: BIO 100 or its
equivalent, junior or senior class standing, and completion
of one biology course at the 300 or 400 level. This course
fulfills the research requirement for the biology major. This

84
DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY
JERRY J. HOWE, chair, SHARON STRICKLAND

The Department of Chemistry offers a curriculum Bachelor of Science with a


designed to enable its majors to work in governmental Chemistry Major
and industrial laboratories, to pursue graduate degrees The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in
in chemistry or closely related areas, to enter medical, chemistry requires a minimum of 41 credit hours of
veterinary, dental, optometry, or pharmacy schools, or course work in chemistry.
to enter the teaching profession.
Required Courses
Upon graduation chemistry majors are expected to:
CHM 201: General College Chemistry........... 4 hours
1. possess a basic knowledge of analytical,
CHM 202: General College Chemistry........... 4 hours
inorganic, organic, physical, and polymer
CHM 251: Quantitative Analysis.................... 4 hours
chemistry as well as biochemistry;
CHM 303: Organic Chemistry........................ 4 hours
2. be able to communicate effectively both orally
CHM 304: Organic Chemistry........................ 4 hours
and in writing the results of scientific research;
CHM 315: Physical Chemistry....................... 4 hours
3. understand some aspects of the impact of
CHM 316: Physical Chemistry....................... 4 hours
chemistry on society;
CHM 410: Instrumental Analysis................... 4 hours
4. know how to use computers to collect and
CHM 405: Junior Seminar................................1 hour
analyze data.
CHM 407: Senior Seminar.............................. 2 hours
Chemistry Electives....................................6--8 hours
All chemistry and biochemistry majors are also
required to participate in a research project as
Additional Requirements:
evidence that they understand the scientific method.
PHY 251: Essentials of Physics I..................... 4 hours
The General Education Program is a requirement
PHY 252: Essentials of Physics II.................... 4 hours
for all degrees. The requirements listed below are
MTH 120: Calculus I...................................... 3 hours
approved for the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science
MTH 210: Calculus II..................................... 3 hours
and Bachelor of Fine Arts.
MTH 220: Calculus III .................................. 3 hours
ENG 101.........................................................3 hours
TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Language and Culture.....................................9 hours
with A chemistry MAJOR........... 58–60 hours
MTH 108 or higher ........................................3 hours
One course designated as
Quantitative reasoning ........................... 3-4 hours Bachelor of Arts with a
Health and Well-being Chemistry major
Wellness . .................................................. 2 hours The Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in chemistry
Activity course........................................ 1-2 hours consists of a minimum of 33 hours of course work
Humanities . ...................................................6 hours in chemistry, as well as some additional requirements.
Literature .......................................................3 hours
Fine Arts.........................................................6 hours Required Courses
Natural Science........................................... 7-8 hours CHM 201: General College Chemistry........... 4 hours
Social Science..................................................6 hours CHM 201: General College Chemistry........... 4 hours
Total .....................................................49-52 hours CHM 251: Quantitative Analysis.................... 4 hours
CHM 303: Organic Chemistry........................ 4 hours
Graduation requirements but not a separate course: CHM 304: Organic Chemistry........................ 4 hours
First Year Seminar CHM 315 or 320: Physical Chemistry............ 4 hours
Writing Intensive course CHM 405: Junior Seminar................................1 hour
Non-European/non-Anglophone course CHM 407: Senior Seminar.............................. 2 hours
Capstone experience. Chemistry Electives:....................................... 6 hours
For more information concerning GEP requirements
see page 37 in this catalog. Additional Requirements
PHY 241: Elements of Physics I...................... 4 hours
PHY 242: Elements of Physics II..................... 4 hours

85
Choose one from the following:...................... 3 hours are not required. Majors desiring certification to teach
MTH 115: Survey of Calculus must include CHM 311, CHM 403, CHM 415, BIO
MTH 120: Calculus and Analytical Geometry 202 or 203 plus four more hours in biology, and
specific courses in education in their program.
TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF ARTS
WITH A CHEMISTRY MAJOR................. 44 hours Students may also double major in Biology and
Biochemistry.
Bachelor of Science with a
Biochemistry Major The Chemistry Minor
The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in A chemistry minor requires 24 credit hours of course
biochemistry is based upon the recommendations of work in chemistry (6 courses). The program of study
the American Society for Biochemistry and Molecular is as follows:
Biology and requires 35 credit hours of chemistry, 16
credit hours of biology, 8 credit hours of physics, and CHM 201: General College Chemistry........... 4 hours
6 credit hours of mathematics. CHM 202: General College Chemistry........... 4 hours
CHM 251: Quantitative Analysis.................... 4 hours
CHM 303: Organic Chemistry........................ 4 hours
Required Chemistry Courses
Chemistry Electives........................................ 8 hours
CHM 201: General College Chemistry........... 4 hours
Total Hours for a Chemistry Minor......... 24 hours
CHM 202: General College Chemistry........... 4 hours
CHM 251: Quantitative Analysis.................... 4 hours
The Department of Chemistry also participates in the
CHM 303: Organic Chemistry........................ 4 hours
environmental studies minor, the pre-medicine, pre-
CHM 304: Organic Chemistry........................ 4 hours
dentistry, pre-veterinary and pre-pharmacy programs.
CHM 315 or 320: Physical Chemistry............ 4 hours
CHM 415: Biochemistry................................ .4 hours
CHM 416: Biochemistry................................ .4 hours COURSES OF INSTRUCTION
CHM 405: Junior Seminar................................1 hour *150. CONCEPTS OF CHEMISTRY/FOUR CREDITS
CHM 407: Senior Seminar.............................. 2 hours GEP credit. Not accepted for major or minor credit. A
survey of some of the major concepts of chemistry in
Required Biology Courses order to gain insight into the nature of this science.
(4 courses)................................................... 16 hours Lecture and laboratory. Lab Fee.
One or two courses from
BIO 100: Concepts in Biology *160. INTRODUCTION TO GEOLOGY/
BIO 202: General Zoology FOUR CREDITS
BIO 203: General Botany GEP credit. Not accepted for major or minor credit.
Two or three courses from A course emphasizing the theories of geology, the
BIO 301: Genetics techniques of rock, mineral, and fossil identification
BIO 310: Cell Biology and classification, their habits and uses, and local
BIO 312: Microbiology geology. Field trips are part of the course. The course
BIO 408: Molecular Biology is offered for four credits as an on-campus course and
for four or six credits as an off-campus travel course.
Additional Requirements: Off-campus travel costs will be in addition to the
PHY 251: Essentials of Physics I..................... 4 hours regular fees. Lecture and laboratory. Lab fee.
PHY 252: Essentials of Physics II.................... 4 hours
MTH 120: Calculus I . ................................... 3 hours *199H. FRESHMAN HONORS SEMINAR/
MTH 210: Calculus II ................................... 3 hours FOUR CREDITS
GEP credit. Not accepted for major or minor credit in
TOTAL HOURS FOR THE biology, chemistry, or the pre-med program. A course
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A for non-science majors who are interested in
BIOCHEMISTRY MAJOR......................... 65 hours understanding some contemporary technological
issues within the discipline of chemistry. The course
Statistics, computer science, and additional math provides the basic scientific knowledge necessary to
courses are recommended for all three majors, but understand these issues. The laboratory will introduce
students to the scientific method and some of the
86
laboratory techniques of chemistry. Offered periodically 320. A SHORT COURSE IN PHYSICAL
in rotation with seminars in other disciplines. Lecture and CHEMISTRY/FOUR CREDITS
laboratory. Lab fee. Major, Minor or Elective credit. Either CHM 315 or 320
is required for the chemistry and biochemistry majors.
*201-202. GENERAL COLLEGE CHEMISTRY/ Prerequisites: CHM 201-202, physics, and calculus.
EIGHT CREDITS A course covering the basic areas of gas laws,
GEP credit. Required for major and minor. A course thermodynamics, kinetics, and molecular structure
suitable for all science majors and pre-med students. and energies. This course is not as in-depth as is
Topics covered include atomic and molecular CHM 315-316, but does include more emphasis on
structure, chemical bonding, stoichiometry, chemical biological applications than does CHM 315-316.
reactions, gas laws, thermodynamics, kinetics, Cannot be taken along with CHM 315-316. Lecture
equilibria, electrochemistry, qualitative analysis, and and laboratory. Lab Fee. Offered in alternate years.
some descriptive chemistry. A good background in
algebra is required. Lecture and laboratory. Lab fee. 402. ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY/
THREE CREDITS
251. QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS/FOUR CREDITS Major, Minor, or Elective credit. A course designed
Major, Minor credit. Prerequisite: CHM 202. A study as a continuation of study of important theoretical
of the principles, methods, and applications of concepts, reaction types, and reaction mechanisms
quantitative analysis including some instrumental of organic chemistry. Topics that may be included
techniques. Offered during January Term. Lecture and are photochemistry, organic synthesis, carbocations
laboratory. Lab fee. and neighboring group participation, electrocyclic
reactions, and linear free energy relationships. Offered
*299H. Interdisciplinary Honors Course in alternate years.
GEP, Major, Elective credit. This course is team taught
by members in two departments and is open to Nisbet 403. ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY/THREE
Honors Program participants and to others who meet CREDITS
Honors Program guidelines. All students registering Major, Minor, or Elective credit. This course focuses
for these courses must register not only through the on the bonding theories and chemical and physical
Honors Program but also with their adviser and the properties of the elements and their inorganic
Registrar’s Office. compounds. Offered in alternate years.

303-304. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY/EIGHT CREDITS 404. SPECIAL TOPICS/THREE CREDITS


Major, Minor credit. Prerequisite: CHM 202. A systematic Major, Minor, or Elective credit. Advanced courses that
survey of the typical compounds of carbon. Study will be offered depending on the available staff and
includes nomenclature, reactions, synthesis, and student interest. Topics that may be included are
mechanisms. Lecture and laboratory. Lab fee. physical, organic, nuclear, and polymer chemistry,
and hazardous wastes.
311. ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY/
FOUR CREDITS 405. JUNIOR SEMINAR/ONE CREDIT
Major, Minor, or Elective credit. Prerequisites: CHM 201- Required of all majors in the junior year. Not accepted
202 and 251. A study of those chemical substances, for minor credit. Offered during Spring Term.
both naturally occurring and synthetic, which are the
major causes of pollution in our environment. Lecture 407. SENIOR SEMINAR/TWO CREDITS
and Laboratory. Offered during Spring Term in alternate Required of all majors in the senior year. Not accepted
years. Lab Fee. for minor credit. Offered during Spring Term.

315-316. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY/EIGHT CREDITS 410. INSTRUMENTAL ANALYSIS/FOUR CREDITS


Major, Minor, or Elective credit. Either CHM 315 or 320 Major, Minor, or Elective credit. Prerequisites: CHM 251
is required for the chemistry and biochemistry majors. and 303-304. A course that focuses on the principles,
Prerequisites: CHM 201-202, physics, and calculus. An in- instrumentation, and applications of various
depth study of such topics as thermodynamics, chemical instrumental methods of analytical chemistry. Some
kinetics, bonding theory, molecular and atomic structure, of the topics covered include UV-visible, IR, and
and various properties of gases, liquids, and solids. Lecture NMR spectroscopy, mass spectrometry, gas and high
and laboratory. Lab fee. Offered in alternate years. pressure liquid chromatography, atomic emission
87
and absorption spectroscopy, and electroanalytical 481. INTERNSHIP IN CHEMISTRY/
methods. Lecture (2 hours/week) and laboratory (6 FOUR CREDITS
hours/week). Lab Fee. Offered in alternate years. Major credit only. Not accepted for minor credit.
Prerequisite: Permission of department and junior or senior
415, 416. BIOCHEMISTRY/EIGHT CREDITS standing. A special course to afford the student practical
Major, Minor, or Elective credit. May be used for biology work experience. Three types of chemical internships
major credit. Prerequisite: CHM 304. A study of the are offered: industrial (for students planning to
structure, properties, and function of biomolecules work in industrial or governmental laboratories)
and cell membranes and a detailed examination of pharmaceutical (for pre-pharmacy chemistry majors),
reactions and mechanisms of metabolism, replication, and environmental. Pass/fail grading.
transcription, and translation. Lecture and laboratory.
Lab fee. Offered in alternate years. 490. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY IN
SPECIAL TOPICS/ONE, TWO OR THREE CREDITS
480. RESEARCH/ONE TO SIX CREDITS Major credit only. Prerequisite: Permission of department.
Major, Minor, or Elective credit. Prerequisite: Permission An independent course of advanced study of a
of department. A special course to allow the student particular topic not covered in any other course.
to pursue a research problem. May be repeated. Students receive minimum guidance from faculty.
Maximum of six total credits. Lab fee. May be repeated for credit.

88
DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS, PHYSICS, AND
COMPUTER SCIENCE
JAMES A. HYMAS, chair, PETER H. BROWN, JEAN E. DUNBAR, G. ELENA MENDEZ

MATHEMATICS               A student completing the Bachelor of Arts with a


The mission of the mathematics major is to provide mathematics major must take a minimum of 35 credit
the student with the opportunity to study the classical hours of course work above MTH 115.
mathematics curriculum so that she may:
1. communicate mathematical ideas with ease and Required Courses
clarity; MTH 120: Calculus and Analytic
2. organize and analyze information; Geometry I..................................................3 hours
3. solve problems readily; MTH 210: Calculus and Analytic
4. construct logical arguments; Geometry II.................................................3 hours
5. understand the mathematics that forms the core MTH 220: Calculus and Analytic
of the undergraduate mathematics curriculum; Geometry III...............................................3 hours
6. enjoy mathematics and appreciate its power and MTH 351: Linear Algebra................................3 hours
beauty; MTH 413: Algebraic Structures.......................3 hours
7. naturally and routinely use technology in doing MTH 499: Senior Seminar................................ 1 hour
mathematics; CSC 201: Introduction to Computing.............4 hours
8.  understand how mathematics permeates our MTH Elective................................................15 hours
lives and how the various threads within
mathematics are interwoven. TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF ARTS
  WITH A MATHEMATICS MAJOR ...........35 hours
The General Education Program is a requirement  
for all degrees. The requirements listed below are Majors who plan to be certified as secondary teachers
approved for the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science of mathematics must take MTH 311: Survey of
and Bachelor of Fine Arts. Geometry as one of their electives.
 
ENG 101.........................................................3 hours THE MATHEMATICS MINOR
Language and Culture.....................................9 hours A minor in mathematics consists of any 24 hours of
MTH 108 or higher ........................................3 hours mathematics credit excluding MTH 108. CSC 201
One course designated as may also count toward the minor.
Quantitative reasoning ........................... 3-4 hours  
Health and Well-being A student may not receive credit for any 100-level
Wellness . .................................................. 2 hours mathematics course if she has previously received
Activity course........................................ 1-2 hours credit (with a C- or higher) for a higher level
Humanities . ...................................................6 hours mathematics course. Exceptions to this rule may be
Literature .......................................................3 hours allowed with the approval of the department chair.
Fine Arts.........................................................6 hours  
Natural Science........................................... 7-8 hours COURSES OF INSTRUCTION
Social Science..................................................6 hours *108. FINITE MATHEMATICS/THREE CREDITS
Total .....................................................49-52 hours GEP credit. A study of selected topics from finite
mathematics. The topics may include probability,
Graduation requirements but not a separate course: statistics, systems of linear equations, linear
First Year Seminar programming and the mathematics of finance. Offered
Writing Intensive course most terms. Quantitative GEP requirement.
Non-European/non-Anglophone course  
Capstone experience. *110. ELEMENTARY FUNCTIONS/THREE CREDITS
For more information concerning GEP requirements GEP credit. Prerequisite: High School Algebra. A
see page 37 in this catalog. study of elementary functions and their graphs
and applications, including polynomials, rational
and algebraic functions, exponential, logarithmic,

89
and trigonometric functions. Offered most terms. Honors Program but also with their adviser and the
Quantitative GEP requirement. Registrar’s Office. Quantitative GEP requirement.
   
*113. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS/ 301. MATHEMATICS OF GAMES AND GAMBLING/
FOUR CREDITS FOUR CREDITS
GEP credit. Prerequisite: High School Algebra. This Major, Elective credit. Prerequisite: Permission of the
course will provide a comprehensive introduction to instructor. This course is a study of the mathematics
the models and methods used in statistics. Quantitative involved in games of chance and gambling. Topics
GEP requirement. in probability, statistics and combinatorics will
  be covered. Offered on demand in January Term.
*115. SURVEY OF CALCULUS/FOUR CREDITS Quantitative GEP requirement
GEP, Minor credit. Prerequisite: MTH 110, or equivalent.  
A one-term introduction to the elements of the 303. NUMBER THEORY/THREE CREDITS
differential and integral calculus, intended for Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: Consent of the
students majoring in other departments. Offered on instructor. A study of the integers and their divisibility
demand in January Term. Quantitative GEP requirement. properties with particular emphasis on the theory of
  congruencies, prime numbers, Diophantine equation,
*120. CALCULUS AND ANALYTIC GEOMETRY I/ and quadratic residues. Offered on demand. Quantitative
THREE CREDITS GEP requirement.
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: MTH 110,  
or equivalent. A study of the differential and integral 311. SURVEY OF GEOMETRY/THREE CREDITS
calculus. Offered Fall and Spring Terms. Quantitative Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: Consent of
GEP requirement. the instructor or MTH 351. A study of the foundation
  of Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometry. Offered
205. DISCRETE MATHEMATICS/THREE CREDITS alternate years. Quantitative GEP requirement
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: CSC 201  
and MTH 110 or consent of the instructor. The course 315. MATHEMATICAL SOFTWARE/FOUR CREDITS
will introduce students to topics and techniques Major, Elective credit. Prerequisite: MTH 120 or permission
of discrete methods and combinatorial reasoning. of the instructor. This course will introduce the student
Methods for approaching problems in counting, logic, to the various mathematical software packages that are
and other Computer Science related topics will be commercially available. Lectures and laboratory. Cross-
accumulated. A wide variety of applications will be listed with CSC 315. Quantitative GEP requirement.
incorporated into the mathematics. Offered alternate  
years. Quantitative GEP requirement. 330. INTRODUCTION TO NUMERICAL ANALYSIS/
  THREE CREDITS
*210. CALCULUS AND ANALYTIC GEOMETRY II/ Major, Minor, Elective credit. See CSC 330. Offered on
THREE CREDITS demand. Quantitative GEP requirement
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: MTH  
120, or equivalent. A continuation of MTH 120. Offered 340. INTRODUCTION TO GRAPH THEORY/
every year. Quantitative GEP requirement. FOUR CREDITS
  Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: MTH 351
*220. CALCULUS AND ANALYTIC GEOMETRY III/ or permission of the instructor. This course is an
THREE CREDITS introduction to a relatively new area of mathematics
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: MTH study. A diverse collection of applications includes
210, or equivalent. A continuation of MTH 210. Offered operations research, sociology and chemistry. An
every year. Quantitative GEP requirement introduction to mathematical proofs is included,
  and various proof techniques are illustrated while
*299H. Interdisciplinary Honors Course developing the theory itself. Offered on demand in
GEP, Major, Elective credit. This course is team taught January Term. Quantitative GEP requirement
by members in two departments and is open to Nisbet  
Honors Program participants and to others who meet 351. LINEAR ALGEBRA/THREE CREDITS
Honors Program guidelines. All students registering Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: MTH 210. A
for these courses must register not only through the

90
study of linear equations and matrices, vector spaces, COMPUTER SCIENCE
determinants, linear mappings, inner products, and THE COMPUTER SCIENCE MINOR
cross products of vectors. Offered alternate years. The department offers a minor in computer science. The
Quantitative GEP requirement. minor consists of 20 credit hours. The requirements for
  a minor in computer science are as follows:
400. REAL ANALYSIS/THREE CREDITS CSC 201: Introduction to Computing.............4 hours
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: MTH 220. A CSC 202: Data Structures................................4 hours
study of selected topics from real analysis. Offered on CSC 203: Programming Studio........................3 hours
demand. Quantitative GEP requirement CSC 305:  Database Design.............................3 hours
  CSC Electives - Choose from the following:.....6 hours
410. DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS/THREE CREDITS CSC 280H: Computers and Society
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: MTH 220 CSC 290: Software Workshops
or consent of the instructor. A study of differential CSC 304: Visual Basic Programming
equations and their physical applications. Offered CSC 321: Essential Architectures I
alternate years. Quantitative GEP requirement CSC 322: Essential Architecture II
  CSC 330: Introduction to Numerical Analysis
413. ABSTRACT ALGEBRA/THREE CREDITS CSC 350: Principles of Programming Languages
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: MTH 210. A CSC 355:  Computer Graphics
study of groups, rings, integral domains, and fields. CSC392: Software Development
Offered alternate years. Quantitative GEP requirement. CSC 400: Special Topics in Computer Science
  CSC 430: Theory of Computation
423. PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS/ CSC 440: Algorithm Analysis
THREE CREDITS MTH 205: Discrete Mathematics
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: MTH 210, ECN/BAD 300: Descriptive and Inferential Statistics
or equivalent. A study of probability, distributions,   or PSY 303: Social Statistics
sampling distribution theory, and estimation. Offered
alternate years. Quantitative GEP requirement. Total Hours for Computer Science Minor.. 20 hours
   
480. SPECIAL TOPICS IN MATHEMATICS/ No more than 3 hours in CSC 290 may count towards
ONE TO THREE CREDITS the electives in the computer science minor. CSC
Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. Each offering 450: Programming Internship, and CSC 460: Data
will cover a topic of mathematics that is not in the Processing Internship may not count for minor credit.
regular curriculum. Offered on demand. Quantitative  
GEP requirement.
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION
490. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY IN 101. COMPUTER LITERACY/THREE CREDITS
SPECIAL TOPICS/ONE TO THREE CREDITS Elective credit. Students will discover the practical use of
Prerequisite. Consent of the instructor and department computers to acquire, manage, and use information in
chair. Intensive independent study of a topic in the remainder of their education and throughout their
mathematics which is not in the regular curriculum. career. This course introduces the basics of computer
This study will be directed by a cooperating faculty technology and provides hands-on experience with
member. May be repeated for credit. Offered on demand. applications software for word processing, electronic
Quantitative GEP requirement. spreadsheets, graphics, data communication, and
  networks. Students who have successfully passed any
499. SENIOR SEMINAR/ONE CREDIT 200-level Computer Science course must have the approval
Required of all majors. This course allows the student of the department chair to take CSC 101. Pass/fail grading.
to investigate a topic of particular interest in  
mathematics or computer science. The student will *199H. FRESHMAN HONORS SEMINAR/
have the opportunity to present a written and oral THREE CREDITS
report on her topic. Offered every year. Quantitative GEP, Elective credit. A study of a selected subject within
GEP requirement.  Capstone. the discipline which will vary from term to term. The
  course is designed to encourage student participation
in the intellectual processes through class discussion,
research and writing, special projects, problem solving,

91
and evaluation and defense of positions. When the programs embedded in Web pages.  The course will
subject matter duplicates that of another course, credit introduce a scripting language executed within the
toward graduation will be granted for only one of these Web browser, and cover the use of that scripting
courses. Offered periodically in rotation with seminars in language to create dynamic, interactive Web pages. 
other disciplines. Quantitative GEP requirement. Offered in the fall.
   
201. INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTING/ *280H. COMPUTERS AND SOCIETY/
FOUR CREDITS FOUR CREDITS
Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: MTH 108 or Humanities GEP credit, elective credit. A study of the
equivalent. A study of computer systems, program societal effects of the rise of computing technology,
development techniques, and basic programming centering on the ethical implications of several
concepts; emphasis on good programming style; currently controversial issues. The course is built
introduction to a high-level programming language. around discussions and papers. Writing intensive.
Lectures and laboratory. Quantitative GEP requirement.  
  290. SOFTWARE WORKSHOP/ ONE CREDIT
202. DATA STRUCTURES/FOUR CREDITS Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: Consent of the
Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: CSC 201. To continue instructor. A supervised workshop designed to
the study of the fundamental concepts of programming develop competence and proficiency in using some
applied to problem solving and to introduce students commercial software product. This course may be
to the major data structures (arrays, records, stacks, taken more than once, provided that it is taken to
queues, and lists) and their use in Computer Science learn different software and skills. No more than 6
and classical Computer Science algorithms including credit hours in this course may be applied toward
searching, sorting, recursion, and pattern matching. graduation requirements. May be offered any term.
Lectures and laboratory. Quantitative GEP requirement. Pass/fail grading. Quantitative GEP requirement.
 
203. PROGRAMMING STUDIO/THREE CREDITS *299H. INTERDISCIPLINARY HONORS COURSE
Minor credit; required for the computer science minor. GEP, Elective credit. This course is team taught by
Pre-requisite: CSC201. Corequisite: CSC202. Through a members in two departments and is open to Nisbet
focused series of programming problems and extensive Honors Program participants and to others who meet
in-class review, students will hone their programming Honors Program guidelines. All students registering
and problem-solving skills.  The format is taken from for these courses must register not only through the
studio art, where each student’s work is reviewed and Honors Program but also with their adviser and the
critiqued by the students and the professor. Registrar’s Office. Quantitative GEP requirement.
   
209.  SPREADSHEETS IN DEPTH/THREE HOURS 304. VISUAL BASIC PROGRAMMING/
Elective Credit. Using examples from a variety of THREE CREDITS
disciplines, students will learn the use of spreadsheets Elective credit. Prerequisite: CSC 202. An introduction
in support of work in the sciences, the social sciences, to developing applications using Visual Basic. This
or business.  Among the topics covered will be course is designed to show how to analyze problems,
basic spreadsheet operations; spreadsheet formulas; design solutions, and implement applications that use
graphing for communications and clarity; and the Visual Basic. Quantitative GEP requirement.
proper use of spreadsheets for basic statistical analysis.   
Quantitative GEP requirement. Offered every fall. 305. DATABASE DESIGN/THREE CREDITS
  Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: CSC 201 or equivalent.
235. WEB APPLICATIONS I/ THREE CREDITS Fundamental principles of database models and
Minor. Prerequisite: CSC 201 or permission of instructor. database management systems design, implementation,
This course provides a solid introduction to the client- and application. Quantitative GEP requirement.
side programming of Web applications.  The first part
will focus on Web design: markup languages (such 315. MATHEMATICAL SOFTWARE/FOUR CREDITS
as HTML and XHTML) and controlling presentation Elective credit. Prerequisite: MTH 120 or permission of
(such a CSS).  This part does not require any the instructor. This course will introduce the student
programming background.  The second part will to the various mathematical software packages that
focus on creating dynamic Web content using small are commercially available. Lectures and laboratory.
Quantitative GEP requirement.
92  
321. ESSENTIAL ARCHITECUTRES I: COMPUTER logic, functional, and object-oriented paradigms.
ORGANIZATION AND OPERATING SYSTEMS/ Quantitative GEP requirement.
THREE CREDITS  
Minor credit: Prerequisite: CSC 202, equivalent or permission 355. COMPUTER GRAPHICS/THREE CREDITS
of the instructor.  This course provides a solid introduction Minor. Prerequisite: CSC 202 or permission of the
to the fundamental hardware architecture of computers instructor. This course offers a hands-on introduction to
in common used, and an introduction to basic 3-D computer graphics, includeing modeling, viewing
operating systems concepts.  Computer-architecture transformations, lighting and color theory, interactivity
concepts covered include assembly language, numeric using events and callbacks, and animation.
representations addressing techniques, and subroutines.   
Operating-systems concepts covered include basic 392. SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT/THREE CREDITS
operating-systems structures, processes and process Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: CSC 202. Combines a
control, and inter-process communication.     range of topics integral to the design, implementation,
  and testing of a medium-scale software system with the
322. ESSENTIAL ARCHITECTURES II: OPERATING practical experience of implementing such a project
SYSTEMS AND NETWORKING/ THREE CREDITS as a member of a programmer team. In addition to
Minor credit. Prerequisite: CSC 321 or permission of the material on software engineering, this course also
instructor. This course continues the introduction includes material on professionalism and ethical
to operating systems begun in CSC321, and adds responsibilities in software development and human-
coverage of the basic building blocks of computer computer interaction. Quantitative GEP requirement.
networks.  Operating-systems concepts covered include  
scheduling, synchronization, memory management, 400. SPECIAL TOPICS IN COMPUTER SCIENCE/
and security.  Networking concepts covered include ONE TO THREE CREDITS
the layered model of networking, switching, error Minor credit. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
correction and flow control, addressing and datagrams, Each offering will deal with a topic selected from
routing, the Domain Name System, major protocols various fields of computer science. Quantitative GEP
(TCP, UDP, ICMP) and performance issues.  requirement depending on the topic.
   
330. INTRODUCTION TO NUMERICAL ANALYSIS/ 420. SYSTEMS ANALYSIS AND DESIGN/
THREE CREDITS THREE CREDITS
Elective credit. Prerequisites: CSC 201; MTH 351. This is Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: CSC 201 or equivalent.
a first course in numerical analysis with the emphasis An introduction to software systems development as an
more on intuition, experimentation, and error engineering discipline and to the principles of analysis
assessment than on rigor. Students will be expected to and design of large software systems. Participation on
program and run a number of problems on a computer, team projects. Quantitative GEP requirement.
and considerable time will be spent analyzing the results  
of the programs. In particular, the analysis of round 430. THEORY OF COMPUTATION/THREE CREDITS
off and discretization errors, as well as the efficiency Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: CSC 202 and MTH
of algorithms, should be stressed. Topics will include 205. Introduction to automata theory, formal languages,
the solution of linear systems, the solution of a single, and complexity. Introduction to the mathematical
non-linear equation, interpolation and approximation foundations of computer science: finite state automata,
(including least squares approximation), differentiation formal languages and grammars, Turing machines,
and integration, and elements of the numerical solution computability, unsolvability, and computational
of eigenvalue problems. Quantitative GEP requirement. complexity. Quantitative GEP requirement.

350. PRINCIPLES OF PROGRAMMING 440. ALGORITHM ANALYSIS/THREE CREDITS


LANGUAGES/THREE CREDITS Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: CSC 202 and MTH
Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: CSC 202 or permission 205. Qualitative and quantitative analysis of algorithms
of instructor. A comparative study of the syntax and and their corresponding data structures from a precise
semantics of programming languages; topics include mathematical point of view. Performance bounds,
data types, data control, sequence control, run-time asymptotic and probabilistic analysis, worst case and
storage, language translation, and semantics; actual average case behavior. Correctness and complexity.
programming languages are used to illustrate the Quantitative GEP requirement.
concepts and virtual architectures of procedural,  
93
450. PROGRAMMING INTERNSHIP/ COURSES OF INSTRUCTION
THREE OR SIX CREDITS *140. CONCEPTS OF PHYSICS/FOUR CREDITS
Prerequisite: CSC 202, or equivalent. A program of GEP credit. A survey of some of the major concepts
work and study in which the student is accepted as a in physics. Designed for the nonscientist with limited
programming trainee by a local industry. Pass/fail grading. background in mathematics. Lectures and laboratory.
  Lab fee.
460. DATA PROCESSING INTERNSHIP/  
THREE OR SIX CREDITS *143. ASTRONOMY/FOUR CREDITS
Prerequisite: CSC 450, or equivalent. A program of GEP credit. A course in descriptive astronomy in
work and study in which the student is accepted as which emphasis is placed upon the basic principles
an apprentice in data processing by a local industry. involved. Lectures and laboratory. Lab fee. Offered
She is expected to be a productive member of the yearly. Quantitative GEP requirement.
data processing staff and have some programming  
responsibilities. Pass/fail grading. *153. ASTRONOMY OF ANCIENT CULTURES/
  FOUR CREDITS
490. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY IN GEP credit. Students will explore the astronomy
SPECIAL TOPICS/ONE TO THREE CREDITS and cosmology of different cultures including those
Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor and the department of Australian aborigines, Costa Rican indigenous
chair. Intensive independent study of a topic in computer tribes, Maya, Inca and the Egyptians. They will learn
science which is not in the regular curriculum. This the fundamentals of naked eye astronomy and the
study will be directed by a cooperating faculty methods used to learn about ancient astronomy.
member. May be repeated for credit. Offered on demand.  
Quantitative GEP requirement depending on topic. *241. ELEMENTS OF PHYSICS I/FOUR CREDITS
  GEP credit. A course of mechanics, properties of
499. SENIOR SEMINAR/ONE CREDIT matter, heat, and sound. Lectures and laboratory. Lab
Required of all majors. This course allows the student to fee. Offered yearly. Quantitative GEP requirement.
investigate a topic of particular interest in mathematics  
or computer science. The student will have the 242. ELEMENTS OF PHYSICS II/FOUR CREDITS
opportunity to present a written and oral report on Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: PHY 241. Study of
her topic. Quantitative GEP requirement. Capstone. light, static and current electricity, magnetism, and
  modern physics. Lectures and laboratory. Lab fee.
THE PHYSICS MINOR Offered yearly. Quantitative GEP requirement.
A physics minor requires 22 hours of course work,  
not including 100 level courses. *251. ESSENTIALS OF PHYSICS I/FOUR CREDITS
  GEP credit. Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite or
Required Courses corequisite: MTH 120. This course studies mechanics,
PHY 251: Essentials of Physics I......................4 hours heat, and waves using calculus to derive relationships
PHY 252: Essentials of Physics II.....................4 hours and find solutions to problems. It is required for all
PHY 331: Modern Physics I ............................3 hours physics minors. Lectures and laboratory. Lab fee. Offered
PHY 332: Modern Physics II ...........................3 hours yearly. Quantitative GEP requirement
Two terms of PHY 310: Laboratory  
              in Modern Physics ............................2 hours 252. ESSENTIALS OF PHYSICS II/FOUR CREDITS
Additional Physics Elective..............................6 hours Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: MTH 120. This
Total Hours for a Physics Minor................22 hours course is a continuation of PHY 251 and studies
  light, electricity, and magnetism using calculus. It is
Students seeking initial certification in secondary required for all physics minors. Lectures and laboratory.
physics must complete a minor in physics and must Lab fee. Offered yearly. Quantitative GEP requirement.
take MTH 120, CHM 201, CHM 202, EDU 387 and  
BAD/ECN 300 or PSY 303. 280. SPECIAL PROBLEMS/ONE TO THREE CREDITS
  Study in the area of a student’s special interest. Offered
on demand. Quantitative GEP requirement depending on
topic.
 

94
*299H. Interdisciplinary Honors Course ENGINEERING
GEP, Elective credit. This course is team taught by 101. FUNDAMENTALS OF ENGINEERING
members in two departments and is open to Nisbet ANALYSIS/FOUR CREDITS
Honors Program participants and to others who meet Major. Engineers are creative problem solvers. They
Honors Program guidelines. All students registering apply various aspects of math and the physical sciences
for these courses must register not only through to resolve technical issues, taking into account a wide
the Honors Program but also with their adviser and range of specifications. They are frequently asked to
the Registrar’s Office. Quantitative GEP requirement lead or be part of multi-disciplinary teams where good
depending on topic. communication skills are essential. The objectives of
  this course are to: introduce students to engineering
310. LABORATORY IN MODERN PHYSICS/ONE analysis and design techniques; introduce the
CREDIT PER TERM teamwork approach to engineering, and to let students
Minor credit. An advanced laboratory taken in work on engineering type problems in a team setting.
conjunction with PHY 331 and 332. Offered on  
demand. Quantitative GEP requirement. Converse Clemson Dual-Degree Program
  Students enrolled in a liberal arts or science program
331. MODERN PHYSICS I/THREE CREDITS at Converse College who wish to prepare for a career
Minor credit. Prerequisites: PHY 242 or 252, MTH in engineering may, upon successful completion of
120. A study of relativity and quantum theory with an approved three-year pre-engineering curriculum,
applications in atomic physics. Offered on demand. transfer to Clemson University to complete requirements
Quantitative GEP requirement. for the Bachelor of Science degree in an engineering
  curriculum from Clemson and the Bachelor of Arts (or
332. MODERN PHYSICS II/THREE CREDITS Science) degree from Converse College. The College
Minor credit. Prerequisites: PHY 331, MTH 120. A study of Engineering and Science at Clemson University
of nuclear structure and interaction. Lectures and recommends a program of pre-engineering study to
laboratory. Lab fee. Offered on demand. Quantitative GEP include the general education courses required by an
requirement. engineering curriculum. The details of the program and
  the understanding are as follows:
411–412. SEMINAR/ONE CREDIT PER TERM 1. During the first three terms at Converse
Minor credit. Prerequisite: PHY 242 or 252. A study College, the student participating in the pre-
of various topics in physics. Offered on demand. engineering program must complete and
Quantitative GEP requirement send to the Associate Dean of the College
  of Engineering and Science at Clemson
431. ANALYTICAL MECHANICS/THREE CREDITS University the form “Intention to Pursue the
Minor credit. Prerequisites: PHY 242 or 252, MTH 120. Dual Degree Program at Clemson University.”
Study of statics and dynamics of particles and rigid The Associate Dean at Clemson will appoint
bodies. Harmonic oscillations. Offered on demand. an academic advisor for the student and
Quantitative GEP requirement will forward the name and address of the
  appointed advisor to the student and to the
  Converse College pre-engineering program
director.
2. A three-year pre-engineering program of study
will be developed by the Converse College
faculty in consultation with the Clemson
Associate Dean of Engineering and Science
from courses offered at Converse College. This
program of study shall include the general
education courses required by Converse
College and by the engineering curricula at
Clemson University. A list of basic course
requirements recommended by Clemson may
be obtained from the pre-engineering program
director. However, the specific course

95
requirements to best prepare and facilitate advising to assist students in the pre-
progress toward graduation varies with engineering program with all matters related
engineering major. Specific pre-engineering to their transfer to Clemson University. The
programs recommended for various Clemson Associate Dean of Engineering and Science,
engineering majors are available at www. or duly appointed representative, at Clemson
www.clemson.edu/ces/psu/trans_dual.html. University will cooperate in the advising of
3 The total study program at Converse College these students. While advice and counsel will
shall include a minimum of 90 semester be offered, the final responsibility with regard
hours. Dual-degree candidates shall complete to transfer remains with the student.
all basic requirements at Converse College for 8. Pre-engineering students at Converse College
the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Science will be encouraged to attend summer
degree before transfer to Clemson. school at Clemson (or another engineering
4. The student will apply to the Clemson college) and take certain basic engineering
University Office of Admissions after courses in order to ease the transition into
completion of the second academic year at engineering coursework and facilitate timely
Converse College. A student with grades completion of the engineering program. A list
no lower than “C” in all courses in the pre- of recommended courses for each Clemson
engineering program, and a grade point University engineering program is maintained
average of at least 2.5/4.0, is assured of at www.clemson.edu/ces/psu/trans_dual.html.
admission into the Clemson engineering 9. Conferences between the Clemson University
program of her choice. Students not meeting engineering and Converse College pre-
these requirements will be considered for engineering advisors will be held regularly to
admission under Clemson’s general transfer review the curricula and all matters related to
student admissions standards. Prior to the dual-degree agreement.
enrollment at Clemson, the student must be 10. Dual-degree candidates from Converse
certified by the Converse College academic College are eligible to seek Bachelor of Science
official as having satisfactorily completed the degree in the following majors at Clemson
academic requirements of Converse College as University: Biosystems Engineering, Computer
stated above. Engineering, Chemical Engineering, Electrical
5. Credit for courses in the approved pre- Engineering, Ceramic and Materials
engineering program at Converse College and Engineering, Industrial Engineering, Civil
passed with a grade of “C” or higher will be Engineering and Mechanical Engineering.
transferred to Clemson University. It shall
be the joint responsibility of the Clemson
University and Converse College academic
advisors to coordinate the transfer equivalency
of the Clemson and Converse College courses
in the pre-engineering program.
6. Upon completion of an engineering
curriculum at Clemson University, the student
will be awarded a Bachelor of Science degree
in an engineering discipline from Clemson.
Converse students enrolled in this program
will receive their Converse Bachelor of Arts or
Bachelor of Science degree after completing a
minimum of 90 hours of study at Converse,
a total of 120 hours of study combined at
Converse and Clemson, and the General
Education and major program requirements
of Converse as specified by Converse. The
student must apply to the Converse College
Registrar for her diploma.
7. Converse College will provide academic

96
The School of EDUCATION AND
GRADUATE STUDIES

Department of Education

97
The School of EDUCATION AND GRADUATE STUDIES
DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION
NANCY S. BREARD, chair, JESSICA BERGERON, ANSLEY H. BOGGS, GINA CHAPMAN, D. WAYNE CHESER, PAMELA
CLARK, BETTY E. GARRISON, KELLY MAGUIRE, DELIA MALONE, ALICE de MORAES, JANICE NASHATKER,
KATHY GOOD, THOMAS R. McDANIEL, LISA SCHOER, TERRELL S. TRACY, SUSAN WASHBURN

The Ideal Educator of hearing (PK-12), mental disabilities (PK-12), learning


Converse College designed its professional education disabilities (PK-12), English (9-12), mathematics (9-12),
courses to help the student meet the goals established in science (biology or chemistry) (9-12), and social studies
the Conceptual Framework. That framework follows from (9-12). The Department of Music Education and Therapy
the Founder’s Ideal, in which Dexter Edgar Converse said offers the Bachelor of Music degree in music education
his desire was that Converse students “may be enabled to (choral and instrumental) (PK-12). This degree has a
see clearly, decide wisely, and to act justly.” Those three specific course of study. Details are in the Petrie School of
ideas are at the heart of the Conceptual Framework and Music Student Handbook and the Undergraduate Catalog.
guide instruction in all Converse professional education Full-time Converse faculty members teach a majority
courses, both undergraduate and graduate. These ideas of the education courses in each program. Students
define our concept of The Ideal Educator. interested in teaching as a career may complete one
or more of the programs described in this section.
The Institutional Standards Students who fulfill the requirements of one or more of
Professional education courses and experiences, these programs can meet the certification requirements
combined with liberal arts courses, promote the for teachers in South Carolina and in several other
acquisition of knowledge, skills, and dispositions essential states. Those who wish to teach on the secondary level
for The Ideal Educator. These learning outcomes complete a 30-hour minor (32 for science teachers) in
embody the following “Institutional Standards” that the secondary education to complement an appropriate
instructional program meets. liberal arts major.

The Ideal Educator: The teacher education certification program prepares


1. Demonstrates knowledge of and respect for students to become well-qualified teachers and
individual differences by differentiating instruction certified professionals. These students follow the
for the diverse needs of all learners. teacher education program as outlined in the Teacher
2. Demonstrates knowledge of and competence in Education Handbook found on the Converse College
innovative instructional strategies. website. Student teaching is the capstone experience
3. Demonstrates knowledge of content and standards by for all teacher education programs.
integrating them into planning and instruction.
4. Demonstrates knowledge of technology and the value All education majors must take the appropriate
of its use by integrating it into a variety of areas. PRAXIS I (or have qualifying SAT/ACT scores) and
5. Demonstrates knowledge of and competence in PRAXIS II examinations as well as the Principles
assessment and evaluation of students, instruction, of Learning and Teaching examination before
and self through the utilization of informal and graduation. The current pass rate for Converse
formal methods. undergraduate students who are program completers
6. Demonstrates skills in management. is 100%. Program completers are those students who
7. Demonstrates a positive attitude toward receive a Bachelor of Arts degree, complete an initial
professionalism. certification teacher education program that includes
student teaching, and demonstrate mastery of content
The Department of Education is the central by obtaining a passing score on the Praxis II.
undergraduate home for teacher education programs
in The School of Education and Graduate Studies. The ADMISSION TO TEACHER EDUCATION
School is the Professional Education Unit overseeing all Teacher candidates should be familiar with the
teacher preparation programs at Converse College. The department website that contains descriptions of majors/
Department of Education offers the Bachelor of Arts minors, The Teacher Education Handbook, the Clinical
degree in the following teacher education programs: Experience Handbook, the Student Teaching Handbook,
art (PK-12), early childhood (PK-3), elementary (2-6), important details, policies, and announcements.
comprehensive special education (PK-12), deaf and hard
98
After completing 45 hours of course work, a student The General Education Program is a requirement
applies to the Teacher Education Admission Committee for all degrees. The requirements listed below are
for admission to a major or minor program in education. approved for the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science
The student must have at least a 2.5 cumulative GPA and Bachelor of Fine Arts.
for admission to an education program. In addition,
ENG 101.........................................................3 hours
the student must successfully complete the first major
Language and Culture.....................................9 hours
clinical in their major program, pass the PRAXIS I
MTH 108 or higher ........................................3 hours
exams or have qualifying SAT or ACT scores, complete
One course designated as
the application and secure the approval of the Teacher
Quantitative reasoning ........................... 3-4 hours
Education Admission Committee. Resources are
Health and Well-being
available to help a student prepare for the Praxis I
Wellness . .................................................. 2 hours
exams. Admission to the Teacher Education Program is
Activity course........................................ 1-2 hours
a prerequisite to enrolling in Benchmark II courses. For
Humanities . ...................................................6 hours
transfer students, Converse uses all attempted course
Literature .......................................................3 hours
work prior to enrollment at Converse and all course work
Fine Arts.........................................................6 hours
at Converse to determine cumulative GPA. Converse will
Natural Science........................................... 7-8 hours
cancel a failing grade at another institution if a student
Social Science..................................................6 hours
retakes and passes a comparable course at Converse, and
if the Registrar approves. Such cancellation makes the Total .....................................................49-52 hours
policy for transfers compatible with the Converse policy
for retaking courses. Graduation requirements but not a separate course:
First Year Seminar
After admission to the Teacher Education Program, a Writing Intensive course
student must maintain at least a 2.0 GPA during the Non-European/non-Anglophone course
senior year to be eligible for a placement in student Capstone experience.
teaching. A student planning to student teach in In addition to the GEP courses listed for an Education
the Fall Term of her senior year must submit her major, PSY 380: Human Growth and Development is
application online by March 1 of the junior year. A required.
student planning to student teach in the Spring Term
of her senior year must submit her student teaching For more information concerning GEP requirements
application online by October 1 of the senior year. see page 37 in this catalog.
Only those students currently accepted in a degree
program can be eligible for student teaching. Course work in all major and minor teacher education
programs includes instruction in the use of computer
Other requirements prior to student teaching include an technology and software, Education and Economic
application for certification to the South Carolina State Development Act, SC Academic Standards, and SC Safe
Department of Education and a FBI background check. School Climate Act. Before student teaching, students
Details about this application and other requirements must complete two sequential, incremental clinical
are available on the department webpage at www. experiences and ADEPT training. The two clinicals
converse.edu and from departmental staff. Generally, include at least 100 hours of participation. Teacher
the applications for certification are due to the candidates complete work and projects throughout
Education Department by December 1, a year in their major coursework aligned with the South Carolina
advance of fall term student teaching, and by May 1, a SAFE-T dossier, including the Teacher Work Sample.
year in advance of spring term student teaching.
All states require completion of a program of general
Passing scores on both the PRAXIS I and the appropriate education for teacher certification. The requirements
PRAXIS II tests are among the requirements for of these programs vary from state to state. The
certification. Because test requirements change, students Converse GEP includes many of the requirements
should contact the www.scteachers.org website to be of other states. However, if a student wants to meet
sure they register for the appropriate PRAXIS II test(s). the requirements of a specific state, she may need to
Students must request that the Educational Testing make certain choices in the GEP. The student should
Service submit their scores for PRAXIS I and PRAXIS write directly to the state department of education for
II to Converse College and to the South Carolina State complete and up-to-date information about teacher
Department of Education. certification in states in which she may wish to teach.
99
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH AN EARLY BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH AN
CHILDHOOD EDUCATION MAJOR ELEMENTARY EDUCATION MAJOR
The early childhood major is a program for The program in elementary education produces well-
students interested in working with children in pre- qualified elementary teachers for grades 2-6 and meets
kindergarten through third grade. This program the majority of certification requirements in the states in
leads to PK-3 certification in South Carolina. The which most Converse graduates prefer to teach. Students
early childhood major combines observations of wishing to pursue this program should meet with an
young children, instructional methodology, program appropriate adviser as soon as possible. All elementary
planning for PK-3 children, and information education majors must take the PRAXIS II exams
about the child’s social, emotional, physical, and required by the state of South Carolina: 0011 Elementary
intellectual development. All early childhood majors Education: Curriculum, Instruction, and Assessment
must take the PRAXIS II: 0021 ECE exam prior to and the PRAXIS II: 0012 Content Area Exercises exams
graduation. Teacher candidates should verify the prior to graduation. The required exams are subject
code number of the South Carolina requirement, as to change and teacher candidates should consult their
they are subject to change. program worksheet and their advisors with questions
about the code numbers for correct exams.
Required courses: Teacher candidates may only take
courses in Benchmark I before being admitted to the Required courses: Teacher candidates may only
Teacher Education Program. See the department take courses in Benchmark I before being admitted
webpage at www.converse.edu for a list of Benchmark to Teacher Education Program. See the departmental
courses and other important information. webpage at www.converse.edu for a list of Benchmark
courses and other important information.
EDU 100: Clinical I: Reading and Language
Arts............................................................ 0 hours EDU 101: Clinical I: Reading......................... .0 hours
EDU 102: Clinical II: Early Childhood........... 0 hours EDU 103: Clinical II: Elementary................... 0 hours
EDU 303: Mathematics for the Elementary EDU 301: Reading and Language Arts in the
Child.......................................................... 3 hours Elementary Classroom............................... 3 hours
EDU 305: Behavior and Development of EDU 303: Mathematics for the Elementary
the Young Child......................................... 3 hours Child.......................................................... 3 hours
EDU 307: Reading and Language Arts EDU 309: Literature for the Child.................. 3 hours
in Early Childhood Classrooms.................. 3 hours EDU 314: Science for the Child..................... 3 hours
EDU 309: Literature for the Child.................. 3 hours EDU 315: Social Studies for the Child....... ….3 hours
EDU 360: Introduction to Education.............. 3 hours EDU 360: Introduction to Education......... ….3 hours
EDU 403: Methods and Materials for EDU 361: Curriculum Design and Classroom
Early Childhood......................................... 3 hours Management.............................................. 3 hours
EDU 405: Curriculum for Early Childhood EDU 409: Elementary Curriculum................. 3 hours
Education.................................................. 3 hours EDU 412a: Directed Student Teaching…..... 12 hours
EDU 409: Elementary Curriculum................. 3 hours SED 300: Introduction to Exceptional Learners.. 3 hours
EDU 412b: Directed Student Teaching......... 12 hours HPE 393: Health and Physical Education
HPE 393: Health and Physical Education for Elementary Teachers............................ 3 hours
for Elementary Teachers............................. 3 hours ART 311: Art for the Child............................ 3 hours
ART 311: Art for the Child............................. 3 hours MUE 370: Music for the Child...................... 3 hours
MUE 370: Music for the Child....................... 3 hours
TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF
SED 300: Introduction to Exceptional
ARTS WITH AN ELEMENTARY
Learners..................................................... 3 hours
EDUCATION MAJOR............................... 48 hours
TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF
ARTS WITH AN EARLY CHILDHOOD
Recommended course:
EDU 333: Language Arts: Integrating
EDUCATION MAJOR............................... 48 hours
Intermediate Reading and Writing...............3 hours
Majors in early childhood must also complete two
Students in this major must complete all admission
sequential, incremental clinicals. In the first clinical,
requirements for the Teacher Education Program and
EDU 100, they observe and work with an individual
two sequential, incremental clinicals. In the first clinical,
child in grades 1-3 on reading instruction. In the
EDU 101, they observe and work with an individual
second clinical, EDU 102, the students work in
child (usually in grades 2-6) on reading instruction.
an early childhood setting and plan, organize, and
In the second clinical, EDU 103, they work with large
implement instruction with groups of young children.
group instruction in an elementary setting. The students’
The students’ transcripts will reflect the completion of
transcripts will reflect the completion of these non-credit
these non-credit clinicals.
clinicals.
100
SECONDARY EDUCATION MINOR Additional requirements for science education minor:
The program in secondary education gives teacher EDU 387: Laboratory Science Management
candidates of grades 9-12 professional competence and (for prospective science teachers)............... 2 hours
allows them to meet varying certification requirements. Total Hours for Science Education Minor.32 hours
A student may complete secondary education as a minor
by taking a sequence of 30 (32 for science teachers) Secondary teacher candidates must complete two
hours of approved courses in education and psychology. sequential, incremental clinicals. In EDU 201, teacher
The secondary education teacher candidate must major candidates work with secondary teachers in their area
in an appropriate academic area corresponding with the of specialization. In the second clinical, EDU 202,
secondary school curriculum, i.e., biology, chemistry, teacher candidates work in a public school setting on
English, mathematics, and for prospective social studies reading instruction in their subject area.
teacher candidates, either politics or history. Secondary
education minors must complete the academic
major requirements, all admission requirements for
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A
the Teacher Education Program, and the minor in COMPREHENSIVE SPECIAL
education. Students interested in secondary teaching EDUCATION MAJOR
should declare their minor and meet with an education The comprehensive special education block major,
advisor in the Department of Education during their designed to prepare special education teacher
sophomore year. They must select a teaching area and candidates in grades PK-12, includes 69 hours of
follow a prescribed sequence of courses necessary course work in mental disabilities, learning disabilities,
for graduation and teacher certification. Beginning emotional disabilities, and elementary education..
in 2011, all four methods courses and Clinical I that Teacher candidates complete an approved program in
accompanies each will only be taught in Spring Term. learning disabilities and the add-on requirements for
EDU 425 Teaching of Reading in the Content Area and certification in the additional areas.
the corresponding Clinical II will only be taught in
the fall. Teacher candidates must take the appropriate All comprehensive special education majors must
PRAXIS II exams before the completion of student take the PRAXIS II Core Content Knowledge exam
teaching in order to complete the requirements for the and the PRAXIS II exam in each of the three areas of
minor. All teacher candidates pursuing certification in special education prior to graduation. Requirements
secondary education must meet with the designated for certification and add-on certification change. The
minor adviser in the pertinent certification area. required exams are subject to change and teacher
candidates should consult their program worksheet
Required courses: Teacher candidates may take only and their advisors with questions about the code
courses in Benchmark I before being admitted to the numbers for correct exams.
Teacher Education Program. See the department
webpage at www.converse.edu for a list of Benchmark Directed student teaching will be in mental disabilities
courses and other important information. or learning disabilities. It is particularly important
that students who choose this major confer with the
SED 300: Introduction to Exceptional Learners...3 hours Education Department at the earliest possible date.
PSY 380: Human Growth and Development... 3 hours
EDU 201: Clinical I: Secondary...................... 3 hours Required courses: Teacher candidates may take only
EDU 202: Clinical II: Content Reading . ........ 0 hours courses in Benchmark I before being admitted to the
EDU 360: Introduction to Education . ........... 3 hours Teacher Education Program. See the department
EDU 412c: Directed Student Teaching ........ 12 hours webpage at www.converse.edu for a list of Benchmark
EDU 425: Teaching of Reading: Content Areas....3 hours courses and other important information.
One of the following courses appropriate
for the certification area:........................... .3 hours SED 300: Introduction to Exceptional Learners.3 hours
EDU: 331 Secondary Curriculum and SED 376: Assessment of Exceptional Learners.3 hours
Methods for Math SED 380: Introduction to Mental Disabilities...3 hours
EDU: 333 Secondary Curriculum and SED 382a: Clinical II: Practicum in
Methods for Science Mental Disabilities.......................................3 hours
EDU: 334 Secondary Curriculum and SED 382b: Clinical II: Practicum in
Methods for Social Studies Learning Disabilities....................................3 hours
EDU: 335 Secondary Curriculum and SED 382c: Clinical II: Practicum in
Methods for English Language Arts Emotional Disabilities.................................3 hours
SED 386: Educational Procedures for
Total Hours for Secondary Education Minor.30 Hours Mental Disabilities.......................................3 hours
SED 395: Introduction to Learning Disabilities...3 hours
101
SED 396: Educational Procedures for Learning the Teacher Education Program. See the department
Disabilities..................................................3 hours webpage at www.converse.edu for a list of Benchmark
SED 397: Introduction to Emotional courses and other important information.
Disabilities..................................................3 hours
SED 398: Educational Procedures for SED 300: Introduction to Exceptional
Emotional Disabilities.................................3 hours Learners......................................................3 hours
EDU 101: Clinical I: Reading...........................0 hours SED 376: Assessment of Exceptional Learners.3 hours
EDU 301: Reading and Language Arts EDU 378 Reading and Learning Strategies .....3 hours
in Elementary Classroom............................3 hours SED 380: Introduction to Mental Disabilities...3 hours
EDU 303: Mathematics for the Elementary SED 382a: Clinical II: Practicum in
Child.............................................................3 hours Mental Disabilities.......................................3 hours
EDU 314: Science for the Child.......................3 hours SED 386: Educational Procedures for
EDU 315: Social Studies for the Child.........…3 hours Mental Disabilities.......................................3 hours
EDU 360: Introduction to Education...........…3 hours SED 395: Introduction to Learning
EDU 378: Reading and Learning Strategies......3 hours Disabilities..................................................3 hours
SED 405: Behavior and Classroom SED 397: Introduction to Emotional
Management...............................................3 hours Disabilities..................................................3 hours
One of the following courses...........................3 hours SED 398: Educational Procedures for
MUE 370: Music for the Child Emotional Disabilities.................................3 hours
ART 311: Art for the Child EDU 101: Clinical I: Reading...........................0 hours
HPE 393: Health and Physical Education EDU 301: Reading and Language Arts
for the Elementary Teacher In the Elementary Classroom...........................3 hours
EDU 309: Literature for the Child EDU 303: Mathematics for the Elementary
SED 412e, f, or g: Directed Student Teaching....12 hours Child...........................................................3 hours
EDU 314: Science for the Child.......................3 hours
TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF ARTS
EDU 315: Social Studies for the Child.........…3 hours
WITH A COMPREHENSIVE SPECIAL
EDU 360: Introduction to Education...........…3 hours
EDUCATION MAJOR................................69 hours
SED 405: Behavior and Classroom
Recommended Electives: Management...............................................3 hours
PSY 204: Abnormal Psychology One of the following courses...........................3 hours
PSY 211: Behavior Modification ART 311: Art for the Child
PSY 236 Theories of Personality MUE 370: Music for the Child
PSY 370: Child Abuse and Neglect EDU 309: Literature for the Child
ART 355: Survey of Art Therapy HPE 393: Health and Physical Education
ART 380: Art Therapy Methods and Theories for the Elementary Teacher
SED 412g: Directed Student Teaching......….12 hours
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF
SPECIAL EDUCATION: MENTAL ARTS WITH A SPECIAL EDUCATION:
DISABILITIES MAJOR MENTAL DISABILITIES MAJOR ............ 60 hours
The program provides preparation leading to
certification in the area of mental disabilities. Recommended electives:
Instruction in special education, elementary SED 382b: Clinical II: Practicum in Learning
education, and psychology is designed to give the Disabilities
teacher candidates a strong background for work with SED 382c: Clinical II: Practicum in Emotional
students with mental disabilities. Directed student Disabilities
teaching is arranged at The Charles Lea Center or SED 396: Educational Procedures for Learning
in area public schools. All special education: mental Disabilities
disabilities majors must take the PRAXIS II Education PSY 204: Abnormal Psychology
of Exceptional Students: Core Content Knowledge PSY 211: Behavior Modification
and Special Education: Teaching Students with Mental PSY 236: Theories of Personality
Retardation exam prior to graduation. The required PSY 370: Child Abuse and Neglect
exams are subject to change and teacher candidates ART 355: Survey of Art Therapy
should consult their program worksheet and their ART 380: Art Therapy Methods and Theories
advisors with questions about the code numbers for
correct exams.
Required courses: Teacher candidates may take
courses only in Benchmark I before being admitted to

102
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A Recommended electives:
SPECIAL EDUCATION: LEARNING SED 380: Introduction to Mental Disabilities
DISABILITIES MAJOR SED 382a: Clinical II: Practicum in Mental Disabilities
Instruction in special education, elementary education, SED 382c: Clinical II: Practicum in Emotional
and psychology is designed to give teacher candidates Disabilities
a strong background for work with learning disabilities SED 386: Educational Procedures for Mental Disabilities
in grades PK-12. Directed student teaching is arranged PSY 204: Abnormal Psychology
in area public schools. All special education: learning PSY 211: Behavior Modification
disabilities majors must take the PRAXIS II Education PSY 236: Theories of Personality
of Exceptional Students: Core Content Knowledge and PSY 370: Child Abuse and Neglect
Special Education: Learning Disabilities exams prior to ART 355: Survey of Art Therapy
graduation. Additional certification may be possible by ART 380: Art Therapy Methods and Theories
completing specified courses and obtaining passing scores
on the PRAXIS II examinations. The required exams MINOR IN EMOTIONAL DISABILITIES
are subject to change and teacher candidates should The emotional disabilities minor* consists of 18 hours
consult their program worksheet and their advisors with of course work in special education and psychology.
questions about the code numbers for correct exams. Students wishing to pursue this minor need to consult
the director about course schedules, course sequence,
Required courses: Teacher candidates may take only and clinicals. Special Education majors (other than
courses in Benchmark I before being admitted to the Deaf/Hard of Hearing) may not choose this minor.
Teacher Education Program. See the department
webpage at www.converse.edu for a list of Benchmark SED 300: Introduction to Exceptional
courses and other important information. Learners ....................................................3 hours
SED 382c: Clinical II:
SED 300: Introduction to Exceptional Learners...3 hours Practicum in Emotional Disabilities***.......3 hours
SED 376: Assessment of Exceptional Learners...3 hours SED 397: Introduction to Emotional
EDU 378: Reading and Learning Disabilities**..............................................3 hours
Strategies.....................................................3 hours SED 398. Educational Procedures for
SED 382b: Clinical II: Practicum in Emotional Disabilities**.............................3 hours
Learning Disabilities....................................3 hours PSY 211: Behavior Modification......................3 hours
SED 395: Introduction to Learning Disabilities...3 hours OR
SED 396: Educational Procedures for SED 405: Behavior and Classroom Management **
Learning Disabilities....................................3 hours PSY 380: Human Growth and Development....3 hours
SED 397: Introduction to Emotional *This minor does not lead to certification.
Disabilities..................................................3 hours **A clinical is required.
SED 398: Educational Procedures for ***This course is a clinical.
Emotional Disabilities.................................3 hours
EDU 101: Clinical I: Reading...........................0 hours BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A
EDU 301: Reading and Language Arts SPECIAL EDUCATION: DEAF AND
in the Elementary Classroom......................3 hours
EDU 303: Mathematics for the
HARD OF HEARING MAJOR
This program is designed to offer comprehensive
Elementary Child........................................3 hours
course work for educating students who are deaf and
EDU 314: Science for the Child.......................3 hours
hard of hearing in grades PK-12. The Deaf and Hard
EDU 315: Social Studies for the Child........ …3 hours
of Hearing Program meets all the requirements for
EDU 360: Introduction to Education.......... …3 hours
national accreditation by the Council on Education of
SED 405: Behavior and Classroom
the Deaf and leads to PK-12 (Deaf and Hard of Hearing)
Management...............................................3 hours
certification in South Carolina. The major includes the
One of the following courses...........................3 hours
courses required for add-on certification in elementary
ART 311: Art for the Child
education (grades 2-6). Student teaching is arranged at
MUE 370: Music for the Child
the South Carolina School for the Deaf and the Blind
EDU 309: Literature for the Child
or in deaf and hard of hearing classes in area public
HPE 393: Health and Physical Education
schools. All special education: deaf and hard of hearing
for the Elementary Teacher
majors must take the PRAXIS II exam (Deaf and Hard
SED 412f: Directed Student Teaching…....... 12 hours
of Hearing) prior to graduation. The required exams
TOTAL HOURS for bachelor of arts are subject to change and teacher candidates should
with a special education: learning consult their program worksheet and their advisors with
disabilities major............................. 57 hours questions about the code numbers for correct exams.
103
The Deaf and Hard of Hearing Program, along with the COURSES OF INSTRUCTION
South Carolina School for the Deaf and the Blind and
the Spartanburg County Hearing Impaired Program, EDUCATION
have a Professional Development School partnership. 075. DEVELOPMENTAL/REMEDIAL MATH/
The purpose of this collaborative agreement is to NO CREDIT
provide opportunities for sharing joint responsibility This remedial course helps students develop and
for preservice teacher preparation. Faculty from the improve their skills in arithmetic concepts and
partnership programs assist in developing, planning, operations, measurement, geometry, and problem
and teaching selected courses and classes, serve as solving. The student will complete a pre-test and post-
consultants and mentors, and participate in planning test of math proficiency. Pass/fail grading. Special fee.
and reviewing the curriculum.
076. DEVELOPMENTAL/REMEDIAL WRITING/
Required courses: Teacher candidates may take only NO CREDIT
courses in Benchmark I before being admitted to the This remedial course prepares the student for writing a
Teacher Education Program. See the department good composition. The student will complete a pre-test
webpage at www.converse.edu for a list of Benchmark and post-test of composition proficiency. The students/
courses and other important information. instructors will use a four-point holistic scale, which
includes the specific skills of composing, sentence
SED 300: Introduction to Exceptional Learners formation, usage, and mechanics; to score compositions.
SED 350: Educational Perspectives: The Writing Center is available to aid all students
Deaf and Hard of Hearing...........................3 hours preparing for the writing portion of the PRAXIS I exam at
SED 353: Audiology and Speech Science.........3 hours any time on an informal basis. Pass/fail grading. Special fee.
SED 354: Speech and Auditory Development..3 hours
SED 355: Teaching Language: Deaf and 077. DEVELOPMENTAL/REMEDIAL READING/
Hard of Hearing..........................................3 hours NO CREDIT
SED 358: Curricular Clinical: Deaf This remedial course aids the student in developing
and Hard of Hearing...................................4 hours literal and inferential comprehension skills, reference
SED 376: Assessment of Exceptional Learners.3 hours usage skills, and contextual word meaning skills. The
SED 392: ASL IV ............................................3 hours student will complete both a pre-test and a post-test of
SED 393: Manually Coded English..................3 hours reading proficiency. Pass/fail grading. Special fee.
SED 458: Curriculum and Instruction:
Deaf and Hard of Hearing...........................3 hours 100. CLINICAL I: EARLY CHILDHOOD READING
SED 458a: Clinical II: Deaf and Hard of AND LANGUAGE ARTS/NO CREDIT
Hearing . ....................................................0 hours Co-requisite: EDU 307. This supervised clinical of 50
EDU 101: Clinical I: Reading...........................0 hours hours in the first of two sequential, incremental clinical
EDU 301: Reading and Language Arts experiences for early childhood majors. Emphasis
in the Elementary Classroom......................3 hours for this clinical is on theory, curriculum, teaching
EDU 303: Mathematics for the techniques and materials, instructional planning,
Elementary Child........................................3 hours assessment and use of results in the area or reading
EDU 314: Science for the Child.......................3 hours and language arts in the early childhood classroom. A
EDU 315: Social Studies for the Child........….3 hours student must take this course concurrently with EDU
EDU 360: Introduction to Education . ............3 hours 307. Pass/Failing grading. Offered Fall and Spring Terms.
EDU 378: Reading and Learning Strategies….3 hours
SED 405: Behavior and Classroom 101. CLINICAL I: READING/NO CREDIT
Management...............................................3 hours Co-requisite: EDU 301. This supervised clinical is the
One of the following courses...........................3 hours first of two sequential, incremental clinical experiences
ART 311: Art for the Child for special education,early childhood and elementary
MUE 370: Music for the Child majors. Students work with an individual child, assess
EDU 309: Literature for the Child and plan instruction in the area of reading, assist in
HPE 393: Health and Physical Education building the child’s self-esteem and confidence, aid in
for the Elementary Teacher the development of thinking skills, and gain experience,
EDU 412d: Directed Student Teaching.....….12 hours practice, and training in the application of theory and
skills when working with others. A student must take
TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF ARTS this course concurrently with EDU 30 or EDU307. A pre-
WITH A SPECIAL EDUCATION: DEAF AND assessment at the beginning of the experience and a post-
HARD OF HEARING MAJOR....................64 hours assessment at the end of the experience will determine
the candidate’s impact on student learning. Pass/fail
grading. Offered Fall and Spring Terms and Summer Term.

104
102. CLINICAL II: EARLY CHILDHOOD learning: and methods of literacy instruction. Topics
EDUCATION/NO CREDIT include the connection between oral and written
Prerequisites: EDU 101. Admission to Teacher education. language, reading and writing processes; and approaches
Co-requisites with one of the following: EDU 403 or EDU to teaching language arts in the elementary grades
405. This supervised clinical is the second of two including assessing, planning, implementing, and
sequential, incremental clinical experiences required of evaluating outcomes. This course is a prerequisite to
early childhood majors. Teacher candidates work in a student teaching. Offered Fall, Spring and Summer Terms.
public school setting and observe, plan, and instruct
young children. In this early childhood placement, 303. MATHEMATICS FOR THE ELEMENTARY
teacher candidates apply their knowledge of discipline, CHILD/ THREE CREDITS
management, and instructional theory acquired in Major credit. Content includes systems of numeration
core courses. This course is a prerequisite to student and place value, fundamental operations of arithmetic,
teaching EDU 412b. Pass/fail grading. Offered every term. measurement, informal geometry, basic algebra,
methods, and materials of elementary math. Students
103. CLINICAL II: ELEMENTARY/NO CREDIT analyze Tactics for Thinking, curriculum frameworks,
Prerequisites: EDU 101. Admission to Teacher education. SC Mathematics Standards, NCTM Curriculum and
Co-requisite EDU 315 This required supervised clinical Evaluation Standards, and school-to-work transition.
is the second of two sequential, incremental clinical This course is a prerequisite to EDU 412. Offered Fall,
experiences for elementary majors. Teacher candidates Spring, and Summer Terms.
work in a public school setting and observe, manage,
plan for, instruct, and evaluate a large group-as opposed 305. BEHAVIOR AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE
to an individual child or small group. The clinical in YOUNG CHILD/THREE CREDITS
a classroom gives teacher candidate the experience, Major credit for Early Childhood. This course combines
practice, and training in the application of theory and elements of learning theory and child growth and
skills acquired in core courses in elementary education development with actual observation of children. Special
and builds on the experiences in EDU 101. Pass/fail topics include self-esteem and confidence, multi-ethnic
grading. Offered Fall and Spring Terms. and pluralistic preschool settings, and principles of
tests and measurements. This course covers the social,
201. CLINICAL I: SECONDARY/ THREE CREDITS physical, emotional, and intellectual development of
Minor credit. Prerequisite: EDU 360; Co-requisites: EDU 331, the child from birth to preadolescence and gives special
EDU 333, EDU 334, or EDU 335. Required of all prospective emphasis to language acquisition and pre-operational
secondary teachers. The course is for prospective thought. The course requires observation of children and
secondary school teachers in all academic areas. Students is a prerequisite to EDU 412b. Offered Fall Term.
observe and participate in the instructional program of a
secondary school under the supervision of a classroom 307. READING AND LANGUAGE IN THE EARLY
teacher and a college supervisor. Requirements include CHILDHOOD CLASSROOM/ THREE CREDITS
seminars, assigned readings, and the preparation of Major credit. Prerequisites for Early Childhood majors
a journal to supplement the field experiences. Faculty only: EDU 360, EDU 309. Co-requisite: EDU 101. This
advisers can supply sign-up deadlines for each term. course is a study of the language arts; theoretical
Pass/fail grading. Offered Spring Term models for early literacy development and learning:
and methods of literacy instruction specific to emergent
202. CLINICAL II: CONTENT READING/NO CREDIT readers. Topics include the connection between oral
Prerequisites: EDU 201. Admission to Teacher education. and written language, reading and writing processes;
Co-requisite: EDU 425. This supervised Clinical is and approaches to teaching language arts in the early
the second of two required sequential, incremental childhood classroom including assessing, planning,
clinical experiences for secondary education majors. implementing, and evaluating outcomes. This course
In a classroom setting appropriate to their major, is a prerequisite to student teaching.
teacher candidates focus on such topics as self-esteem,
thinking skills, and vocabulary development. Faculty 309. LITERATURE FOR THE CHILD/
advisers can supply sign-up deadlines for each term. THREE CREDITS
Pass/fail grading. Offered in Fall Term Major credit.. This course acquaints the student
with traditional and modern literature for children,
301. READING AND LANGUAGE ARTS IN THE interests of children of different age levels, criteria
ELEMENTARY CLASSROOM/THREE CREDITS for evaluating children’s books, creative writing, and
Major credit. Prerequisites for all education students: EDU methods of integrating children’s literature into the
360, EDU 309 (except special education majors). Co- curriculum. This course is a prerequisite to EDU 412a
requisite: EDU 101. This course is a study of the language and 412b. Offered Fall, Spring, and Summer I Terms.
arts; theoretical models for literacy development and
105
314. SCIENCE FOR THE CHILD/THREE CREDITS 336. LANGUAGE ARTS: INTEGRATING
Major credit. This course is designed to familiarize INTERMEDIATE READING AND WRITING/
students with science content appropriate for the THREE HOURS
elementary child (grades 2-6) to develop pedagogical Major credit. This course focuses upon methodology
skills in science, and to build positive attitudes toward for scaffolding reading and writing development of the
science and science instruction. student in intermediate grades. Teaching candidates
will focus on the transition from beginning reading
315. SOCIAL STUDIES FOR THE CHILD/ and writing to reading and writing in the content area.
THREE CREDITS Effective strategies and materials for teaching the
Major Credit. This course will focus on the content and fluent reader and writer will be emphasized.
methodology of social studies in the school. Students
will study goals (knowledge, attitudes, values, and 360. INTRODUCTION TO EDUCATION/
skills); objectives; content; materials; methods; scope THREE CREDITS
and sequence; Curriculum Standards for the Social Major credit. This course is a pre- or co-requisite to
Studies (the National Council for the Social Studies); all education courses. This course is an introductory
and evaluative techniques of the social studies. Offered study of the historical, philosophical, and sociological
Fall and Spring Terms. foundations of the American educational system;
it should be one of the first courses in a student’s
327. TEACHING THROUGH THE ARTS/ education curriculum. It concentrates on current issues
THREE CREDITS such as multicultural education, disabilities, affective,
Elective credit. Designed for those without previous cognitive, and vocational education programs. The
art training, it guides teacher candidates in the study reviews current impacts on curriculum, SC
exploration and use of the visual arts, music and Standards, students, and teachers and examines career
dance, and creative integration of the arts into the opportunities in education. Students begin the ADEPT
basic curriculum for increased academic achievement. portfolio and begin using the Converse electronic
system powered by Livetext. Offered Fall, Spring,
331. SECONDARY CURRICULUM AND METHODS January Term, Summer I, Summer II Terms.
FOR MATHEMATICS/THREE CREDITS
This course includes a study of methods, techniques, 361. CURRICULUM DESIGN AND CLASSROOM
and materials of instruction appropriate to MANAGEMENT/THREE CREDITS
mathematics teaching in the secondary school. Offered Major credit. The relationship among classroom
Spring Term. diversity, management, assessment, short and long
term planning and instruction are explored. Students
333. SECONDARY CURRICULUM AND METHODS will develop knowledge and skills in the interaction
FOR SCIENCE/ THREE CREDITS of these classroom elements. The course has an
This course includes a study of methods, techniques, imbedded clinical. Offered Fall, Jan. and Spring Terms.
and materials of instruction appropriate to science
teaching in the secondary school. Offered Spring Term. 368. CREATIVE DRAMATICS FOR THE
CLASSROOM TEACHER/THREE CREDITS
334. SECONDARY CURRICULUM AND METHODS This course explores the concepts of creativity and the
FOR SOCIAL STUDIES/THREE CREDITS approaches that the classroom teacher can use to involve
The course will include best practices in teaching young people in the creative process through the use of
social studies, strategies and methods that emphasize the theatre game structure. Offered Summer Term.
active student engagement, and development of units
of study that are based on South Carolina Standards 378. READING AND LEARNING STRATEGIES/
and integrate technology. Offered Spring Term. THREE CREDITS
Major credit. Prerequisite: EDU 301. This course is
335. SECONDARY CURRICULUM AND primarily for students in special education. It includes
METHODS FOR ENGLISH LANGUAGE ARTS/ methods and materials for a wide number of reading
THREE CREDITS problems encountered among exceptional learners.
The course will include best practices in teaching The course emphasizes diagnosing reading difficulties
English Language Arts, strategies and methods and techniques of remediation. This course includes a
that emphasize active student engagement, and clinical. Offered Fall Term.
development of units of study that are based on South
Carolina Standards and integrate technology. Offered 382g: CLINICAL II: PRACTICUM IN EARLY
SpringTerm. CHILDHOOD EDUCATION/THREE CREDITS
This course offered for students seeking early
childhood add-on certification provides students
106
an opportunity to observe, plan for and work with theory, effective and efficient teacher characteristics
young children. Emphasis is upon the early childhood or behaviors, effective communication skills between
curriculum, the nature of the learner, and management teacher and parent/child, techniques for diagnosing
of young children. Pass/fail grading. student abilities, and current structured programs
of observation and analysis of different teaching
387. LABORATORY SCIENCE MANAGEMENT- models. Special topics include microcomputer
READING/ TWO CREDITS literacy/usage; classroom discipline and management;
Prerequisites: Upper-class status and approval of instructor. principles of tests and measurements; use of
This course gives the prospective secondary science audio-visual equipment; multicultural education;
teacher an opportunity to develop the laboratory affective education; self-esteem; thinking skills (e.g.,
skills necessary to manage a laboratory and to problem solving, critical thinking skills, etc.); parent
design experiments, laboratory and field activities, involvement; awareness of differing economic; social,
and demonstrations. In addition, the student must racial, and religious groups; development and analysis
satisfactorily complete required reading and assignments. of teacher-made tests; and varying organizational
This required course for prospective secondary science sizes (individualized, small, and large). This course
majors is available (with the approval of instructor) when is a prerequisite to student teaching in, elementary
there is a demand from juniors or seniors. education, and early childhood education.

403. METHODS AND MATERIALS FOR EARLY 412a. DIRECTED STUDENT TEACHING:
CHILDHOOD/THREE CREDITS ELEMENTARY/ TWELVE CREDITS
Major credit for Early Childhood. This course is a hands- Major credit. Students normally take this course, which
on, activity-oriented course designed to guide students integrates theory and practice, during the senior year.
in the preparation of teacher-made instructional The 60-day course includes observation, participation,
materials in each area of the preschool curriculum and directed teaching experience in a local public
and the implementation of carefully prepared school. The experience requires conferences with
lessons for an actual preschool setting. Students plan the Program Director, College Supervisor and the
appropriate lessons. The course emphasizes language cooperating teachers, demonstration of the integration
development and listening, speaking, writing, and of technology into instruction, and attendance at such
reading readiness experiences; explores a variety of required seminars as training sessions, orientation
teaching techniques and organizational arrangements; sessions, and other workshops. The College Supervisor
and emphasizes individualized instruction. This visits the student teacher periodically during the
course is a prerequisite to EDU 412b. Offered Spring semester. Students must apply for student teaching
and Summer Terms. by March 1 for Fall Term placement in the following
year or by October 1 for Spring Term placement in the
405. CURRICULUM FOR EARLY CHILDHOOD/ following year. Pass/fail grading. Offered Fall and Spring
THREE CREDITS Terms. Special fee. Meets the GEP capstone and writing
Major credit for Early Childhood. Prerequisites: EDU 403. intensive requirements.
Admission to Teacher Education. This course is a study
of the curricular needs of preschool children, a review 412b. DIRECTED STUDENT TEACHING:
of preschool programs/settings, and an exploration of EARLY CHILDHOOD/TWELVE CREDITS
applying teaching/learning theory to the preschool Major credit. Students normally take this course, which
setting. Special topics include working with parents, integrates theory and practice, during the senior year.
classroom management techniques/strategies, and The 60-day course includes observation, participation,
curricula in math, language arts, science, social and directed teaching experience in a local public
studies, art, physical education, and music. Students school. The experience requires conferences with
make on-site visits to a Montessori school, a private the Program Director, College Supervisor and the
kindergarten, public-school kindergartens, a cooperating teachers, demonstration of the integration
university laboratory preschool, and a hospital-based of technology into instruction, and attendance at such
child development center. This course is a prerequisite required seminars as training sessions, orientation
to EDU 412b. Offered Fall Term. sessions, and other workshops. The College Supervisor
visits the student teacher periodically during the
409. ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM/THREE CREDITS semester. Students must apply for student teaching by
Major credit for Elementary and Early Childhood. October 1 for Spring Term placement in the following
Co-requisite EDU 103: Clinical II: Elementary (for year or by March 1 for Fall Term placement in the
elementary majors). This course surveys each subject following year. Pass/fail grading. Offered Fall and Spring
area of the modern elementary curriculum, trends and Terms. Special fee. Meets the GEP capstone and writing
issues in curriculum development, teaching/learning intensive requirements.

107
412c. DIRECTED STUDENT TEACHING: by a faculty member in the department. The instructor
SECONDARY/ TWELVE CREDITS prescribes the specific requirements (normally one or
Major credit. Students normally take this course, which more papers). Students must observe the College limit
integrates theory and practice, during the senior year. of hours within a discipline. May be repeated for credit.
The 60-day course includes observation, participation,
and directed teaching experience in a local public school. 491. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY IN
The experience requires conferences with the Program CLINICAL EXPERIENCES (IN A SPECIFIED AREA)/
Director, College Supervisor and the cooperating THREE CREDITS
teachers, demonstration of the integration of technology Major credit. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. This
into instruction, and attendance at such required course allows students to take additional course work that
seminars as training sessions, orientation sessions, is centered primarily around a clinical experience on a
and other workshops. The College Supervisor visits more comprehensive level than other clinical experiences
the student teacher periodically during the semester. included in specific major courses. Pass/fail grading.
Students must apply for student teaching by October 1
for Spring Term placement in the following year or by 497. HONORS IN EDUCATION/THREE CREDITS
March 1 for Fall Term placement in the following year. Major credit. This course is for qualified students
Pass/fail grading. Offered Fall and Spring Terms. Special fee. pursuing honors in education. Students either
Meets the GEP capstone and writing intensive requirements. complete independent research and write a paper
or conduct action research and write a paper in
EDU412h. DIRECTED STUDENT TEACHING IN ART/ conjunction with field experiences.
tWELVE credits
Major credit. Students normally take this course, which MUSIC EDUCATION:
integrates theory and practice, during the senior year. See Music Education in The Petrie School of Music
The 60-day course includes observation, participation, listings.
and directed teaching experience in a local public school.
The experience requires conferences with the Program SPECIAL EDUCATION
Director, College Supervisor and the cooperating 300. INTRODUCTION TO EXCEPTIONAL
teachers, demonstration of the integration of technology LEARNERS/THREE CREDITS
into instruction, and attendance at such required Major credit. This course familiarizes the student with
seminars as training sessions, orientation sessions, the wide range of mental, emotional, and physical,
and other workshops. The College Supervisor visits problems characterizing exceptional learners. Students
the student teacher periodically during the semester. explore the nature and scope of special education
Students must apply for student teaching by October 1 programs and services, community resources, and
for Spring Term placement in the following year or by rehabilitation. The course includes a clinical. Offered
March 1 for Fall Term placement in the following year. Fall, Spring, and Summer Terms.
Pass/fail grading. Offered Fall and Spring Terms. Special fee.
Meets the GEP capstone and writing intensive requirements. 350. EDUCATIONAL PERSPECTIVES: DEAF AND
HARD OF HEARING/THREE CREDITS
425. TEACHING OF READING: CONTENT AREAS/ Major credit. An introductory course on the history,
THREE CREDITS philosophies, current trends and issues, and models of
Minor credit. Prerequisites for prospective secondary education for students who are deaf and hard of hearing.
teachers: EDU 201 and 340. Prerequisites for art students: The course focuses on the impact of deafness on the
ART 312L and EDU 340. EDU 201 is a prerequisite to psychological, sociological, and vocational development
EDU 202 Clinical. EDU 202 must accompany or follow of individuals with hearing losses. It includes methods of
EDU 425. Admission to Teacher Education. This course guidance, support, and referral for parents. The course
assists teachers in the teaching of reading in a variety includes a clinical. Offered Fall Term.
of content areas. Teachers will learn to develop study
guides, introduce content area texts, use study plans, 353. AUDIOLOGY AND SPEECH SCIENCE/
determine reading expectancy and levels, develop THREE CREDITS
comprehension questions at various levels, and assess Major credit. This course is an introduction to the
readability of text materials. Offered Fall Term. fundamentals of hearing, hearing disorders, and the
administration and interpretation of tests for auditory
490. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY IN acuity that focus on the physics of sound, physical
SPECIAL TOPICS/ONE TO THREE CREDITS characteristics of the speech and hearing mechanisms,
Major credit. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. This and the pathology, etiology and treatment of hearing
course is an academic experience in a special topic not loss. The course includes practical preparation in the
covered in depth in regular course work. The student use and care of hearing aids and amplification systems
works independently and researches a topic approved and involves a clinical. Offered Fall Term.
108
354. SPEECH AND AUDITORY DEVELOPMENT/ observe and work with learning disabilities.. Pass/fail
THREE CREDITS grading. Offered Fall Term.
Major credit. This course introduces students to the
development of audition and speech. It includes a 382c. CLINICAL II: PRACTICUM IN EMOTIONAL
study of speech and hearing assessments, strategies for DISABILITIES/ THREE CREDITS
maximizing the use of residual hearing and educational Major credit. Prerequisites: SED 300, SED 397, SED 398.
planning for students who are deaf and hard of hearing. This course provides an opportunity to observe and
The course includes a clinical. Offered Fall Term. work with students with emotional disabilities. Pass/
fail grading.
355. TEACHING LANGUAGE: DEAF AND HARD
OF HEARING/THREE CREDITS *385. AMERICAN SIGN LANGUAGE I/
Major credit. Prerequisites: SED 350, SED 358.. This THREE CREDITS
course acquaints the student with the nature and GEP, Elective credit. This introductory sign language
problems of language acquisition in students who are course develops knowledge and skills for reading and
deaf and hard of hearing. It includes various theories, executing a basic vocabulary of manual signs and finger
methods, and materials for the teaching of language spelling. The use of American Sign Language (ASL)
and involves a clinical. Offered Spring Term. conceptual signs within the framework of the ASL
grammar system is also emphasized. The course includes
358. CURRICULAR CLINICAL: DEAF AND HARD a study of the cultural aspects of the Deaf community.
OF HEARING/FOUR CREDITS The course includes a clinical. Offered Fall Term.
Major Credit. Prerequisites: SED 350, SED 385. This
clinical course, with an emphasis on content areas of the 386. EDUCATIONAL PROCEDURES FOR MENTAL
curriculum, offers junior D/HH majors opportunities to DISABILITIES/THREE CREDITS
interact with students who are deaf and hard of hearing; to Major credit. Prerequisites: SED 300, SED 380. This
become familiar with the role of the teacher; and to learn course includes the curriculum, techniques of
about methods of instruction, classroom management, teaching individuals with mental disabilities, and a
instructional technology, and curriculum in a classroom clinical.. Offered Fall Term.
setting. Offered January Term. Pass/fail grading.
*390. AMERICAN SIGN LANGUAGE II/
376. ASSESSMENT OF EXCEPTIONAL LEARNERS/ THREE CREDITS
THREE CREDITS GEP, Elective credit. Prerequisite: SED 385. This course offers
Major credit. Prerequisites: SED 300. This required a study of American Sign Language linguistics. There is
course for all students majoring in special education focus on general communicative competence in ASL with
deals with the wide variety of individual and group emphasis on both receptive and expressive signing skills.
tests designed to assess children with mental The course includes a clinical. Offered Spring Term.
disabilities, learning disabilities, emotional disabilities,
and hearing losses. This course includes a clinical. *391. AMERICAN SIGN LANGUAGE III/
Offered Fall Term and Spring Term THREE CREDITS
GEP, Elective credit. Prerequisites: SED 385, SED 390.
380. INTRODUCTION TO MENTAL DISABILITIES/ This second-year course includes development of
THREE CREDITS expressive and receptive sign skills, as well as an
Major credit. This course acquaints the prospective overview of syntax, phonologic structure, and non-
teacher with the psychological development and manual markers. Offered Fall Term.
problems associated with mental disabilities. Students
study recent developments and research in this area. 392. AMERICAN SIGN LANGUAGE IV/
The course includes a clinical. Offered Spring Term. THREE CREDITS
Major, Elective credit. Prerequisites: SED 385, SED 390,
382a. CLINICAL II: PRACTICUM IN MENTAL SED 391. This course focuses on an advanced level
DISABILITIES/THREE CREDITS of the development of receptive and expressive skills,
Major credit. Prerequisites: SED 300, SED 380, SED as well as the affective parameters of American Sign
395, SED 396. This course provides an opportunity to Language. There is emphasis on conversational
observe and teach students with mental disabilities. . competence using conceptual signs and semantic
Pass/fail grading. Offered January Term. appropriateness. Offered Spring Term.

382b. CLINICAL II: PRACTICUM IN LEARNING 393. BASIC SIGN LANGUAGE: MANUALLY CODED
DISABILITIES/THREE CREDITS ENGLISH/THREE CREDITS
Major credit. Prerequisites: SED 300, SED 395, SED Major, Elective credit. This course emphasizes the
396. This course provides students an opportunity to development of receptive and expressive communication
109
skills using conceptually-accurate sign language and cooperating teachers, demonstration of the integration
finger spelling in English word order. Various manually of technology into instruction, and attendance at such
coded English systems for communication in the required seminars as training sessions, orientation
educational setting will be covered. The course, which sessions, and other workshops. The College Supervisor
includes a clinical, is appropriate as an elective for any visits the student teacher periodically during the
major. Offered Spring Term. semester. Students must apply for student teaching by
October 1 for Spring Term placement in the following
395. INTRODUCTION TO LEARNING year or by March 1 for Fall Term placement in the
DISABILITIES/ THREE CREDITS following year. Pass/fail grading. Offered Fall and Spring
Major credit. Prerequisite: SED 300. This course is a Terms. Special fee. Meets the GEP capstone and writing
study of learning disabilities affecting the educational intensive requirements.
development of the exceptional student. Emphasis
is on the definition, identification, classification, 412f. DIRECTED STUDENT TEACHING:
theories, and educational approaches to specific LEARNING DISABILITIES/TWELVE CREDITS
learning disabilities. This course includes a clinical. Major credit. Students normally take this course,
Offered Fall Term. which integrates theory and practice, during
the senior year. The 60-day course includes
396. EDUCATIONAL PROCEDURES FOR observation, participation, and directed teaching
LEARNING DISABILITIES/THREE CREDITS experience in a local public school. The experience
Major credit. Prerequisite or co-requisite: SED 300. requires conferences with the Program Director,
Prerequisites: SED 395. This course includes materials College Supervisor and the cooperating teachers,
and methods for teaching students who have learning demonstration of the integration of technology into
disabilities. .This course includes a clinical. Offered instruction, and attendance at such required seminars
Spring Term. as training sessions, orientation sessions, and other
workshops. The College Supervisor visits the student
397. INTRODUCTION TO EMOTIONAL teacher periodically during the semester. Students
DISABILITIES/THREE CREDITS must apply for student teaching by October 1 for
Major credit. Prerequisite or co-requisite: SED 300. An Spring Term placement in the following year or by
introduction to emotional disabilities, including the March 1 for Fall Term placement in the following
causes and characteristics of neuroses and psychoses, year. Pass/fail grading. Offered Fall and Spring Terms.
related learning problems, mental disabilities, and Special fee. Meets the GEP capstone and writing intensive
cultural disadvantage. This course includes a clinical. requirements.
Offered Fall Term.
412g. DIRECTED STUDENT TEACHING:
398. EDUCATIONAL PROCEDURES FOR MENTAL DISABILITIES/TWELVE CREDITS
EMOTIONAL DISABILITIES/THREE CREDITS Major credit. Students normally take this course, which
Major credit. Prerequisites or co-requisites: SED 300, integrates theory and practice, during the senior year.
SED 397. An introduction to methods of therapy, The 60-day course includes observation, participation,
management techniques, and educational materials and directed teaching experience in a local public
for emotional disabilities. The course includes a school. The experience requires conferences with
clinical. Offered Spring Term. the Program Director, College Supervisor and the
cooperating teachers, demonstration of the integration
405. BEHAVIOR AND CLASSROOM of technology into instruction, and attendance at such
MANAGEMENT/THREE CREDITS required seminars as training sessions, orientation
This course provides students with the opportunity to sessions, and other workshops. The College supervisor
evaluate and design positive classroom management visits the student teacher periodically during the
alternatives. It is a prerequisite for special education semester. Students must apply for student teaching by
student teaching. This course includes a clinical. October 1 for Spring Term placement in the following
Offered Fall Term. year or by March 1 for Fall Term placement in the
following year. Pass/fail grading. Offered Fall and Spring
412d. DIRECTED STUDENT TEACHING: DEAF Terms. Special fee. Meets the GEP capstone and writing
AND HARD OF HEARING /TWELVE CREDITS intensive requirements.
Major credit. Students normally take this course, which
integrates theory and practice, during the senior year. 458. CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION: DEAF
The 60-day course includes observation, participation, AND HARD OF HEARING/THREE CREDITS
and directed teaching experience in a local public Major credit. Prerequisites: SED 350, SED 358, SED
school. The experience requires conferences with 385, SED 390. This course for senior D/HH majors
the Program Director, College Supervisor and the
110
focuses on educational practices in both public and
residential school programs for students who are
deaf and hard of hearing. Specific research-supported
instructional strategies and organization as well as the
SC Standards, are examined and practiced. Emphasis
is placed on the roles and responsibilities of the
teacher as decision-maker, facilitator of cognitive
and communicative development, multidisciplinary
team member, collaborator with parents and other
professionals, and advocate for students. The course
includes a clinical. Offered Fall Term.

458a. CLINICAL II: CURRICULUM AND


INSTRUCTION: DEAF AND HARD OF HEARING/
NO CREDIT
This clinical is included in the requirements for SED
458. The clinical offers opportunities for planning and
implementing instruction with students who are deaf/
hard of hearing. Pass/fail grading.

490. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY IN


SPECIAL TOPICS/THREE CREDITS
Major credit. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. This
course is an academic experience in a special topic not
covered in depth in regular course work. The student
works independently and researches a topic approved
by a faculty member in the department. The instructor
prescribes the specific requirements (normally one or
more papers). Students must observe the College limit
of hours within a discipline. May be repeated for credit.

111
The School of THE ARTS

Department of Art & Design
Department of Theatre & Dance

Caroll McDaniel Petrie School of Music
Department of Music Education & Therapy
Department of Musicology & Composition
Department of Performance

112
THE SCHOOL OF THE ARTS
DEPARTMENT OF ART AND DESIGN
TERESA A. PRATER, chair, DIANNE BAGNAL, RUTH BEALS, ANDREW BLANCHARD,
MAYO MAC BOGGS, MICHAEL FORNARO, GRETCHEN HURLBUT, FRAZER PAJAK,
SUZANNE SCHUWEILER,DAVID ZACHARIAS
The mission of the Department of Art and Design at ENG 101.........................................................3 hours
Converse College is to provide women with visual arts Language and Culture.....................................9 hours
experiences within a liberal arts environment where they MTH 108 or higher ........................................3 hours
can develop their talents as artists, designers, art historians, One course designated as
art educators, and art therapists. Each major program will Quantitative reasoning ........................... 3-4 hours
provide a broad range of creative experiences requiring Health and Well-being
students to utilize visual, written, verbal and non-verbal Wellness . .................................................. 2 hours
communication to enhance their problem-solving skills. Activity course........................................ 1-2 hours
The search for new and original solutions to visual and Humanities . ...................................................6 hours
conceptual dilemmas will enable the student to excel in Literature .......................................................3 hours
her profession and be dedicated to life-long learning. Fine Arts.........................................................6 hours
Natural Science........................................... 7-8 hours
Beyond training the student in the practice of her art, Social Science..................................................6 hours
the department also fosters professional development
Total .....................................................49-52 hours
through the inclusion of internships, exhibitions,
liberal arts study, and membership in professional Graduation requirements but not a separate course:
organizations. This type of preparation, both aesthetic First Year Seminar
and practical, best serves Converse students as they Writing Intensive course
prepare for careers in the arts. Non-European/non-Anglophone course
Capstone experience.
Accredited by the National Association of Schools of Art
and Design (NASAD), the Department of Art and Design For more information concerning GEP requirements
offers both the Bachelor of Arts Degree and the Bachelor see page 37 in this catalog.
of Fine Arts Degree. For the BA degree, students may
choose a major in art history, art therapy, studio art, or THE BACHELOR OF ARTS
art education. A minor is offered in art history and studio DEGREE PROGRAM
art. The Bachelor of Fine Arts degree is a professional Students in the Bachelor of Arts degree program have the
degree in studio art or interior design. Early declaration option of majors in art history, studio art, art education,
of a Bachelor of Fine Arts major is required due to the or art therapy. Students with majors in areas other than
rigorous requirements of the programs. art may need to consult the Department of Art and
Design chair for guidance in a double major or a minor
All students majoring in the Department of Art and in art history or studio art.
Design, except art history majors, must take ART 414:
Senior Seminar and ART 415: Senior Exhibition during ART EDUCATION
their senior year. These courses are designed to assist The art education curriculum is designed to prepare
seniors in developing career preparation skills and in college students for certification in art at the
preparation for their senior graduation exhibitions. elementary through secondary school levels and to
develop their competence both as creative artists and
An arts management career program is available, in art educators. The program is designed to prepare
conjunction with the Department of Theatre and prospective art teachers so that they should exhibit a
Dance, for the student who wishes to pursue an arts good attitude toward art, teaching, and children.
and business career alternative.
At the time of graduation, the art education major is
The General Education Program is a requirement expected to:
for all degrees. The requirements listed below are 1. demonstrate a personal understanding of basic
approved for the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science art theory as well as extensive knowledge of
and Bachelor of Fine Arts. media and techniques for creative expression.
113
2. create lesson plans, units, and correlate the Students should also consult A Handbook for
art curriculum to meet the South Carolina Art Prospective Teachers which is available in the Education
Frameworks and the National Standards for Department or the student may visit: www.education.
Teaching Art. converse.edu.
3. utilize the function of evaluation in curriculum
development, instructional planning, and Required Courses In Education and Psychology:
implementation. EDU 360: Introduction to Education...............3 hours
4. demonstrate personal involvement in the study EDU 412h: Directed Student Teaching: Art...12 hours
of art and art production. PSY 380: Human Growth and Development . .3 hours
5. demonstrate an understanding of current Total Education and Psychology Hours.... 18 hours
developmental theories of child art relating to
understanding and production of art. TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF ARTS
6. demonstrate knowledge of various methods of WITH ART EDUCATION MAJOR . ..........67 hours
instruction in art.
ART HISTORY
Art education majors are encouraged to become a Upon graduation, the art history major should possess
member of the student chapter of the Art Education a broad understanding of art history which will include
Association. an appreciation of the complex theoretical, artistic
and socio/political influences on the art, as well as an
In order to become certified in art education (PreK- understanding of select artists’ development. The art
12) the prospective art teacher must complete the history major will also develop the ability to think
Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in art education critically, research, analyze, write about, and discuss art.
and pass the Praxis II exam.
The Bachelor of Arts with a major in art history is
Required Courses in Art: offered in cooperation with the Department of Art
Art 201: Introduction to the History of History at Wofford College. Converse art history
Western Art I..............................................3 hours majors should expect to take at least two art history
Art 202: Introduction to the History of courses on the Wofford campus. The program requires
Western Art II.............................................3 hours a total of 33 credit hours.
Art 306: Twentieth Century Art
Before 1945................................................ 3 hours Students in the art history major are urged to take
ART 309: Twentieth Century Art Since 1945...3 hours their electives in such liberal arts areas as philosophy,
Art 111: 2-D Design......................................3 hours history, religion, humanities, or literature, and have
Art 112: 3-D Design......................................3 hours a strong background in French, Italian, German, or
Art 113: Drawing I........................................3 hours Spanish. A double major is a possible option with an
ART 213: Drawing II.......................................3 hours art history major.
Art 120: Printmaking I..................................3 hours
Art 130: Ceramics I.......................................3 hours Required Courses in Art:
Art 150: Sculpture I.......................................3 hours Choose one of the following:.......................... 3 hours
Art 170: Painting I.........................................3 hours Art 111: 2-D Design
ART 414: Senior Seminar................................. 1 hour ART 112: 3-D Design
ART 415: Senior Exhibition.............................0 hours ART 113: Drawing I
Total Major Hours.....................................37 hours ART 150: Sculpture I
ART 170: Painting I
Required Courses In Art Education: ART 201: Introduction to History of
ART 300: Art for the Elementary School......... 3 hours Western Art I............................................. 3 hours
ART 300L: Art for the Elementary School Art 202: Introduction to History of
Lab Clinical I............................................. ..1 hour Western Art II............................................ 3 hours
ART 314: School Art Curriculum and Methods..3 hours Choose one of the following:.......................... 3 hours
ART 316: Art for the Secondary School ..........3 hours Art 308: Museum Internship
ART 316L: Art for the Secondary School Art 307: Art History Travel
Lab Clinical II.............................................2 hours Aesthetics or Art Historiography
Total Art Education Requirements............12 hours (taught at Wofford).................................... 3 hours

114
ART 306: Twentieth Century Art Before 1945.3 hours 414: Senior Seminar and ART 415: Senior Exhibition
ART 309: Twentieth Century Art Since 1945.. 3 hours are required. In addition to these 43 credit hours, a
ART 460: Art History Senior Seminar............. 3 hours student also must complete sixteen hours of 200-level
Plus 3 additional courses from the following or above courses in the Department of Psychology.
areas:......................................................... 9 hours
American At the time of graduation, the art therapy major is
Nineteenth Century expected to:
Non-Western Art 1. demonstrate a comprehensive perspective on
Special Topics the history and theoretical approaches which
Decorative Arts contributed to the current art therapy paradigms;
Women and Art 2. discuss the professional and educational
opportunities in the art therapy field;
Available Wofford Courses: 3. exhibit an extensive knowledge of the creative
Ancient and Classical Art process as applied to diverse populations;
Medieval 4. demonstrate developed written and verbal
Italian Renaissance communication skills for interacting with
Baroque and Rococo individuals or groups in an art-making process.

TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF Required Courses In Art:


ARTS WITH ART HISTORY MAJOR . ......33 hours ART 202: Introduction to History of
Western Art II.................................................3 hours
The Art History Minor Choose one of the following............................3 hours
The requirements for a minor in art history consist of ART 306: Twentieth Century Art Before 1945
18 credit hours including ART 201-202: Introduction ART 309: Twentieth Century Art Since 1945
to the History of Western Art, plus four additional ART 111: 2-D Design......................................3 hours
upper-level art history courses in four different subject ART 112: 3-D Design......................................3 hours
areas (not including art history travel programs or ART 113: Drawing I........................................3 hours
museum internships). ART 130: Ceramics I.......................................3 hours
ART 170: Painting I........................................3 hours
ART THERAPY One Studio Elective.........................................3 hours
The mission of the art therapy major is to provide a ART 414: Senior Seminar................................. 1 hour
basic overview of the profession of art therapy and a ART 415: Senior Exhibition.............................0 hours
strong preparatory base for graduate study in that field.
Within the liberal arts curriculum, art therapy majors will Required Courses In Art Therapy
combine elements from the behavioral sciences and the ART 355: Survey of Art Therapy......................3 hours
visual arts in a study of theory, methods, and presentation ART 357: Art Therapy Perspective:
of art materials to stimulate free expression of the creative Understanding Children’s Art......................3 hours
process within a wide range of treatment settings. ART 380: Art Therapy Methods and Theories....3 hours
ART 390: Art Therapy Internship....................6 hours
This major offers the student the opportunity to combine ART 455: Art Therapy Senior Seminar.............3 hours
elements from the visual arts and the behavioral sciences Total Art Therapy Hours...........................43 hours
to provide a strong preparatory base for graduate study
in the area of art therapy. Four art therapy courses Required Courses In Psychology:
prepare students for ART 390: Art Therapy Internship, PSY 204: Abnormal Psychology.......................3 hours
in a clinical or educational setting. The Internship can PSY 236: Theories of Personality.....................3 hours
be completed either over two semesters of 120 hours PSY 380: Human Growth and Development....3 hours
for 3 credits each or over one semester of 240 hours for PSY 410: Counseling and Psychotherapy . ......4 hours
6 credits. This combination of courses provides theory, One psychology elective or SED 300:
methods, and hands-on experience for the student Introduction to Special Education.............. 3 hours
interested in the art therapy profession. Total Psychology Hours . ..........................16 hours

A student majoring in art therapy must complete 43 TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF ARTS
credit hours of course work in art and art therapy. ART WITH ART THERAPY MAJOR..................59 hours

115
STUDIO ART Art History elective..........................................3 hours
The Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in studio art Art 111: 2-D Design......................................3 hours
is predicated on the belief that a broad exploration of Art 112: 3-D Design .....................................3 hours
the diverse fields of studio art should be combined Art 113: Drawing I........................................3 hours
with a strong liberal arts education to expand the Art 120: Printmaking I..................................3 hours
intellectual horizons of art students. Art 130: Ceramics I.......................................3 hours
Art 150: Sculpture I.......................................3 hours
At the time of graduation, the studio art major is Art 170: Painting I.........................................3 hours
expected to: Art 213: Drawing II.......................................3 hours
1. exhibit a thorough understanding of the artistic Two courses selected from these beginning,
principles of creativity, design, color, form and intermediate, and advanced studio courses......6 hours
the technical skills to produce art; Painting
2. demonstrate an understanding of the Printmaking
professional and educational opportunities in Graphic Design
their chosen field; Sculpture
3. compete in local, regional or national juried art Photography
competitions; Drawing
4. demonstrate an understanding of her work Ceramics
and others through written and verbal Artist Books
communication; Art 414: Senior Seminar . ..............................1 hour
5. demonstrate a knowledge of art history including ART 415: Senior Exhibition.............................0 hours
contemporary art and theory.
6. incorporate current technology into her art. TOTAL HOURS FOR A BACHELOR OF ARTS
7. apply knowledge of professional practices WITH STUDIO ART MAJOR ...................43 hours
through the presentation of artwork within the
senior exhibition. The Studio Art Minor
8. compete successfully for professional Students electing studio art as a minor must complete
opportunities in the job market. 18 credit hours of course work. Students must take
ART 111, 112, 113, and ART 201 and 202 before
Forty-three hours of course work are required for the taking additional studio art courses.
Bachelor of Arts in the studio art major with emphasis
on the practice of art. ART 414: Senior Seminar and BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS WITH
ART 415: Senior Exhibition are required. A double STUDIO ART OR INTERIOR DESIGN
major in art history or a major outside the department MAJOR
is an option. An internship is recommended as part of The Bachelor of Fine Arts degree programs are
the major. Students majoring in studio art must have professional degrees comprised of intensive, highly
an exhibition of their artwork during the senior year. structured courses of study designed to prepare
students for careers in the interior design profession,
Studio art class times meet two hours per week per as professional artists, or as preparation for graduate
credit hour during fall and spring terms. Students studies. Participating students must have an exhibition
should expect to spend three or more additional hours of their work during the Spring Term of the senior year.
per class in weekly independent work. Class times are
extended during short terms. STUDIO ART
The Bachelor of Fine Arts degree in the studio art major
Required Courses: offers students a liberal studio curriculum comprised
ART 201: Introduction to History of methods designed to maximize their creativity,
of Western Art I..........................................3 hours problem solving skills and methods of technique.
ART 202: Introduction to History This professional degree provides to the student the
of Western Art II.........................................3 hours opportunity to explore a broad base of various media
Choose one of the following............................3 hours and gain mastery In the medium of their choice.
ART 306: Twentieth Century Art Before 1945
ART 309: Twentieth Century Art Since 1945 At the time of graduation the Bachelor of Fine Arts
ART 315: Women and Art with a major in studio art major is expected to:

116
1. exhibit a thorough understanding of the artistic Required Courses in Foundational Art:
principles of creativity, design, color, form, and the ART 111: 2-D Design......................................3 hours
technical skills to produce art; ART 112: 3-D Design......................................3 hours
2. establish a mastery of one or two mediums or ART 113: Drawing I........................................3 hours
techniques within the visual arts. ART 120: Printmaking.....................................3 hours
3. demonstrate an understanding of the professional ART 130: Ceramics I.......................................3 hours
and educational opportunities in their chosen ART 140: Photography I..................................3 hours
field; ART 150: Sculpture I.......................................3 hours
4. compete in local, regional, or national juried art Art 170: Painting I.........................................3 hours
competitions; ART 213: Drawing II.......................................3 hours
5. demonstrate an understanding of her work and
others through written and verbal communication; Required Courses in Advanced Studio Art:
6. demonstrate a knowledge of art history including 10 additional courses in Studio Art at the
contemporary art and theory. 200, 300, and 400 levels. Must Include:
7. incorporate current technology into her art. ART 410: Advanced Studio......................... 3-6 hours
8. apply knowledge of professional practices through ART 495: Senior Project..................................6 hours
the presentation of artwork within the senior Advanced Study.........................................30 hours
exhibition.
9. compete successfully for professional opportunities ART 414: Senior Seminar................................. 1 hour
in the job market and in graduate and foreign ART 415: Senior Exhibition.............................0 hours
studies programs.
TOTAL HOURS FOR
The Bachelor of Fine Arts with a studio art major BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS
consists of 73 hours and offers a sequence of courses WITH STUDIO ART MAJOR.................... 73 hours
in painting, sculpture, printmaking, ceramics,
photography, and drawing, along with requirements INTERIOR DESIGN
in art history. This degree provides students with The mission of the interior design program is to
a thorough grounding in visual arts foundation produce liberally educated professional designers
principles and techniques. Provisions are made for qualified by their education to enhance the function
in-depth studio explorations, for discussion and and quality of interior spaces. Those who complete
analysis of critical visual problems in a liberal arts the requirements of this program will, through their
environment, and for sustained studio work. knowledge of interior design principles, practices,
and techniques, be able to make contributions to
For continuation in the Bachelor of Fine Arts degree their society’s quality of life and productivity. The
program in studio art students must submit a portfolio graduates of the program will know how to apply their
of artwork for faculty review in their junior year. Faculty knowledge to protect the health, safety, and welfare of
recommendation is based upon student’s statement of the public they serve through their profession.
intent as well as the quality and direction of submitted
artworks. Students should obtain detailed information The interior design major, consisting of 73 credit
concerning the Bachelor of Fine Arts review from the hours, provides a professional program directed
chair of the department during their sophomore year. toward both the residential and commercial aspects of
interior design with studies in historical background,
Required Courses in Art History: environmental considerations, drawing proficiency,
ART 201: Introduction to History of technical knowledge, and presentation methods with
Western Art I..............................................3 hours an emphasis on creativity and professional practice.
ART 202: Introduction to History of Students will utilize AutoCAD and other software
Western Art II.............................................3 hours application throughout the program. Dedicated
Two of the following three courses:.................6 hours studios completely equipped with digital technology
ART 306: Twentieth Century Art Before 1945 are located within the Milliken Art Building. Students
ART 309: Twentieth Century Art Since 1945 are strongly encouraged to purchase laptops,
ART 315: Women and Art AutoCAD, and SketchUP software.
One Art History Elective..................................3 hours
Total Art History Hours . ..........................15 hours

117
Upon graduation, the interior design major is expected ART 112: 3-D Design......................................3 hours
to: ART 113: Drawing I........................................3 hours
1. demonstrate artistic and creative applications of ART 201: Intro to History of Western Art I......3 hours
the principles and elements of interior design as ART 202: Intro to History of Western Art II.....3 hours
well as the technical skills relevant to serve the ART 414: Senior Seminar................................. 1 hour
industry of interior design as a professional; ART 415: Senior Exhibition.............................0 hours
2. demonstrate an awareness of the professional and DES 282: Intro to Interior Design....................3 hours
advanced educational opportunities in the interior DES 283: Space Planning................................3 hours
design industry; DES 284: Residential Design...........................3 hours
3. demonstrate a working knowledge of the standard DES 285: Computer Aided Design..................3 hours
that affect the health, safety, and welfare of the DES 286: Advanced Computer Aided Design..3 hours
public as it applies to the industry; DES 287: Color and Textiles............................3 hours
4. present her design work through written, verbal DES 288: Interior Construction.......................3 hours
and graphic communication; DES 289: Presentation Skills...........................3 hours
5. demonstrate an understanding of the historical role DES 381: History of Interiors I........................3 hours
of the interior designer; DES 382: History of Interiors II.......................3 hours
6. demonstrate understanding of the interior DES 383: Codes and Materials........................3 hours
designer’s role and importance in today’s society DES 384: Commercial Design.........................3 hours
and the working relationships with architects, DES 386: Lighting...........................................3 hours
contractors, resource personnel, and professional DES 387: Kitchen & Bath Design....................3 hours
client relationships; DES 481: Advanced Interior Design I..............3 hours
7. exhibit competence in technology through DES 482: Advanced Interior Design II.............3 hours
software applications; DES 483: Business & Professional Practice......3 hours
8. exhibit an understanding of sustainability in design DES 485: Professional Design Experience . .....3 hours
and materials; Studio Art or Design Elective...........................3 hours
9. compete successfully for professional opportunities
in the regional and national job market. TOTAL HOURS FOR A BACHELOR
OF FINE ARTS WITH AN INTERIOR
Students are admitted to the Bachelor of Fine DESIGN MAJOR...................................73 HOURS
Arts degree program in interior design on the
recommendation of the art and design faculty. The COURSES OF INSTRUCTIONS
faculty makes this recommendation on the basis of a
portfolio review of the student’s work in the following ART EDUCATION
courses: ART 111, 112, 113 and DES 282, 283 during 300. ART FOR THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL/
the spring term of their sophomore year. THREE CREDITS
Major credit. The purpose of this course is to examine
Each interior design major is required to participate in the basic concepts and principles of art education for
a professional design work experience with an interior the elementary art teacher. Students will study the
design or architectural firm. This form of internship is materials and methods for teaching art to children.
coordinated by the Student Development and Success Emphasis is given to the artistic development of all
Center no later than the January Term of the senior children in the elementary/middle school and the South
year. Membership in professional organizations is also Carolina Standards for Art Instruction as stated by the
encouraged. National Art Education Association. This is the first
required course in the art education major. Required
All seniors are required to present a public exhibition for Art Education Majors. Lab fee. Offered Fall Term.
of their work. Students must work closely with the
Milliken Gallery Director in the scheduling of these 300L. ART FOR THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL:
events. The students are responsible for invitations, LAB CLINICAL I/ONE CREDIT
announcements and publicity, and the overall display Major credit. Prerequisite: EDU 360. Co-requisite: ART
and tasteful execution of the designated gallery space. 300. The purpose of this course is to provide prospective
art teachers an early opportunity (sophomore or
Required Courses in Art and Design: junior year) to work with students in an elementary
ART 111: 2-D Design......................................3 hours art classroom. The emphasis is placed on observation
and participation in the classroom. Additionally, there
118
will be some readings, written assignments, several (sophomore or junior year) to work with students in
seminars with the instructor, and video taping of a secondary art classroom. The emphasis is placed
lessons. The course integrates theory and practice on observation and participation in the classroom.
acquired in core courses in art education. The course Additionally, there will be some readings, written
includes observation, participation and limited directed assignments, several seminars with the instructor, and
teaching experience in local, normally, public schools. video taping of lessons. The course integrates theory
Teacher candidates should sign up with the Dept. of and practice acquired in core courses in art education
Education at least one full semester before the term. and builds on experiences in ART 300L (clinical I). The
Offered Spring Term. Pass/fail grading. course includes observations, participation and limited
directed teaching experience in a local, normally, public
311. ART FOR THE CHILD/THREE CREDITS school. Teacher candidates should sign up with the Dept.
Required for some education majors. The purpose of this of Education at least one full semester before the term.
course is to examine the basic concepts and principles Offered each Fall Term. Pass/fail grading.
of art instruction. Students will study the materials
and methods for teaching art to children. Emphasis is 412h. DIRECTED STUDENT TEACHING ART/
given to the artistic development of children. Lab fee. TWELVE CREDITS
Major credit. Students normally take this course,
314. SCHOOL ART CURRICULUM AND METHODS/ which integrates theory and practice, during the
THREE CREDITS senior year. The 60-day course includes observation,
Major credit. Prerequisites: Art 300, 316, or with permission participation, and directed teaching experience in
of instructor. The purpose of this course is to examine a local—normally public school. The experience
the basic curriculum and methods in the public school. requires conferences with the College supervisor
Emphasis is given to the planning of units and lesson and the cooperating teachers, demonstration of
plans for various levels of art instruction, organization the integration of technology into instruction, and
of the classroom, and materials and methods used for attendance at such required seminars as training
instruction. Requires 20 clock hours spent in planning, sessions, orientation sessions, and other workshops.
observing, and participating in the program at a local The College supervisor visits the student teacher
middle school. The curriculum standards are based on periodically during the semester. Students must apply
the South Carolina Standards for Art Instruction as stated for student teaching by March 1 for Spring Term
by the National Art Education Association for teaching placement in the following year or by October 1 for
art. Required for art education majors. Necessary for Fall Term placement in the following year. Pass/fail
teacher accreditation. This is the third required course grading. Offered Fall and Spring Terms. Special fee. Meets
for the art education major. Students should take this course the GEP capstone and writing intensive requirements.
during the Fall Term of the junior or senior year. Lab fee.
ART HISTORY
316. ART FOR THE SECONDARY SCHOOL/ *100. ART APPRECIATION/
THREE CREDITS THREE /FOUR CREDITS JANUARY TERM
Major credit. Prerequisite: ART 300 or permission of GEP, Elective credit. An introduction to the visual arts.
instructor. The purpose of this course is to examine Introduces the student to the major art movements and
the basic concepts and principles of art education artists. Lecture and discussion on the materials, forms,
for the secondary art teacher. Students will study the and processes of art with the aim of giving insight into
materials and methods for teaching art to adolescents. the functions and content of art objects. Course content
Emphasis is given to the artistic development of may vary. May not be applied to major in art.
students in the secondary art program and the South
Carolina Standards for Art Instruction as stated by the *101. STUDIO ART APPRECIATION/
National Art Education Association. Required for Art THREE / FOUR CREDITS JANUARY TERM
Education majors. This is the second required course GEP, Elective credit. An introduction to the visual arts
for the art education major. Lab fee. Offered Fall Term. using lectures, discussions, museum and gallery visits,
exhibition reviews, and hands on studio experiences
316L. ART FOR THE SECONDARY SCHOOL: with the materials, concepts, and processes of art with
LAB CLINICAL II/ TWO CREDITS the purpose of providing insight into the functions,
Major credit. Prerequisites: Art 300, ART 300L, and Edu content, and making of art objects. Lab fee. May not be
360. Co-requisite: ART 316. The purpose of this course is applied to major in art.
to provide prospective art teachers and early opportunity
119
*199H. FRESHMAN HONORS SEMINAR/ 305. NINETEENTH CENTURY ART/THREE CREDITS
THREE CREDITS Major, Elective credit. A study of the major
GEP, Elective credit. A study of a selected subject within developments of nineteenth century European
the discipline which will vary from term to term. The painting and sculpture within the context of social,
course is designed to encourage student participation cultural, and political developments.
in the intellectual processes through class discussion,
research and writing, special projects, problem 306. TWENTIETH CENTURY ART BEFORE 1945/
solving, and evaluation and defense of positions. THREE CREDITS
When the subject matter duplicates that of another Major, Elective credit. A study of the major developments
course, credit toward graduation will be granted for in the visual arts from early 1900 to 1940. Offered
only one of the courses. Offered periodically in rotation alternate years. Writing Intensive.
with seminars in other disciplines.
*307. ART HISTORY TRAVEL/
*200. SPECIAL TOPICS IN NON-WESTERN ART/ THREE OR FOUR CREDITS IN JANUARY TERM
THREE CREDITS GEP, Elective credit; Major credit if approved by the Art
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A survey of world History program director. No prerequisites. This program
mythology as interpreted in paintings, sculpture, and offers the student the opportunity to travel to major
altarpieces. This may include examples of the native art centers and critically observe and evaluate major
art of Mesoamerica, North America, Africa, and Asia. works of art and the environments in which they are
The content of this course will vary. Non-European/ made, displayed, and sold. Additional travel costs will
non-Anglophone. be incurred by the student. Typically offered during
January Term.
*201. INTRODUCTION TO HISTORY OF WESTERN
ART I/THREE CREDITS 308. MUSEUM INTERNSHIP/
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Required for all art THREE OR SIX CREDITS
majors. Prerequisite for all art history courses. A survey of Major, Elective credit. Prerequisites: ART 201, 202. This
the painting, sculpture, and architecture of the Western program offers the student the opportunity to work
world from the Prehistoric through Medieval periods. in a major museum or art auction house such as
the Corcoran Gallery in Washington, DC, the High
*202. INTRODUCTION TO HISTORY OF WESTERN Museum in Atlanta, Georgia, Sothebys in New York
ART II/THREE CREDITS City, and the Mint Museum in Charlotte, North
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Required for all art Carolina. The students learn the various phases of
majors. Prerequisite for all art history courses. A survey of curatorship and gain exposure to major works of art
the painting, sculpture, and architecture of the Western through exhibitions and private collections of the
world from the Renaissance through the modern era. museum. Pass/fail grading.

*290. SPECIAL TOPICS IN ART HISTORY/ 309. TWENTIETH CENTURY ART SINCE 1945/
THREE OR FOUR CREDITS THREE CREDITS
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. This is a combination Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of the major
lecture and discussion course that will center around a developments in the visual arts from 1945 to the present.
selected topic in art history. Since the content will vary, Writing Intensive for studio art and art education majors.
this course may be taken more than once for credit.
310. AMERICAN ART/THREE CREDITS
*299H. Interdisciplinary Honors Course/ Major , Elective credit. A study of American art from the
three credits colonial period to the 1930’s.
GEP, Major, Elective credit. This course is team taught
by members in two departments and is open to Nisbet *315. WOMEN AND ART/THREE CREDITS
Honors Program participants and to others who meet GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course
Honors Program guidelines. All students registering selectively studies the art and lives of women artists.
for these courses must register not only through the Theories concerning representations of women will
Honors Program but also with their adviser and the also be discussed. GEP Humanities/Women’s Studies.
Registrar’s Office.

120
*DES 381. HISTORY OF INTERIORS I/ and play therapy. This course will provide theoretical
THREE CREDITS perspectives on expressive modalities as they are utilized
GEP, Major, Elective credit. An international historic in a variety of settings to benefit individuals in the
survey of interiors from ancient times to the 1800s educational system, special education programs, family
including concepts of interior development, furnishings, therapy, trauma centers, hospitals and children’s shelters.
decorative components, architectural structure, design Student will discover the uses and benefits of these
theories, social context, and relevance to current design various therapies through selected readings, lectures and
practices. Fall term only. Lab fee. interactive classroom instruction. Offered January Term
only. Lab fee.
DES 382. HISTORY OF INTERIORS II/
THREE CREDITS 355. SURVEY OF ART THERAPY/THREE CREDITS
Major credit. Prerequisites: ART 201, 202 or permission of Major, Elective credit. Prerequisites: ART 111, 112 or
the instructor. International, historic survey of interiors permission of instructor. A course designed to introduce
from the 1800s to the current decade including design students to the principles, philosophy, and application
and architectural theories, furnishings, finishes and of clinical art therapy. Selected topics include the
decoration in their cultural and technological origin history of art therapy, the role of art media in art
and current context. Offered Spring term only. Writing therapy, and utilization of the creative process in
intensive for interior design majors. Lab fee. both diagnosis and treatment to promote and foster
positive human growth and development. Lab fee.
400. SPECIAL TOPICS IN ART HISTORY SEMINAR/
THREE CREDITS 357. ART THERAPY PERSPECTIVE UNDERSTANDING
Major, Elective credit. Prerequisites: ART 201, 202 or CHILDREN’S ART/THREE CREDITS
permission of instructor. This is a directed reading and Major, Elective credit. Prerequisites: Art 355, 111, 112
discussion seminar that will center around a selected or permission of instructor. A study of the child’s artistic
topic in art history or theory. Since the content will vary, process as a vehicle of nonverbal creative expression.
this course may be taken more than once for credit. There will be an emphasis on the artistic stages/
sequences of child development, and assessments
460. ART HISTORY SENIOR SEMINAR/ relevant to each age level. The material presented in
THREE CREDITS this course will give students an expanded concept of
Major credit. This course is designed to provide the the needs of children in diverse populations, and the
senior Art History major with an opportunity to focus approaches utilized by art therapists in the treatment
on a particular period in art history and gain experience of children. Lab fee.
doing in-depth research and writing on a topic of her
choosing, with the professor’s approval. It also provides 380. ART THERAPY METHODS AND THEORIES/
the student with career development and graduate THREE CREDITS
school preparation. This capstone course should ideally Major credit. Prerequisites: ART 111, 112, and 355 or by
be taken during the fall term of the senior year. Writing permission of the instructor. ART 380 will build upon
intensive and capstone course for art history majors. the principles, philosophy, and application of clinical
art therapy presented in ART 355. Students will use art
490. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY IN SPECIAL materials to explore specific theories and techniques
TOPICS/ONE, TWO, or THREE CREDITS grounded in art therapy paradigms and psychology
Prerequisite: permission of art history professor. An paradigms. Clinical examples of art therapy in diverse
independent course of advanced study of a topic not populations will be presented by lecture, selected
covered in any other course, under faculty guidance readings, handouts, and art-making exercises. Case
and instruction. May be repeated for credit. presentations will be made using slides or original client
artwork. This course is designed to prepare students for
ART THERAPY continued and intensive training in art therapy. Lab fee.
354. OVERVIEW OF EXPRESSIVE ARTS THERAPIES/
THREE CREDITS/FOUR CREDITS JANUARY TERM 390. ART THERAPY INTERNSHIP/
Major, Elective credit. A course designed to introduce THREE OR SIX CREDITS
students to a variety of expressive therapies including art Major credit. Prerequisites: A 3.0 average in the major.
therapy, music therapy, dance and movement therapy, ART 355, 357, 380, and permission of the instructor. Six
drama therapy, expressive writing as therapy, sandtray credit hours of internship are required for senior Art

121
Therapy majors. A three-credit internship consists of 112. 3-D DESIGN/THREE CREDITS
120 hours of experience in a clinical or educational Major, Minor credit. Prerequisite for all art and design courses.
setting. Students may elect to take two three-credit An introductory course that investigates the handling of
internships or one six-credit internship. The goal is for real space through the study of form, structure, texture,
students to achieve proficiency in observing the art- and surface. Historical and contemporary issues are
making needs and abilities of diverse populations. The explored in various media. Lab fee.
art therapy supervisor will conduct art interventions and
site supervision. Student interns will attend a weekly 113. DRAWING I/THREE CREDITS
group supervision session to present client art work Major, Minor credit. Prerequisite for all art and design
and explore responses and problems related to the art courses. An introduction to the discipline of drawing.
therapy experience. A student journal will record the Development of drawing skills leading to an
events of the art therapy process. Internship placements understanding of the structure of forms on the picture
are available in locations throughout the state and other plane, figure-ground relationships, line, value, and
areas of the country. Pass/fail grading. Lab fee. texture. Studio problems of visualization, composition,
and analysis in various black and white media. Lab fee.
417. ART THERAPY STUDY TRAVEL/FOUR CREDITS
Major, Elective credit. Prerequisites: ART 355, 357, 380 120. PRINTMAKING I/THREE CREDITS
and/or permission of instructor. A travel study program Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ART 111 and
for course credit wherein participants will spend 113. An introduction to the discipline of printmaking
fourteen days in a selected city or cities for an intensive concentrating on the technical aspects of relief,
exploration of culture, art, historical perspectives, lithography, and monotype processes. Priority will be
international approaches to art therapy and may given to majors. Lab fee.
include service learning opportunities when available.
Additional travel expense is expected to be incurred 124. GRAPHIC DESIGN I/THREE CREDITS
at the responsibility of the participant. This course Major, Minor, Elective credit. A beginning course in layout
may be taken twice for credit when destinations differ. design. Students will complete projects dealing with
Offered January or Summer Terms only. graphic visualization, packaging, and layout. Lab fee.

455. ART THERAPY SENIOR SEMINAR/ 130. CERAMICS I/THREE CREDITS


THREE CREDITS Major, Elective credit. Prerequisites: ART 112 or permission
Major credit. Prerequisites: ART 355, ART 357, and of the instructor. An introduction to ceramic processes,
ART 380, and permission of the instructor. This including historic and contemporary concepts of form
course will provide art therapy senior students as related to functional and non-functional concerns.
the opportunity to research an art therapy topic of Students will gain experience in basic forming
interest, write a 25 page APA style paper, and present processes, including the development of conceptual
the paper and appropriate art interventions to the and technical skills for the artistic control of problem
class for discussion. This course will also include a solutions. Priority will be given to majors. Lab fee.
comprehensive inspection of graduate schools, career
opportunities, portfolio presentations, and library 140. PHOTOGRAPHY I: BLACK AND WHITE/
research techniques. The material presented will give THREE CREDITS
the students an expanded concept of the writing and Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: ART 111 or
speaking skills necessary to pursue their future goals. permission of instructor. A beginning course designed to
Capstone course. Writing Intensive. equip the student with the technical skills needed for
a practical and aesthetic experience in the developing
STUDIO ART and printing of black-and-white photography. The
111. 2-D DESIGN/THREE CREDITS student will develop, print, and present a portfolio of
Major, Minor credit. Prerequisite for all art and design assigned photographs. An SLR 35mm camera with
courses. An introduction to the 2-D concepts of visual manual override is required. Priority will be given to
organization through the study of composition, lines, majors. Lab fee.
shape, value, figure-ground relationships, texture,
spatial illusion, and color theory. Lab fee. 150. SCULPTURE I/THREE CREDITS
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: ART 112
or permission of instructor. An introduction to the

122
discipline of sculpture. Study and experimentation 220. PRINTMAKING II/THREE CREDITS
with traditional and contemporary concepts of form. Major, Elective credit. Prerequisite: Art 120. An
Lectures, demonstrations, and assigned studio problems intermediate course in printmaking , which includes
familiarize the student with the properties of structure the use of silkscreen, advanced lithography and further
and the nature of materials and forming processes. experimentation in the monotype process. The student
Priority will be given to majors. Lab fee. Offered Fall Term. will explore the range of possibilities inherent in the
mediums and develop a familiarity with the graphic
151. BASIC STONE CARVING/THREE CREDITS processes and their tools and materials. Lab fee.
Major, Elective credit. An introduction to the discipline
of stone carving. Study and experimentation with 224. GRAPHIC DESIGN II/THREE CREDITS
traditional and contemporary processes of carved Major, Elective credit. Prerequisites: ART 124. Emphasis will
form. Lectures, demonstrations, and assigned studio be on learning to use the computer as the main tool in
problems familiarize the student with the properties graphic communication and exploring industry software
of stone and the nature of materials and forming including drawing, paint, and desktop publishing, and
processes. Lab fee. Offered Fall or Spring Terms. photo manipulation programs. Design fundamentals in
the area of formal organization and aesthetics will be an
170. PAINTING I/THREE CREDITS integral part of all assignments. Lab fee.
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: ART 111 and
ART 113 or permission of instructor. An introduction to 230. CERAMICS II/THREE CREDITS
the discipline of painting. Emphasis on the exploration Major, Elective credit. Prerequisite: Art 130. An in-depth
of painting properties, materials, techniques, and color course in throwing forms on the potters wheel with
theory through specific formal problems. Priority will formalized study of the mixing and application of glazes.
be given to majors. Lab fee. Students will combine thrown and hand-built pieces to
creatively solve functional and sculptural problems while
*199H. FRESHMAN HONORS SEMINAR/ experiencing the firing of various kilns. Lab fee.
THREE CREDITS
GEP, Elective credit. Not accepted for major or minor credit. 240. PHOTOGRAPHY II: BLACK AND WHITE/
A study of a selected subject within the discipline which THREE CREDITS
will vary from term to term. The course is designed Major, Elective credit. Prerequisite: Art 140. This course
to encourage student participation in the intellectual focuses on the exploration of advanced photographic
processes through class discussion, research and writing, techniques Including large scale black and white,
special projects, problem solving, and evaluation and digital applications, liquid emulsions and experimental
defense of positions. When the subject matter duplicates forms of presentation. The development of individual
that of another course, credit toward graduation will be style is strictly encouraged. Lab fee.
granted for only one of the courses. Offered periodically in
rotation with seminars in other disciplines. 241. ALTERNATIVE PHOTO METHODS/
THREE CREDITS
212. ARTIST BOOKS/THREE CREDITS Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: Art 140. This
Major, Minor, Elective credit. A course designed to is an introductory course that investigates both the
introduce the student to the book as an art form. A historical and contemporary aspects of photography.
creative exploration of the artist book through various The lecture material and classroom interaction will
uses of medium, techniques, and styles. Students will equip the student with technical skills needed to
receive a working knowledge of various techniques develop and create Cyanotype and Vandyke Brown
of bookbinding, and the incorporation of text. Both prints which are liquid emulsion processes. Other
traditional and contemporary approaches will be possible media may include pin-hole photography.
explored. Lab Fee. The student will also learn to present a portfolio of
matted, finished photographs, as well as the basic
213. DRAWING II/THREE CREDITS operations of the program Adobe Photoshop. Lab fee.
Major, Elective credit. Prerequisite: Art 113. This course
examines drawing as a creative process, focusing on 250. SCULPTURE II/THREE CREDITS
the study and representation of objects and natural Major, Elective credit. Prerequisite: Art 150. This course
forms in problems of visualization and composition provides an introduction to welding techniques,
and the exploration of images in various media using explorations of the creative use of form, and the
figurative and non-figurative subject matter. Lab fee.
123
extension of form through the use of paint, wood, and permission of instructor. Lost-wax casting in the
plastics. Lab fee. production of sculpture. Students will produce forms
in wax, make and fire refractory molds, and cast in
270. PAINTING II/THREE CREDITS non-ferrous metals. Lab fee.
Major, Elective credit. Prerequisite: Art 170. The study
of the characteristics of various painting materials, 360. SPECIAL TOPICS IN STUDIO ART /
including supports, grounds and pigments, binders, and THREE, FOUR, OR SIX CREDITS
vehicles. The student is encouraged to explore individual Major, Elective credit. Prerequisites: Art major or
problems in color-space projection, and figurative and permission of instructor. A course designed to provide
non-figurative painting experiences. Lab fee. an in-depth study of an art or design process, subject
matter, or technique. Since the content will vary, it may
313. DRAWING III/THREE CREDITS be taken more than once for credit. Lab fee varies per class.
Major, Elective credit. Prerequisite: Art 213. This
course emphasizes drawing as personal expression 370. PAINTING III/THREE CREDITS
by encouraging a creative synthesis of aesthetic and Major, Elective credit. Prerequisite: Art 270. Figure-
manual skills. Explorations in contemporary forms ground relationships in two-dimensional and three-
and approaches to drawing. Lab fee. dimensional composition through the use of oils,
acrylics, and mixed media; experimentation with
317. STUDIO ART TRAVEL PROGRAM/ various technological changes and surface treatments in
THREE, FOUR, or SIX CREDITS the solution of formal and expressive problems. Lab fee.
Major, Elective credit. This program offers the student the
opportunity to travel to major art and design centers 395. COMMERCIAL INTERNSHIP IN ART AND
to observe, evaluate, and absorb the culture and art DESIGN/THREE OR SIX CREDITS
within the environment and to produce art as a result Prerequisites: ART 111, 113, courses in the area of interest,
of those experiences. Programs are now offered to New and consent of the Faculty Director. This course is a
York City, New Mexico, Greece and various locations program of on the job experience in cooperation with
in Europe. Additional travel costs will be incurred by the various local business establishments in such areas as
student. Offered during January and Summer Terms. advertising, layout, photography, illustration, graphic
design and textile design. Pass/fail grading.
320. PRINTMAKING III/THREE CREDITS
Major, Elective credit. Prerequisite: Art 220. An advanced 410. ADVANCED STUDIO ART/ THREE CREDITS
course emphasizing the unique and individual application Major, Elective credit. Prerequisites: Any level II studio art
of printmaking processes and the development of course. Juniors and Seniors or permission of the instructor.
student’s ideas and working procedures so that they bear An advanced studio art class that allows each student
a meaningful relationship to one another. Lab fee. to explore her own studio art concentration, as well
as experiment with new media. Contemporary art
330. CERAMICS III/THREE CREDITS issues will be discussed and studio art projects will be
Major, Elective credit. Prerequisite: Art 230. An advanced created in response to these issues. This course can be
investigation in the processes and possibilities of clay, taken up to four times by studio art majors. Lab fee.
glazes, and firing methods. Development of student’s
ideas is emphasized with the understanding of the 413. DRAWING IV/THREE CREDITS
capabilities and limitations of clay for solving various Major, Elective credit. Prerequisite: Art 313.
problems. Lab fee. Experimental approaches to drawing. Emphasis on
personal initiative and discipline in defining and
340. PHOTOGRAPHY III/THREE CREDITS executing problems. Lab fee.
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ART 240. This
is an advanced course focusing on the student’s personal 414. SENIOR SEMINAR/ONE CREDIT
concept. The choice of traditional or experimental Required course for all art and design majors, excluding art
processes is decided upon by the student. The student’s history. A course to assist seniors in developing career
focus is also based upon series work. Lab fee. preparation skills such as portfolio presentation,
documentation, framing and matting techniques,
350. SCULPTURE III/THREE CREDITS gallery and exhibition preparation, professional
Major, Elective credit. Prerequisites: Art 250 or writing skills in resume writing, job search letters and
graduate/job applications.
124
415. SENIOR EXHIBITION / NO CREDIT studio art or design. May be taken for a total of 6
Major credit. Prerequisite: ART 414. Required course hours credit. Lab fee, as required by specific area of study.
for all art and design majors excluding art history. This
course is comprised of the senior exhibition, which 495: SENIOR PROJECT/THREE OR SIX CREDITS
includes a public presentation of the student’s art and Prerequisite: Bachelor of Fine Arts Studio Art candidate.
design work, photographic documentation of the An independently directed course, with faculty
show, an artist statement, resume, and a professional supervision, for senior Bachelor of Fine Arts
announcement. The course must be taken during the candidates in preparation for their senior graduation
term in which the senior exhibition is presented. The exhibition. Students are required to maintain a studio
completion of the exhibition and documentation is a and produce a series of art works that will be evaluated
requirement for graduation. Pass/fail grading. by the art faculty. To be taken the fall and spring terms
of the senior year. May be taken for a total of six hours.
420. PRINTMAKING IV/THREE CREDITS
Major, Elective credit. Prerequisite: Art 320. Advanced INTERIOR DESIGN
investigations into the aesthetic possibilities of 101. INTERIOR DESIGN APPRECIATION/
printmaking process. Lab fee. THREE CREDITS
GEP, Elective credit. An overview of interior design
430: CERAMICS IV/THREE CREDITS including its history the role of interior design in
Major, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ART 330. An advanced global cultures, pop culture and the profession, the
investigation in the processes and possibilities of clay, application of art and design theory, and creative
glazes, and firing methods. Experimental approaches problem solving. Studio projects explore issues. Lab
with ceramic media with an emphasis on personal fee. May not be applied to the interior design major.
initiative in defining and creating problems and aesthetic
solutions to these self-imposed problems. Lab fee. 282. INTRODUCTION TO INTERIOR DESIGN/
THREE CREDITS
440. PHOTOGRAPHY IV/THREE CREDITS Major credit. Prerequisites: ART 111, 112, 113 or
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ART 340. permission of instructor. The course introduces the
Advanced investigations into the aesthetic possibilities student to the art and profession of interior design. Basic
of the photographic process. Experimentation with principles and elements of design theory are covered,
media is encouraged, as well as a strong focus on including definitions, color selection, terminology and
series work. Lab fee. processes professional education standards and career
opportunities. Lab fee. Offered Spring Term.
450. SCULPTURE IV/THREE CREDITS
Major, Elective credit. Prerequisite: Art 350. The 283. SPACE PLANNING/THREE CREDITS
individual development of style and choice of media Major credit. Prerequisites: DES 282, or permission of
to be used. Strong emphasis will be placed on the instructor. Introduction to residential interior design.
exercise of personal initiative and self-discipline, not The study of spatial relationships and design theory
only in defining and executing individual problems, involving a variety of studio problems. Exercises
but also in involvement outside the studio by entering in programming for interior spaces, preliminary
juried exhibitions, attending major exhibitions schematic design options. A thorough analysis of
whenever possible, library reading, etc. Nine studio spatial considerations for residential interiors, using
hours per week are required. Lab fee. matrices, bubble diagrams, schematic plans and to
effectively integrate all environmental factors within
470. PAINTING IV/THREE CREDITS the interior. Lab fee. Offered Fall Term only.
Major, Elective credit. Prerequisite: Art 370. Problems of
scale and the control of volume and space as a means 284. RESIDENTIAL DESIGN/THREE CREDITS
of creative expression. Emphasis is on the exercise Major credit. Prerequisite: Des 282, 283 or permission
of personal initiative and discipline of defining and of instructor. Continuation of the study of residential
executing problems. Lab fee. interior and architectural design. Programming
the space needs of the client, development of
490. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY/ space planning in conjunction with the study of
THREE CREDITS residential interior environments, human behavior,
Major credit. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. An proxemics, human factors and ADA, along with
independent course of advanced study in an area of special populations. Studies utilize model building
125
and details of residential interior and architectural 1800s including concepts of interior development,
elements. Lab fee. Offered Spring Term only. furnishings, decorative components, architectural
structure, design theories, social context, and relevance
285. COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN/THREE CREDITS to current design practices. Fall term only. Lab fee.
Major credit. Prerequisites: ART 111, 112, and 113.
A course designed to introduce the student to the 382. HISTORY OF INTERIORS II/ THREE CREDITS
computer-aided design and drafting process using Major credit. Prerequisites: ART 201, 202, or permission of
AutoCAD software. Lab fee. Offered Fall Term only. the instructor. International, historic survey of interiors
from the 1800s to the current decade including design
286. ADVANCED COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN/ and architectural theories, furnishings, finishes and
THREE CREDITS decoration in their cultural and technological origin
Major credit. Prerequisites: DES 282 and 285 or and current context. Offered Spring term only. Writing
permission of instructor. This course is designed to intensive for interior design majors. Lab fee.
provide the student with an understanding of the
advanced application and technology of computer 383. CODES AND materials/THREE CREDITS
aided design and drafting, and will include experience Major credit. Prerequisites: DES, 282, 283, 288 or
using AutoCAD and SketchUP software. Lab fee. permission of instructor. The study of materials used
Offered Spring Term only. by commercial interior designers in public spaces,
the impact of codes, regulations and testing processes
287. COLOR AND TEXTILE DESIGN / and procedures to benefit health, safety and welfare
THREE CREDITS/FOUR CREDITS JANUARY TERM of the public. Discussion and execution of the typical
Major credit. Prerequisites: DES 282, or permission details required for the installation of materials for
of instructor. The study of the textiles used in the commercial interiors. Lab fee. Offered Fall Term only.
interior design industry, including textiles, along with
understanding of fiber content, weaves, patterns and 384. COMMERCIAL DESIGN I/THREE CREDITS
textures. The effects of color rendition are studied Major credit. Prerequisites: Des, 282, 283, 383 or
when viewed under different types of luminaries. Lab permission of instructor. In depth study of commercial
fee. Offered Fall Term. interior spaces such as corporate facilities, health
care facilities, government and non-profit facilities.
288. INTERIOR CONSTRUCTION/THREE CREDITS Implementation of the programming of the space,
Major credit. Prerequisites: DES 282, 283, or permission schematic design through contract document phases,
of instructor. A survey of interior systems, materials, to include the preliminary specification of materials
and construction methods in both residential and and furnishings to be used in the space. Additional
non-residential applications. Students will study the attention paid to incorporating study models,
development of construction and working drawings detailing of installation and construction methods, as
and specification details. Emphasis is placed on well as meeting minimal code and ADA requirements.
building codes, barrier-free design, and life safety Lab fee. Offered Spring Term only.
factors. Lab fee. Offered Spring Term only.
385. ART RESTORATION/THREE CREDITS
289. PRESENTATION SKILLS/THREE CREDITS Major, Elective credit. Prerequisite: Permission of the
Major credit. Prerequisites: Des 282, or permission instructor. A study involving the student in the
of instructor. The study of techniques employed restoration and refinishing of furniture and decorative
by designers in executing architectural interiors, art including seminars and practical exercises in a
including 3-dimensional applications in axonometric variety of decorative wall, floor, and ceiling finishes,
and perspective drawing, as well as the examination of as well as the restoration of objects d’arte. Lab fee.
color theory to rendering and delineation in regards to
shade, shadow, and highlight and basic presentation 386. LIGHTING /THREE CREDITS
and color/sample board methods and techniques. Lab Major credit. Prerequisites: Des 383 or permission of
fee. Offered Fall Term only. instructor. The study of artificial lighting is applied
to design theory, with emphasis on the color and
*381. HISTORY OF INTERIORS I/THREE CREDITS light rendition in the interior environment, as well as
GEP, Major, Elective credit. An international , lighting calculations and planning light fixtures layouts
historic survey of interiors from ancient times to the for interior spaces. Lab fee. Offered Spring Term only.

126
387. KITCHEN AND BATH DESIGN/ with resume. Review of and modifications to the
THREE OR FOUR CREDITS student portfolio in preparation for student interviews
Major, credit. Prerequisites: DES, 282, 284, 288, 289 or for a full-time position. Offered Fall Term only. Lab fee.
permission of instructor. A study of the requirements and
space planning for efficient, creative, and functional 485. PROFESSIONAL DESIGN WORK EXPERIENCE/
kitchens, baths and support areas, including laundry, THREE CREDITS
storage, HVAC, plumbing, acoustics, lighting, and Major credit. Required for the major in interior design.
electrical details through drawings and 3-D models. Prerequisites: DES 383, 384, 386, 481, 483 or permission
Emphasis is placed on the standardization of cabinetry, of instructor. A program in which the student obtains
fixtures, and appliances, as well as codes and barrier- practical on-the-job experience working in an interior
free requirements in both residential and non- design or architectural firm. Pass/fail grading.
residential applications. Formal presentation by student
is required at end of term. Lab fee. Offered Fall Term only. 486. INTERIOR DESIGN: STUDY/TRAVEL
PROGRAM/SIX CREDITS
388. SPECIAL TOPICS IN INTERIOR DESIGN/ Major, Elective credit. Prerequisites: ART 201, 202, DES 381,
THREE CREDITS 382, and/or permission of instructor. A travel-study program
Major, Elective credit. Permission of instructor. A course for course credit wherein participants will spend seven to
designed to provide an in-depth study of an interior fourteen days in a selected city or cities for an intensive
design specialty focus and/or to cover supplemental survey of the culture, art, architecture, and interiors
material studied in the curriculum. Since the content of the city’s visual design resources. Additional travel
will vary, this course may be taken more than once for expense is expected to be incurred at the responsibility of the
credit. Lab fee. participant. This course may be taken twice for credit when
destinations differ. Offered January and Summer Terms only.
481. ADVANCED INTERIOR DESIGN I/
THREE CREDITS 489. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY/
Major credit. Prerequisites: DES 383, 384, 386 or THREE CREDITS
permission of instructor. Continuation of the study of Major, Elective credit. Permission of instructor. An
commercial interior spaces, with emphasis placed on independent course of advanced study in an area of
the health, safety and welfare of the public utilizing special interest. Lab fee, as required for specific area of study.
these spaces. Lab fee. Offered Fall term only.

482. ADVANCED INTERIOR DESIGN II/


THREE CREDITS
Major credit. Prerequisites: DES 481, 483 or permission
of instructor. A continuation of the study of spatial
relationships including design theory as related
to technical knowledge of interior construction
in programming and analysis of an independent
assignment of the student’s choice. Lab fee. Offered
Spring Term only. Capstone for interior design majors.

483. BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE/


THREE CREDITS
Major credit. Prerequisites: DES 283, 383, 386, or
permission of instructor. The study of the application
and ethics of the interior design industry, including
business formations, designer-client relationships,
scope of services, contracts, budgets, compensation,
estimation and specifications. Emphasis is placed on
the culmination of the process for both residential
and commercial applications. Review of professional
liabilities, legal implications, advisors, and organizations.
Development of graphic identification package, along

127
DEPARTMENT OF THEATRE AND DANCE
JOHN M. BALD, chair, BRENT GLENN, MARY NICHOLSON, JENNIFER SPEARMAN

The Department of Theatre and Dance provides Required Courses:


opportunities which enable students to develop their THR 102: Seminar in Play Analysis............... 3 hours
skills and talents in theatre arts and dance to foster THR 110: Voice and Diction.......................... 3 hours
a better understanding of the contribution that live THR 115: Beginning Acting........................... 3 hours
performance makes to the process of educating the THR 201: Technical Production..................... 3 hours
whole person in a liberal arts environment. Through THR 201L: Technical Production Lab . ...........1 hour
the availability of experiences in a number of areas, THR 203: History of the Theatre and Drama I.3 hours
students will find a wide variety of challenges and THR 204: History of the Theatre and Drama II........ 3
means of expression. The program of study places hours
emphasis on the aesthetic and practical decisions THR 207: Costume Design............................ 3 hours
inherent to these areas, thereby strengthening the THR 230: Basic Stage and Lighting Design.... 3 hours
student’s general intellectual capabilities and growth THR 350: Directing....................................... 3 hours
as an artist. THR 421.13: Theatre Practicum Senior Project.1 hour
Additional Theatre Practicum........................ 4 hours
By the time of graduation, majors in theatre should Additional Theatre Electives.......................... 9 hours
demonstrate basic competencies in each area of
theatre and should be able to compete successfully for TOTAL HOURS FOR
positions in graduate school and in the professional BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A
job market. THEATRE MAJOR................................... 42 hours

The General Education Program is a requirement Each student may choose to take additional courses
for all degrees. The requirements listed below are in the department that will lead to a concentration
approved for the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science in one of the following areas: acting, directing,
and Bachelor of Fine Arts. dramaturgy, technical production, production design,
arts management, or playwriting.
ENG 101.........................................................3 hours
Language and Culture.....................................9 hours THE THEATRE MINOR
MTH 108 or higher ........................................3 hours A student may elect to take a minor in theatre, which
One course designated as consists of a minimum of 24 hours of course work. All
Quantitative reasoning ........................... 3-4 hours minors are required to take THR 102 and three hours of
Health and Well-being theatre practicum. The remainder of the hours may be
Wellness . .................................................. 2 hours selected from other courses offered by the department
Activity course........................................ 1-2 hours or, with the approval of the chair of the department,
Humanities . ...................................................6 hours related course offerings in other disciplines.
Literature .......................................................3 hours
Fine Arts.........................................................6 hours
Natural Science........................................... 7-8 hours
Social Science..................................................6 hours
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION
THEATRE
Total .....................................................49-52 hours *100. INTRODUCTION TO THEATRE/
Graduation requirements but not a separate course: THREE CREDITS
First Year Seminar GEP, Elective credit. This course is designed for anyone
Writing Intensive course interested in theatrical production. Theatre history
Non-European/non-Anglophone course and theory are covered with an emphasis on the
Capstone experience. production process. The mounting of one or more
plays for Theatre/Converse is an intrinsic part of the
For more information concerning GEP requirements course and allows the student to experience first-
see page 37 in this catalog. hand concepts and processes dealt with in lectures
and assigned readings. No previous theatre experience
is necessary.

128
*102. SEMINAR IN PLAY ANALYSIS/ Section 8-Makeup; Section 9-Performance; Section
THREE CREDITS 10-Production assistant; Section 11-Stage managing,
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Readings and Section 12-Directing, Section 13-Senior project(capstone
discussions focus on the basic forms and styles of course), Section 14-Playwriting. Please consult a member
dramatic literature. Emphasis is placed on learning of the theatre faculty at the time of registration if you
how to analyze a play script as the foundation out have any questions. Offered every term.
of which stem all the choices used by the director,
designers, and actors in the creation of a performance. 201. TECHNICAL PRODUCTION/FOUR CREDITS
Offered in alternate years. Major, Elective credit. This course familiarizes the student
with the fundamentals of the physical production
*105. THE LIVING THEATRE/SIX CREDITS process. Among the areas covered are materials, tools,
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course is and safety, construction methods, electricity, and
designed to provide an intensive look at theatre arts plan reading. Through a required lab, students in the
by combining readings and classroom discussions course participate in the construction of a play (or
with extended visits to the theatres in Washington, plays) for actual performance and thereby have ample
DC, New York City, regional professional theatres, or opportunities to apply knowledge gained in the course.
Region IV Kennedy Center/American College Theatre Lecture and Lab. Offered in alternate years.
Festival. Offered alternate January Terms.
202. DRAFTING/ENGINEERING FOR THE STAGE/
110. VOICE AND DICTION/THREE CREDITS THREE CREDITS
Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course is a study Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: THR 201
of voice production with major emphasis placed on or permission of instructor. The course will focus on
laboratory work designed to help the student develop drafting techniques and problem solving as it applies to
greater clarity, flexibility, and expressiveness in the the engineering of the building of the scenic elements
speaking voice. Offered in alternate years. for a play. The student will get hands-on experience
by assisting the Technical Director for the semester’s
115. BEGINNING ACTING/THREE CREDITS current production. Offered in alternate years.
Major, Minor, Elective credit. A beginning laboratory
course in acting. Consists of basic exercises in *203. HISTORY OF THE THEATRE AND DRAMA I/
sensory awareness, imagination, body memory, THREE CREDITS
physicalization, and improvisation. Offered Fall Term. GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A survey of the
development of the theatre and its literature from
120. PUBLIC SPEAKING AND DISCUSSION/THREE its beginnings through French Classicism. Offered in
CREDITS alternate years.
Elective credit. An exploration of the processes and
techniques of oral communication, applied to both *204. HISTORY OF THE THEATRE AND DRAMA II/
group discussion and public speaking. Emphasis THREE CREDITS
placed on gathering and organization of material, GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A survey of the
critical thinking and analysis, effective listening, and development of the theatre and its literature from the
physical attributes of delivery. Restoration to the present day. Offered in alternate years.

121. THEATRE PRACTICUM I/ONE CREDIT 205. STAGE MAKE-UP/THREE CREDITS/


Major, Minor, Elective credit. A laboratory course wherein FOUR CREDITS IN JANUARY TERM
credit is given for the successful completion of assigned Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course covers make-
responsibilities in the process of preparing a specific up materials, make-up design, corrective make-
production for public performance by Theatre/Converse. up, character make-up, prosthesis, chiaroscuro,
Emphasis is placed on the decision making process used physiognomy, and stylization. Lab fee. Offered January
throughout the various phases of production from script Term in alternate years.
analysis through to the final performance. Students will
serve as crew heads, and should register in specific areas 207. COSTUME DESIGN/THREE CREDITS
of responsibility by course sections as follows: Section Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of the history of
1-Scenery; Section 2-Costumes/wardrobe; Section costuming and the fundamentals of design. Emphasis
3-Lighting; Section 4-Props; Section 5-Publicity; Section will be placed on adapting existing garments, as well
6-House and ticket management; Section 7-Sound; as designing and creating basic garments for use in
129
fully mounted productions and/or acting and directing Honors Program guidelines. All students registering
projects. Offered in alternate years. for these courses must register not only through the
Honors Program but also with their adviser and the
215. ADVANCED ACTING/THREE CREDITS Registrar’s Office.
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: THR 115 or
permission of instructor. An extension of THR 115 with 303. SPECIAL TOPICS IN PERFORMANCE/THREE
emphasis on characterization. Consists of advanced script CREDITS/FOUR CREDITS IN JANUARY TERM
work and advanced improvisational exercises designed Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: Permission of
to help the student approach the physicalization of instructor. An in-depth study of one specific area of
character through sensory awareness, kinesthetics, and theatrical performance. Offering based on available
poised relaxation. Offered in alternate years. staff/student interest. Because course content will vary,
it may be taken more than once for credit.
216. MOVEMENT FOR THE ACTOR/THREE CREDITS
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: THR 115 or 304. SPECIAL TOPICS IN PRODUCTION/
permission of the instructor. Movement for the actor will THREE CREDITS
concentrate on the acting process through focusing on Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: Permission of
the student actor’s body as a medium of expression. instructor. A study/workshop course that is focused
Emphasis will be placed on certain movement on one specific problem or aspect of technical theatre
techniques such as self-analysis, physical awareness, production. Offering based on available staff/student
and freeing, centering, and focusing the body and interest. Because course content will vary, it may be
psyche. Offered January Term. taken more than once for credit.

221. THEATRE PRACTICUM II/ONE CREDIT 305. SPECIAL TOPICS IN DRAMATIC


Major, Minor, Elective credit. This is the second level LITERATURE/ THREE CREDITS
of Practicum, consisting of assigned technical and/or Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: Permission
performance responsibilities. Students should register of instructor. This course is focused on one specific
by the appropriate section designation as outlined aspect of dramatic literature, such as a playwright or
under THR 121. an historical period. Offering based on available staff/
student interest. Because course content will vary, it
230. BASIC STAGE AND LIGHTING DESIGN/ may be taken more than once for credit.
THREE CREDITS
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Through lectures, 315. SCENE STUDY/THREE CREDITS
demonstrations and class projects, students learn the Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: THR 115 and
fundamental aesthetics and conventions of scenery 215 or permission of instructor. An advanced laboratory
and lighting design. Emphasis will be placed on the course that will allow the student/actor to study
development of design ideas resulting from studying advanced acting techniques through the detailed
scripts, research techniques, drawings and models, study of specific scenes from the repertory of world
and light plots. The unique interrelationship between drama. Offered in alternate years.
the design disciplines will also be stressed. Offered in
alternate years. 321. THEATRE PRACTICUM III/ONE CREDIT
Major, Minor, Elective credit. This is the third level of
260. INTRODUCTION TO ARTS MANAGEMENT/ Practicum, consisting of assigned technical and/or
THREE CREDITS performance responsibilities. Students should register
Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course is designed for by the appropriate section designations as outlined
students interested in a career in arts management. under THR 121.
Its purpose is to survey the nature of how the arts
function as one of the central forces in society and 330. ADVANCED STAGE AND LIGHTING DESIGN/
the relationship that exists between the arts and THREE CREDITS
economics. Offered in alternate years. Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: THR 230 or
permission of instructor. This course affords a closer
*299H. Interdisciplinary Honors Course examination of the design process through the study
GEP, Major, Minor credit. This course is team taught by of a wider range of stylistic approaches. The course
members in two departments and is open to Nisbet will culminate with the student serving either as
Honors Program participants and to others who meet designer or assistant designer on a production for
130
public presentation as part of the Theatre/Converse council or similar organization whose function is the
season. Offered in alternate years. management of an arts activity. Pass/fail grading.

340. THE THEATRE IN SCHOOL AND SOCIETY/ 415. AUDITION TECHNIQUES AND
THREE CREDITS PREPARATION/THREE CREDITS
Major credit. Required of prospective teachers of theatre. This Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: THR 115 or
course explores the function of theatre as an integral part permission of the instructor. THR 215 and THR 315 are
of a school’s curriculum. It focuses on the issues related highly recommended before enrollment. An advanced
to the place of theatre in society, education of the whole acting course that will focus primarily on the process
person, methods of teaching theatre art, the structuring of preparing for getting a role through the auditioning
of a theatre program within a school curriculum, and procedure. Techniques such as cold readings,
the legal and ethical issues of producing theatre within a prepared monologues, call back preparation, and
school. Offered in alternate years. resume writing will be explored. Lab Fee. Offered in
alternate years.
350. DIRECTING/THREE CREDITS
Major, Minor credit. Prerequisites: THR 102, 201, and 215 421. THEATRE PRACTICUM IV/ONE CREDIT
or permission or instructor. A lecture/laboratory course Major, Minor, Elective credit. Required of all majors
covering the fundamentals of play direction. Student and minors. This is the fourth level of Practicum,
laboratory work will consist of solving directorial consisting of assigned technical and/or performance
problems in the actual direction of scenes. responsibilities. Students should register by the
appropriate section designation as outlined under
368. CREATIVE DRAMATICS FOR THE THR 121. Senior project is capstone.
CLASSROOM TEACHER/THREE CREDITS
Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course explores the 450. ADVANCED DIRECTING/THREE CREDIT
concepts of creativity and the approaches that can Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: THR 350.
be used by the classroom teacher in involving young Advanced work in the directorial process will be
people in the creative process through the utilization covered. Topics of study include the directing of
of the theatre game structure. Cross listed with EDU 368. experimental works, musicals, non-realistic drama, and
period work. The student’s work will culminate in the
391. PLAYWRITING/THREE CREDITS performance of selected scenes from different genres.
Major, Minor, Elective credit. A course designed to give
the student the basic understanding and practical 490. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY IN
experience in the craft of playwriting. The course will SPECIAL TOPICS/ONE TO THREE CREDITS
culminate in the development of an original one act Major, Minor credit. Prerequisites: Consent of the chair
script. Offered in alternating years. of the theatre department. This course is designed to
allow the student to engage in independent research
411. PROFESSIONAL INTERNSHIP/ of personal interest. May be repeated for credit.
THREE OR SIX CREDITS
Major credit only. Prerequisites: THR 101, 102, 202. DANCE
This program is designed for students who plan a Dance courses may be taken as electives by anyone
career in theatre. It offers the major an opportunity to interested in dance, or students may choose to
observe and participate in the activities of a regional minor in dance. Introductory technique courses
professional theatre. Students accepted for this provide the opportunity for students to improve their
program must receive a written recommendation from technique in specific genres, enhance their visual
the chair of the theatre department. Pass/fail grading. skills, spatial awareness, rhythm, and creativity. In
intermediate courses, students continue to build
412. PROFESSIONAL INTERNSHIP IN ARTS on these skills, and begin to focus on techniques
MANAGEMENT/THREE OR SIX CREDITS necessary for the particular genre being studied. In
Major, Minor credit. Prerequisite: Must have the approval advanced level courses, students gain an extension
of the chair of the theatre department. This program of an understanding and exploration of a genre.
is designed for students who plan a career in arts Students will gain experience though improvisation,
management. Students accepted for the program will compositional studies and different styles within the
observe and participate in the activities of an arts genre. History of Dance (190) is available to students

131
as an option in the fine arts requirement in the General Students will assume leadership roles in advertising
Education Program. Technique courses may be and arranging bookings; choreographing dance pieces
taken as partial fulfillment of the physical education for the tour; planning, performing, and leading lecture/
requirement of the General Education Program. demonstrations; and will participate in the planning and
execution of all of the technical aspects of a performance
THE DANCE MINOR tour. Offered In January Term; participation by audition.
Acceptance into the dance minor is by audition, held
twice during each academic year. 106. COMPOSITION I/THREE CREDITS
Minor, Elective credit. The student will learn to develop
Required Courses: movement with reference to the components involved
DAN 106: Composition I............................... 3 hours in function, expression, and communication through
DAN 190: History of Dance.............................3 hours movement.
DAN 110: Beginning Modern Dance...............2 hours
DAN 111: Beginning Ballet..............................2 hours *110. BEGINNING MODERN DANCE/TWO CREDITS
DAN 113: Beginning Tap.................................2 hours GEP, Minor, Elective credit. This course will introduce
DAN 114: Beginning Jazz................................2 hours the beginner to the fundamentals of modern dance
Two courses from the following.......................4 hours technique through locomotor and axial work in the
DAN 210: Intermediate Modern Dance or center and on the floor.
DAN 211: Intermediate Ballet or
DAN 213: Intermediate Tap or *111. BEGINNING BALLET/TWO CREDITS
DAN 214: Intermediate Jazz GEP, Minor, Elective credit. This course will introduce
One course from the following....................... 2 hours the beginner to the fundamentals of ballet technique
DAN 310: Advanced Modern Dance or through barre exercises and center work.
DAN 311: Advanced Ballet or
DAN 313: Advanced Tap or *113. BEGINNING TAP/TWO CREDITS
DAN 314: Advanced Jazz GEP, Minor, Elective credit. This course will introduce
Either: DAN 330 or 430: Junior or Senior the beginner to the fundamentals of tap technique
Project ........................................................ 1 hour through various exercises and center work.
BIO 305: Human and Comparative Anatomy....5 hours
Total Hours for the Dance Minor...............26 hours *114. BEGINNING JAZZ/TWO CREDITS
GEP, Minor, Elective credit. This course will introduce
Students in the minor are also required to attend two the beginner to the fundamentals of jazz technique
art exhibits, two theatre and two music performances through various exercises and center work.
annually. Students who minor in dance are strongly
encouraged to enroll in introductory level courses 121. DANCE ENSEMBLE/ONE CREDIT
in art, theatre or music. Minors are also expected to Elective credit. Participation in Converse Dance
audition for the Converse Dance Ensemble. Ensemble. Freshman level.

Performance opportunities are provided through *190. HISTORY OF DANCE/THREE CREDITS


the Converse Dance Ensemble, which performs GEP, Minor, Elective credit. A study of the significant
two concerts each year: a Fall Concert in the Hazel developments of dance, giving consideration to
B. Abbott Theatre and a Spring Concert in Twichell the functions of dance as art, ritual, social activity,
Auditorium. Both concerts showcase student’s skill spectacle, and entertainment; and to the relationship
and creativity in a wide range of dance genres. Visiting of dance to other art forms.
artists frequently choreograph pieces for the Spring
Concert. Participation in the Ensemble is by audition, 206. COMPOSITION II/THREE CREDITS
held twice yearly. Elective credit. Prerequisite: DAN 106 or permission of
instructor. A continuation of DAN 106. The student
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION will achieve through movement investigation,
105. DANCE ENSEMBLE TOUR/FOUR CREDITS experimentation, observation, and analysis the
Elective credit. This course will involve developing a materials of dance composition as they pertain to
tour to local area schools, nursing homes, clubs, etc., structural format.
utilizing members of the Converse Dance Ensemble.

132
*210. INTERMEDIATE MODERN DANCE/ *311. ADVANCED BALLET/TWO CREDITS
TWO CREDITS GEP, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: DAN 111, DAN
GEP, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: DAN 110 or 211, or permission of instructor. A continuation of DAN
permission of instructor. A continuation of DAN 110, 211 with long and more complex movement patterns,
studying more complex movement combinations combinations and phrases.
and patterns.
*313. ADVANCED TAP/TWO CREDITS
*211. INTERMEDIATE BALLET/TWO CREDITS GEP, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: DAN 113, DAN
GEP, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: DAN 111 213, or permission of instructor. A continuation of DAN
or permission of instructor. A continuation of DAN 213 with long and more complex movement patterns,
111 giving more complex movement combinations combinations, phrases and steps.
and patterns.
*314. ADVANCED JAZZ/TWO CREDITS
*213. INTERMEDIATE TAP/TWO CREDITS GEP, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: DAN 114,
GEP, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: DAN 113 or DAN 214 or permission of instructor. A continuation
permission of instructor. A continuation of DAN 113. of DAN 214. The student will gain an extension of
Students will gain an extension of tap technique understanding and exploration of jazz dance. Students
through barre exercises and center work; as well as will experience improvisations, compositional studies,
working to improve their skill level and to increase and different style of jazz dance.
endurance and stamina.
321. DANCE ENSEMBLE/ONE CREDIT
*214. INTERMEDIATE JAZZ/TWO CREDITS Elective credit. Participation in Converse Dance
GEP, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: DAN 114 or Ensemble. Junior level.
permission of instructor. A continuation of DAN 114
with more complex movements and patterns. 330. JUNIOR PROJECT/ONE CREDIT
Minor credit. Prerequisite: DAN 106. An individual
221. DANCE ENSEMBLE/ONE CREDIT work developed under faculty supervision, with
Elective credit. Participation in Converse Dance evaluation based on appropriate evidence of
Ensemble. Sophomore level. achievement. The work should involve one fully
developed choreographic idea requiring 5-10 minutes
*299H. INTERDISCIPLINARY HONORS COURSE in length. The student must perform in at least one
GEP, Elective credit. This course is team taught by two half of the piece, which will be performed in a formal
faculty members in two departments and is open to setting. Students will be required to keep a journal
Nisbet Honors Program participants and to others of their choreography process and set up regular
who meet Honors Program guidelines. All students meetings with minor adviser.
registering for these courses must register not only
through the Honors Program, but also with their 421. DANCE ENSEMBLE/ONE CREDIT
adviser and the Registrar’s Office. Elective credit. Participation in Converse Dance
Ensemble. Senior level.
306. COMPOSITION III/THREE CREDITS
Elective credit. Prerequisites: DAN 106, DAN 206 or 430. SENIOR PROJECT/ONE CREDIT
permission of instructor. A continuation of DAN 206. Minor credit. Prerequisite: DAN 106. A creative group
The purpose of this course is to explore in depth and project requiring the student to choreograph and
develop the intuitive artistry of the individual student, present a significant dance work. The work should
and develop a wider movement vocabulary. involve one fully developed choreographic idea
requiring 5-10 minutes in length. The student must
*310. ADVANCED MODERN DANCE/ perform in at least one half of the piece, which will be
TWO CREDITS performed in a formal setting. Students will be required
GEP, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: DAN 110, DAN to keep a journal of their choreography process and set
210, or permission of instructor. A continuation of DAN up regular meetings with minor adviser.
210, with more complex movements, combinations,
patterns and phrases.

133
CAROLL MCDANIEL PETRIE SCHOOL OF MUSIC
Today, there are more than 500 conservatories and of Arts degrees are designed for students who wish to
schools of music in the United States. Only one, the Petrie combine music study with more broad-based studies
School of Music at Converse College, is a comprehensive, in the arts and sciences, perhaps even leading to a
professional school of music within a liberal arts college second major or minor. Alternative career options are
for women. Performing, teaching, learning, composing, made available through unique programs designed to
and conducting are the true passions of the Petrie meet the interests and goals of students.
students and faculty. Offering both undergraduate and
coeducational graduate degree programs, the Petrie A minor in music is available for students pursuing a
School treats music students as aspiring professionals non-music major.
from the moment of their arrival on campus.
ADMISSION
ACCREDITATION Enrollment in all undergraduate programs at Converse
The Petrie School of Music is a charter member of the College is open only to women.
National Association of Schools of Music (NASM)
and has been continuously granted accreditation. To be admitted to the Petrie School of Music, a
All degree programs are approved by NASM. The prospective student must satisfy the admission
College has attained NCATE accreditation for all requirements of Converse College and pass a
professional education programs. Students who fulfill the performance audition. Prospective students are
requirements of the music education degree can meet the encouraged to visit the campus for an interview and
certification requirements for teachers in South Carolina audition. A recording may be submitted in lieu of an
as well as several other states. The music therapy program audition if circumstances prohibit a live audition.
is accredited by the American Music Therapy Association.
All students must audition. Non-keyboard instrumentalists
MISSION are encouraged to audition with an accompanist (recorded
The mission of the Petrie School of Music is to provide accompaniment is not permitted). Composition majors
a comprehensive program that meets the needs of the must also submit examples of original compositions.
following: Students may be asked to sight-read during the audition.
1. students who wish to prepare for careers in the
music field; Audition requirements:
2. students who wish to enhance their liberal arts Piano: Two pieces, memorized, from contrasting
studies through courses in music; style periods.
3. citizens of Spartanburg and the region who look Organ: Two pieces from contrasting style periods.
to the College for education and enrichment Voice: Three solos, memorized, from contrasting
opportunities through music and the other arts. style periods. One selection should be in
Italian.
The Petrie School of Music is characterized by: Strings: Two solos, memorized, from contrasting
1. quality academic programs; style periods.
2. innovative interdisciplinary programs; Winds: Two solos from contrasting style periods.
3. a dynamic internal and external internship program; Percussion: Percussionists should provide their
4. international research and performance by own sticks, mallets, and music.
students and faculty; Performance on two of the following
5. leadership and interaction with external areas is required:
constituents; Snare drum: Rudiments and a prepared solo or etude.
6. programs enhanced by technology. Timpani: Two solos in contrasting styles.
Marimba: Major scales and arpeggios, two solos in
DEGREE PROGRAMS contrasting styles.
The Petrie School of Music offers both the professional Composition: Examples of original compositions
Bachelor of Music degree and the Bachelor of Arts should be presented.
degree. Bachelor of Music degrees are conceived as
intensive preparations for careers in music. Bachelor

134
MUSIC THERAPY ADVANCED PLACEMENT
A student auditioning for the Music Therapy Advanced Placement credit is available in Music
major must complete TWO individual auditions. Theory based on CEEB Advanced Placement tests.
One of the auditions should be performed in one Students with a minimum score of 4 receive credit for
of the above instruments and must satisfy all of MUT 101.
the audition requirements for that instrument
or voice. The prospective music therapy Students wishing to receive additional theory credit
student must also complete an interview with do so by taking the diagnostic exam administered by
the Coordinator of Music Therapy and sing a the Petrie School of Music during registration (this
memorized popular song while accompanying applies even to those having Advanced Placement
herself on either piano or guitar. credit); further exemption testing may be required.

FACULTY FRESHMAN SEMINARS


Faculty members in the Petrie School of Music are All freshman music students are required to enroll in a
teacher/artists committed to quality teaching and freshman year seminar class. MUH 101 serves as the
continued performance. They are in demand as solo freshman seminar class for music students.
recitalists, members of chamber and large ensembles,
conductors, and clinicians. Faculty members are also HONORS IN MUSIC
active in research. Honors recognition in music is available to students of
high achievement. Students should consult the Petrie
ADVISERS School of Music Student Handbook for guidelines.
Upon enrolling at Converse College, students in
the Petrie School of Music are assigned a freshman TRANSFER STUDENTS
adviser. At the end of the freshman year, the student To be eligible for the bachelor’s degree with a major
is assigned an adviser who will work with her for the in music, the student must complete not less than the
remaining years of her degree program. Normally, the last 42 semester hours of course work at Converse
adviser is in the student’s major area of music (e.g. College.
major instrument, music history, music business, etc.)
The role of the adviser is to facilitate the student’s Credit in performance studies is determined by the
completion of an academic program. Although every standards established in the Petrie School of Music. For
effort will be made to provide assistance, it is the students majoring in performance, credit for previous
ultimate responsibility of the student to satisfy all study is determined by audition with the faculty, either
degree requirements. at the time of registration or with the approval of the
dean, during the first term of study at Converse.
COURSE OFFERINGS
At the first meeting of a class, students receive Placement examinations in music history and theory
a syllabus from the instructor which details the are normally required to determine whether equivalent
expectations for the course. standards have been met. Credit toward graduation is
not given for courses taken to satisfy deficiencies.
The College reserves the right not to offer courses for
which the enrollment is less than five. If a course is The application of transferred music credits to the
cancelled, an effort will be made to accommodate the Converse degree program remains tentative until all
student. auditions and examinations have been satisfactorily
completed.
Courses are offered in a sequence. Courses are offered
every term, once a year, or once every two years. In For students transferring to Converse, all course work
collaboration with advisers, students must carefully attempted prior to enrollment at Converse will be
select courses when offered. Normally, courses will be evaluated to determine if the course work is eligible
offered only when scheduled. to be transferred. Only course work taken at Converse
will be used to determine the cumulative grade point
Fees for Performance Studies courses are not average. If these admission requirements are not met,
refundable after the College drop-add period. the student may be denied admission to the Petrie

135
School of Music. A student who does not meet the resources. There is an additional fee for private lessons
entry requirements is advised to declare another major. above the cost of tuition.

Students transferring to Converse with fewer than 24 Music ensembles are open to all students based upon
credit hours will be required to enroll in a freshman audition and approval of the ensemble director.
seminar course.
BREVARD MUSIC CENTER
FACILITIES Students in good standing in an accredited college, or
The Petrie School of Music is housed in the Blackman students who have been accepted for admission to an
Music Hall, one of the finest music facilities in the accredited college, may enroll for Converse College credit
southeastern United States. Daniel Recital Hall, a in the Advanced Division of the Brevard Music Center,
340-seat hall, is also located in Blackman. Large scale Brevard, North Carolina. Brevard offers a summer session
performances are presented in Twichell Auditorium, of six weeks in which the normal workload for students
an excellent 1500-seat concert hall which serves not taking credit consists of one course, private lessons, and
only the School of Music and the College, but also the their major ensemble. Any exception must be approved
upstate region. by the Center’s Education Director.

The collection of music books and recordings is LAWSON ACADEMY OF THE ARTS
housed on the first floor of the Gwathmey Wing The mission of the Alia Lawson Academy of the Arts
within the Mickel Library. This 50,000 volume is to welcome the community to the arts experience
resource is supervised by a professional library staff. through instruction and creative participation in
music, dance, and drama. The program is open to all
MUSIC FOR THE NON-MAJOR ages and the curriculum includes special activities for
Academic courses in the Petrie School of Music are the young child. Activities take place at the Academy
open to all Converse students regardless of major or located in the wing of Twichell Auditorium and in
area of study. Courses which have prerequisites are Blackman Music Hall.
identified in the Courses of Instruction.
The Alia Lawson Academy of the Arts is accredited
The Petrie School of Music offers music courses which by the National Guild of Community Schools of the
may be used to satisfy the Fine Arts Requirement in Arts and holds membership in the South Carolina and
the College’s General Education Program. National Federation of Music Clubs. The philosophy
is focused toward providing programs of high quality,
Performance studies (private lessons) are available for low cost, and deep commitment to life-enrichment
all Converse students subject to the approval of the and development.
School of Music. Enrollments are limited by available

136
DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC EDUCATION AND THERAPY
ELIZABETH YORK, chair, PATRICIA S. FOY, GREGORY W. LINDAHL, ANNE LIPE
Bachelor of Music with a Music Bachelor of Music with a Music
Education major Education major, Choral
The music education major is administered jointly Required courses in Music:
by the School of Education and the Petrie School of MEN 110-180: Ensemble (7 terms)*...............7 hours
Music. Students should apply to the Teacher Education MUA 100: Performance Studies.......................5 hours
Admissions Committee for admission into an education MUA 200: Performance Studies.......................5 hours
degree immediately upon the completion of the MUA 300: Performance Studies.......................5 hours
General Music course, which includes the Clinical I MUA 400: Performance Studies.......................3 hours
experience. The application must be approved by the MUA 101: Piano Class I**................................ 1 hour
Teacher Education Admissions Committee no later than MUA 102: Piano Class II............................. . .50 hour
six months prior to student teaching. The following MUA 103: Piano Class III................................. 1 hour
requirements must be satisfied in order to be officially MUA 201: Piano Class IV................................. 1 hour
admitted to a music education program: MUA 202: Piano Class V............................. . .50 hour
1. Completion of at least 45 hours of course work; MUA 203: Piano Class VI................................. 1 hour
2. Minimum cumulative GPA of 2.5; MUA 221: Italian and English Diction.............2 hours
3. A passing score on all parts of the PRAXIS I MUA 223: French and German Diction...........2 hours
Examination; MUH 100: Recital Attendance (6 terms)..........0 hours
4. Completion of EDU 360; MUH 101: Music History I..............................3 hours
5. Completion of Clinical I Experience; MUH 103: Music History II.............................3 hours
6. A passing mark on the sophomore performance jury. MUH 201: Music History III...........................3 hours
MUH 203: Music History IV............................3 hours
After admission to the Teacher Education Program, a MUT 101: Basic Elements of Music Theory.....3 hours
student must maintain at least a 2.0 GPA during the MUT 103: Principles of Harmony and
senior year to be eligible for a placement in student Voice-Leading.............................................3 hours
teaching. A student planning to student teach in MUT 111: Musicianship I................................. 1 hour
the Fall Term of her senior year must submit her MUT 113: Musicianship II............................... 1 hour
application online by March 1 of the junior year. A MUT 201: Chromatic Harmony.......................3 hours
student planning to student teach in the Spring Term MUT 203: Form and Analysis..........................3 hours
of her senior year must submit her student teaching MUT 211: Musicianship III.............................. 1 hour
application online by October 1 of the senior year. MUT 213: Musicianship IV.............................. 1 hour
Only those students currently accepted in a degree MUT 441: Orchestration.................................2 hours
program can be eligible for student teaching. MUE 221: Introduction to Music Education....2 hours
MUE 311: General Music, K-12.......................3 hours
Other requirements prior to student teaching MUE Instrumental Methods (choose one)........ 1 hour
include an application for certification to the South MUE 321: Brass Techniques
Carolina State Department of Education and a FBI MUE 333: Woodwind Techniques
background check. Details about this application and MUE 323: Percussion Techniques..................... 1 hour
other requirements are available on the Education MUE 331: String Techniques............................ 1 hour
Department webpage at www.converse.edu and MUE 351: Fundamentals of Conducting.........2 hours
from departmental staff. Generally, the applications MUE 353: Intermediate Conducting:
for certification are due by December 1, a year in Choral Topics.............................................2 hours
advance of fall term student teaching, and by May 1, a MUE 422: Music Practicum.............................3 hours
year in advance of spring term student teaching. MUE 423: Choral Methods..............................3 hours
MUE 460: Student Teaching..........................12 hours
Two PRAXIS II Specialty Area Tests in music, Music: Total Hours in Music ................................94 hours
Content Knowledge and Music: Concepts and Processes * Must include at least one year of an SATB ensemble.
are required for graduation from Converse College with a ** Piano majors substitute two years of Voice Class.
degree in music education. These test scores, in addition
to a score on the PRAXIS II Principles of Learning and Required Courses in General Education
Teaching Test, must be submitted to the Director of the Program
Professional Education Unit no later than the spring of the EDU 360: Introduction to Education...............3 hours
academic year in which student teaching is completed.
137
ENG 101: Composition...................................3 hours MUE 351: Fundamentals of Conducting.........2 hours
Foreign Language 101-102..............................6 hours MUE 363: Intermediate Conducting:
HPE 255: Intro to Fitness and Wellness . ........2 hours Instrumental Topics....................................2 hours
HPE: One 1- or 2- hour activity course MUE 421: Instrumental Methods....................3 hours
from among PE or Dance........................ 1-2 hours MUE 422: Music Practicum.............................3 hours
Humanities courses (3 different areas).............9 hours MUE 460: Student Teaching..........................12 hours
MUH 332: Diverse Cultures and Their Music .3 hours
Total Hours in Music ................................92 hours
Lab Sciences....................................................8 hours
MTH 108 (or higher).......................................3 hours * Piano majors substitute two years of voice class
PSY 100: General Psychology..........................3 hours
PSY 380: Human Growth and Development....3 hours Required Courses in General Education
Social Sciences (1 course)................................3 hours Program:
EDU 360: Introduction to Education...............3 hours
Total Hours for General Education
ENG 101: Composition...................................3 hours
Program.....................................................47 hours
Foreign Language 101-102..............................6 hours
TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF HPE 255: Intro to Fitness and Wellness . ........2 hours
MUSIC WITH A MUSIC EDUCATION HPE: One 1- or 2- hour activity course
MAJOR, CHORAL ..................................141 hours from among PE or Dance........................ 1-2 hours
Humanities courses (3 different areas).............9 hours
Bachelor of Music with a Music MUH 332: Diverse Cultures and Their Music..3 hours
Education MAJOR, Instrumental Lab Sciences....................................................8 hours
Required courses in Music: MTH 108 (or higher).......................................3 hours
MEN 110-180: Ensemble (7 terms).................7 hours PSY 100: General Psychology..........................3 hours
MUA 100: Performance Studies.......................5 hours PSY 380: Human Growth and Development....3 hours
MUA 200: Performance Studies.......................5 hours Social Sciences (1 course)................................3 hours
MUA 300: Performance Studies.......................5 hours Total Hours for General Education
MUA 400: Performance Studies.......................3 hours Program.....................................................47 hours
MUA 101: Piano Class I*.................................. 1 hour
MUA 102: Piano Class II ............................ . .50 hour TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF
MUA 103: Piano Class III................................. 1 hour MUSIC WITH A MUSIC EDUCATION
MUA 111: Voice Class ..................................... 1 hour MAJOR, INSTRUMENTAL......................139 hours
MUA 201: Piano Class IV................................. 1 hour
MUA 202: Piano Class V............................. . .50 hour BACHELOR OF MUSIC WITH A MUSIC
MUA 203: Piano Class VI................................. 1 hour THERAPY MAJOR
MUH 100: Recital Attendance (6 terms)..........0 hours Music therapy is the systematic application of music
MUH 101: Music History I..............................3 hours interventions, facilitated by a certified music therapist
MUH 103: Music History II.............................3 hours in a health care or educational environment, to promote
MUH 201: Music History III...........................3 hours therapeutic change in clients/students with a wide
MUH 203: Music History IV............................3 hours variety of disabilities and challenges. This professional
MUT 101: Basic Elements of Music Theory.....3 hours degree program prepares students to meet entry-level
MUT 103: Principles of Harmony and competencies set by the American Music Therapy
Voice-Leading.............................................3 hours Association in order to prepare for professional practice
MUT 111: Musicianship I................................. 1 hour in music therapy. Clinical and musical competencies are
MUT 113: Musicianship II............................... 1 hour tracked throughout the program as part of the advising
MUT 201: Chromatic Harmony.......................3 hours process. Students who successfully complete four
MUT 203: Form and Analysis..........................3 hours years of coursework and a six-month internship at an
MUT 211: Musicianship III.............................. 1 hour approved healthcare facility will have met requirements
MUT 213: Musicianship IV.............................. 1 hour to graduate and become eligible to sit for the national
MUT 441: Orchestration.................................2 hours board certification examination administered by the
MUE 221: Introduction to Music Education....2 hours Certification Board of Music Therapists.
MUE 311: General Music, K-12.......................3 hours An audition/interview is required before acceptance
MUE 321: Brass Techniques............................. 1 hour into the music therapy program. In order to enter into
MUE 323: Percussion Techniques..................... 1 hour upper division coursework, and apply for the music
MUE 331: String Techniques............................ 1 hour therapy internship, students must pass the Functional
MUE 333: Woodwind Techniques.................... 1 hour Music Examinations I and II which are administered
138
prior to enrolling in practicum (MTY 381) and the MTY 351: Music Therapy with Exceptional
music therapy internship (MTY 484), respectively. Individuals..................................................3 hours
The director will assist the student in applying for MTY 353: Research in Music Therapy.............2 hours
the internship and serves as academic supervisor MTY 381: Music Therapy Practicum...............2 hours
alongside the on-site internship supervisor to insure MTY 383: Music Therapy Practicum...............2 hours
that all AMTA competencies have been met. MTY 451: Music Therapy with Adult
Populations.................................................3 hours
Required courses in Music: MTY 453: Clinical and Professional Issues
MUA 100: Performance Studies.......................5 hours in Music Therapy........................................3 hours
MUA 200: Performance Studies.......................5 hours MTY 481: Music Therapy Practicum ..............2 hours
MEN 110-190 Ensemble (4 terms)..................4 hours MTY 483: Music Therapy Practicum...............2 hours
MUA 101: Piano Class I .................................. 1 hour MTY 484: Music Therapy Internship............. 0 credits
MUA 102: Piano Class II ............................ . .50 hour
Total Hours for Music Therapy................. 28 credits
MUA 103: Piano Class III................................. 1 hour
MUA 201: Piano Class IV................................. 1 hour
MUA 202: Piano V ...................................... .50 hour Additional required courses:
MUA 203: Piano VI.......................................... 1 hour BIO 105: Human Biology................................4 hours
PSY 100: General Psychology..........................3 hours
(Students with a concentration in keyboard studies PSY 204: Abnormal Psychology.......................3 hours
may substitute two long terms of study in another PSY 380: Human Growth and Development... 3 hours
instrument or voice. Students with a concentration in PSY 410: Counseling and Psychotherapy........ 4 hours
voice will complete performance studies requirements SED 300: Intro to Exceptional Learner............3 hours
in voice and waive MUA 111: Voice Class.)
Total Hours for Additional
MUA 111: Voice Class I.................................... 1 hour Requirements............................................20 hours
MUH 100: Recital Attendance (6 terms)..........0 hours
MUH 101: Music History I..............................3 hours Required Courses in General Education
MUH 103: Music History II.............................3 hours Program:
MUH 201: Music History III...........................3 hours ENG 101: Composition...................................3 hours
MUH 203: Music History IV:...........................3 hours Humanities Courses (2 different areas)............6 hours
MUT 101: Basic Elements of Music Theory.....3 hours MTH 113: Introduction to Statistics............... 4 hours
MUT 103: Principles of Harmony and MUH 332: Diverse Cultures and Their Music..3 hours
Voice-Leading.............................................3 hours BIO 305: Human & Comparative Anatomy.....5 hours
MUT 111: Musicianship I................................. 1 hour HPE Dance (Any dance class or PSY 281:
MUT 113: Musicianship II............................... 1 hour Yoga & Stress Management may be
MUT 201: Chromatic Harmony .....................3 hours used to fulfill this requirement)................... 2-3 hours
MUT 203: Form and Analysis..........................3 hours HPE 255: Intro to Fitness and Wellness . ........2 hours
MUT 211: Musicianship III ............................. 1 hour Foreign Language: 101 - 102...........................6 hours
MUT 213: Musicianship IV.............................. 1 hour
MUE 323: Percussion Techniques..................... 1 hour Total Hours in General Education.............31 hours
MUE 351: Fundamentals of Conducting ........2 hours Electives......................................................6 hours
MTY 152: Guitar Class I................................... 1 hour
MTY 252: Guitar Class II.................................. 1 hour TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF MUSIC
MTY 254: Music Therapy Ensemble................. 1 hour WITH A MUSIC THERAPY MAJOR........140 hours
MTY 261: Piano Applications in Music Therapy.. 1 hour
Total Hours in Music.............................. 55 credits

Music Therapy courses:


MTY 151: Introduction to Music Therapy.......2 hours
MTY 251: Clinical Processes in Music Therapy...2 hours
MTY 253: Music Therapy Methods and
Materials.....................................................2 hours
MTY 341: Psychology of Music.......................3 hours

139
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION music studio. The study of studio management,
MUSIC EDUCATION (MUE) pedagogical music publishing houses, organizations
201. PRIVATE APPLIED TEACHING I/ONE CREDIT and competitions.
Prerequisite: Permission of the department. Instruction of
elementary and intermediate pupils by applied music 321. BRASS TECHNIQUES/ONE CREDIT
majors in their principal field under faculty supervision. Prerequisite: MUT 101. Acquisition of a basic working
Includes methodology and materials for teaching. knowledge of all brass instruments. Includes methodology
and materials for teaching. Offered in alternate years.
203. PRIVATE APPLIED TEACHING II/ONE CREDIT
Prerequisite: MUE 201. A continuation of MUE 201. 323. PERCUSSION TECHNIQUES/ONE CREDIT
Prerequisite: MUT 101. Acquisition of a basic working
211. PIANO TEACHING PREPARATION/ knowledge of major percussion instruments. Includes
TWO CREDITS methodology and materials for teaching.
The study of careers as a pianist, necessary professional
preparation, the history of piano pedagogy, and learning 331. STRING TECHNIQUES/ONE CREDIT
theory as applied to piano teaching. Observation of Prerequisite: MUT 101. Acquisition of a basic working
lessons and experiences in piano teaching required. knowledge of all string instruments includes
methodology and materials for teaching. Offered in
213. ELEMENTARY METHODS IN PIANO alternate years.
TEACHING/TWO CREDITS
A survey and evaluation of contemporary beginner’s piano 333. WOODWIND TECHNIQUES/ONE CREDIT
methods and the application of principles of Dalcroze Prerequisite: MUT 101. Acquisition of a working
eurhythmics to the teaching of rhythm. Observation of knowledge of all woodwind instruments. Includes
lessons and experiences in piano teaching required. methodology and materials for teaching. Offered in
alternate years.
221. INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC EDUCATION/
TWO CREDITS 341. VOCAL PEDAGOGY I/TWO CREDITS
The philosophical, sociological, and psychological Prerequisite: Permission of voice faculty. The anatomy and
foundations of music education. physiology of the vocal instrument and application of
that knowledge to teaching voice. Includes supervised
301. PIANO TEACHING PROCEDURES I/ teaching of beginning voice students.
THREE CREDITS
Prerequisite: MUE 211 and MUE 213. Beginning 343. VOCAL PEDAGOGY II/TWO CREDITS
supervised teaching of elementary piano students. Prerequisite: MUE 341. A continuation of the study of the
Includes the study of early intermediate literature for anatomy and physiology of the vocal instrument and
piano teaching. application of that knowledge to teaching voice. Includes
supervised teaching of beginning voice students.
303. PIANO TEACHING PROCEDURES II/
THREE CREDITS 351. FUNDAMENTALS OF CONDUCTING/
Prerequisite: MUE 301. Continued supervised teaching TWO CREDITS
of elementary piano students. Additional study Prerequisite: MUT 203. A study of the fundamental
of intermediate literature for the piano, including principles of instrumental and choral conducting.
practice techniques, learning styles, and related Concentration on score reading.
teaching styles, use of recordings in teaching, and
recital and competition preparation for students. 353. INTERMEDIATE CONDUCTING: CHORAL
TOPICS/TWO CREDITS
311. GENERAL MUSIC, K-12/THREE CREDITS Prerequisite: MUE 351. Intermediate choral conducting
Prerequisites: MUE 221 and EDU 360. Methods, skills. Includes score reading and conducting of
materials, and practicum for teaching general music choral ensembles.
in the elementary, middle, and high school.
363. INTERMEDIATE CONDUCTING:
313. PRIVATE STUDIO RESOURCES/ONE CREDIT INSTRUMENTAL TOPICS/TWO CREDITS
For all music students who desire to open a private Prerequisite: MUE 351. Intermediate instrumental

140
conducting skills. Includes score reading and 470. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY /
conducting of instrumental ensembles. ONE TO FOUR CREDITS
Prerequisite: Approval of the Music Curriculum Committee.
370. MUSIC FOR THE CHILD/THREE CREDITS Projects of independent study approved by the faculty
Prerequisite: EDU 360 or permission of the instructor. The and the Music Curriculum Committee.
fundamentals of music needed to meet South Carolina
certification requirements for classroom teachers. 493. HONORS THESIS IN MUSIC EDUCATION /
Includes basic notation, methodology for teaching THREE CREDITS
music to elementary students, and methodology for Prerequisite: MUH 501. An optional Senior Thesis for
using music to teach other subjects. Music Education majors pursuing Honors in Music
Education. The thesis topic must be approved in
421. INSTRUMENTAL METHODS/THREE CREDITS advance by the student’s major professor and the Music
Prerequisite: MUT 203, permission of instructor. Methods, Curriculum Committee.
materials and practicum for teaching instrumental music.
MUSIC THERAPY (MTY)
422. MUSIC PRACTICUM/THREE CREDITS 151. INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC THERAPY/
Prerequisite: Permission of music education department. TWO HOURS
Fifty hours of field experience in the public schools. No prerequisite; open to non-majors. This course
Students will keep a reflective journal of the introduces the student to the field of music therapy
experience, and develop long term and short term including a description of professional practice, and
plans for working with the students and their parents. history of the profession, and surveys music therapy
A weekly seminar with the faculty supervisor is applications with a variety of clinical populations.
required in this January Term course. Pass/fail grading. The course also presents the student with experiential
learning opportunities that are critical to developing
423. CHORAL METHODS/THREE CREDITS clinical/self reflective skills in the profession.
Prerequisite: MUT 203, permission of instructor.
Methods, materials and practicum for teaching choral 152. GUITAR CLASS I/ONE CREDIT
music in grades K-12. No prerequisite; open to non-majors if space is available.
A course designed to address and expand upon guitar
450. INTERNSHIP IN MUSIC EDUCATION/ competencies delineated in the American Music
ONE TO SIX CREDITS Therapy Association Professional Competencies
Prerequisite: Declared music major; permission of the document. Those competencies include:
department. A supervised internship which provides 5.1 Accompany self and ensembles proficiently.
music majors with the opportunity to explore an external 5.2 Employ simple strumming and finger picking
area of interest related to Music Education or Pedagogy. techniques.
The course will serve as a music elective or a free elective 5.3 Tune guitar using standard and other tunings
in the student’s degree program. Pass/fail grading. (Open E, Drop D, Double Drop D)
5.4 Perform a basic repertoire of traditional, folk, and
460. STUDENT TEACHING IN MUSIC/ popular songs with or without printed music.
TWELVE CREDITS 5.5 Harmonize and transpose simple compositions in
Prerequisites: Admission to the Teacher Education Program several keys.
in Music Education; completion of all music and music
education courses required for the degree: MUA 203 or MUA 251. CLINICAL PROCESSES IN MUSIC THERAPY/
213, minimum GPA of 2.5; and permission of the department. TWO CREDITS
The student teaching of music in the public schools Prerequisites: MTY 151, 152, 252. This course is an
under the supervision of a music faculty member. This introduction to the music therapy clinical process with
course includes a weekly seminar and conferences with cases that illustrate clinical competencies contained in the
the supervising professor and the cooperating teacher. AMTA Professional Competencies document. Assessment,
Discussions and criticisms accompany the elementary treatment planning, clinical observation, data collection,
and/or secondary school observation and teaching. A session design, evaluation and documentation will be
minimum of 12 weeks of directed teaching is required covered. Case examples and video clips with diverse
for certification. Pass/fail grading. clients will serve as a driving force for this course,
illustrating a client-centered approach to treatment.

141
252. GUITAR CLASS II/ONE CREDIT learning and measurement. Class evaluations will be
Prerequisite: MTY 152 or permission of instructor; open based on reviews of journal articles, oral presentations,
to non-majors if space is available. A continuation of the and chapter tests.
development of guitar competencies including finger-
picking, blues styles, open tunings and development 351. MUSIC THERAPY WITH EXCEPTIONAL
of more advanced clinical repertoire. INDIVIDUALS/THREE CREDITS
Prerequisite: MTY 253 or by permission of the instructor.
253. MUSIC THERAPY METHODS AND MATERIALS/ This course will cover approaches to music therapy
TWO CREDITS with children with developmental disabilities including
Prerequisite: MTY 251. This course enables the student to autism, mental handicaps and learning disabilities.
develop theoretical and applied competencies necessary Clinical approaches congruent with those encountered
for the implementation of therapeutic/recreational music in a special education setting will be the focus of
interventions to prepare for the practicum experiences in this class, including music therapy assessment and
community facilities. One major emphasis of this course treatment planning as part of the Individualized
is directed towards the student’s initial development Education Plan (IEP), applied behavioral analysis
of applied skills through exercises requiring the and behavior modification techniques as well as data
presentation of specific musical competencies. Course gathering and documentation. Offered in alternate years.
objectives relate to the rationale, planning, development
and implementation of therapeutic musical activities 353. RESEARCH IN MUSIC THERAPY/
and interventions for individuals with physical TWO CREDITS
disabilities. The Functional Music Skills Examination I is Prerequisite: MTY 351 or permission of the instructor. This
administered after this course is completed. course is designed to address competencies in music
therapy research as defined in the AMTA Professional
254. MUSIC THERAPY ENSEMBLE/ONE CREDIT Competencies document (24.1-24.5). Student enrolled
Prerequisite: MTY 253 or by permission of the instructor. in this course will 1) become familiar with the
This course was designed to 1) increase competencies purpose and methodology of historical, quantitative,
in performance skills, specifically in the areas of and qualitative research, 2) develop the ability to
accompanying, solo work, arranging and group analyze and critique both qualitative and quantitative
performance and to enhance the acquisition of selected research; 3) develop specific techniques in the
functional music skills considered essential to the qualitative and quantitative study of music and non-
practicing music therapist; 2) to develop a personal musical behaviors; 4) continue to develop scholarly
performance style; 3) to increase leadership skills through writing skills; 5) apply selected research findings to
planning and implementing performances, and 4) to clinical practice. Offered in alternate years.
create public awareness of the music therapy profession.
381,383, 481, 483. MUSIC THERAPY PRACTICUM/
261. piano applications in music therapy/ TWO CREDITS
ONE CREDIT Prerequisites: MTY 253 and passing the Functional
Prerequisites: MUA 101-103, MUA 201-203. The focus of Music Examination I. The music therapy practicum
these weekly lessons will consist of addressing AMTA provides opportunities for the music therapy student
piano competencies expected of the practicing music to apply theories, principles, concepts, and skills
therapist. These lessons do not prepare the student for acquired through other aspects of the music therapy
jury/recital requirements in piano. They do prepare the curriculum in actual clinical settings. Practicum
student for the piano requirement of the Level I and helps the student develop greater knowledge and
Level II Functional Music Examinations, a graduation sensitivity to the needs of clients, develops greater
requirement for the Music Therapy degree. Course self-awareness, strengthens necessary clinical and
content adheres to the keyboard requirements articulated musical competencies, and cultivates a student’s
in the AMTA Professional Competencies, 4.1-4.5. unique style of working. The continued development
of clinical competencies (delineated in the AMTA
341. PSYCHOLOGY OF MUSIC/THREE CREDITS Professional Competencies document) prepares
Prerequisite: Basic Statistics recommended; open to non- the student for the required six-month clinical
majors. This course surveys the research literature and internship. Four semesters of practicum are required
principles of the psychological foundations of music in four different health care settings supervised by a
behavior including psychoacoustics, music perception, Board Certified Music Therapist.
affective and physiological responses to music, music
142
451. MUSIC THERAPY WITH ADULT Music Therapy Equivalency Program
POPULATIONS/THREE CREDITS The equivalency program in music therapy allows
Prerequisites: MTY 353, MTY 383 or permission of the students who have already obtained a Bachelor of
instructor. This senior level music therapy course is Music degree in other areas to complete requirements
designed to develop AMTA professional competencies in music therapy in order to be eligible to sit for the
in exceptionality (B.11.) relevant to working with Board Certification Examination administered by the
adults with psychiatric diagnoses. The course also Certification Board for Music Therapists. It is not a
addresses the relationship between developmental/ second Bachelor degree. Students are admitted to
psychological theories and music therapy practice. the program only after an audition /interview for the
Ethical issues, assessment, devising appropriate Music Therapy Program.
treatment strategies with age appropriate methods
and materials with adults and older adults will also be Coursework for the Equivalency:
covered. Self-monitored peer groups will enhance self- Music Core Courses
reflection and completion of experiential assignments MUA 111: Voice I (for non-vocal students)
complementing lectures by the instructor. MTY 152: Guitar I
MTY 252: Guitar II
453. CLINICAL AND PROFESSIONAL ISSUES IN MTY 261: Piano Applications in Music Therapy
MUSIC THERAPY/THREE CREDITS
Prerequisite: MTY 451 or permission of the instructor. This These courses may be exempted by successful
is the pre-internship capstone music therapy course, completion of the Functional Music Skills exams in
leading to acceptance to the six-month internship. piano, voice, and guitar.
In addition to lectures and peer group assignments,
individualized sessions will be arranged with the Music Therapy Core Courses
instructor to assist in internship placement, and to MTY 151: Intro to Music Therapy
develop the intern contract and Individualized Training MTY 251: Clinical Processes in Music Therapy
Plan in cooperation with the internship supervisor. MTY 253: Methods and Materials in Music Therapy
Self-monitored peer groups will continue from MTY 341: Psychology of Music
MTY 451, (or groups facilitated by a Board Certified MTY 353: Research in MT
Music Therapist not affiliated with the College) with MTY 381, 383, 481, 483: Music Therapy Practicum
assignments complementing lectures by the instructor. I-IV
MTY 451: MT with Adult Populations
470. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY/ MTY 453: Clinical /Professional Issues in MT
ONE TO FOUR CREDITS
Prerequisite: Approval of the Music Curriculum Clinical Foundation Courses
Committee. Projects of independent study approve by MTH 113: Intro to Statistics
the faculty and the Music Curriculum Committee. PSY 100: General Psychology
PSY 204: Abnormal Psychology
484. MUSIC THERAPY INTERNSHIP/NO CREDIT PSY 380: Human Growth and Development
Prerequisites: Completion of all Music Therapy coursework, SED 300: Intro to Exceptional Children
passing the Functional Music Skills Examination. The PSY 410: Counseling & Psychotherapy
music therapy clinical internship is considered the BIO 105: Human Biology
capstone course for music therapy majors and is the BIO 305: Human/Comparative Anatomy
culmination of the professional degree program in music
therapy. The course constitutes a six-month (900 hours Other requirements
or the equivalent) resident internship at a clinical site DAN: Any approved Dance course
approved by the American Music Therapy Association.
Prerequisites for the internship include successful
completion of all other curriculum requirements for
the music therapy degree, including the Functional
Skills Examinations I, II. Learning is achieved on-site
under the collaborative supervision of a Board Certified
Music Therapist and the Director of the Music Therapy
Program at Converse College. Pass/fail grading.

143
Department of Musicology and Composition
KELLY VANEMAN, chair, DAVID BERRY, SIEGWART REICHWALD, SCOTT ROBBINS

BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MUSIC MAJOR Graduation requirements but not a separate course:
Required Courses in Music: First Year Seminar
MEN 110–180: Ensemble (4 terms) ...............4 hours Writing Intensive course
MUA 100: Performance Studies . ....................5 hours Non-European/non-Anglophone course
MUA 101: Piano Class I* ................................ 1 hour Capstone experience.
MUA 102: Piano Class II ............................. .50 hour Total Hours for General Education
MUA 103: Piano Class III ................................ 1 hour Program ....................................................49 hours
MUA 200: Performance Studies.......................5 hours
MUA 300: Performance Studies.......................5 hours Free Electives (A second major or a
MUA 485: Senior Project.................................0 hours minor is recommended)..........................21.5 hours
MUH 100: Recital Attendance (6 terms)............0 hours TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF ARTS
MUH 101: Music History I . ...........................3 hours WITH A MUSIC MAJOR .......................120 hours
MUH 103: Music History II . ..........................3 hours
MUH 201: Music History III...........................3 hours BACHELOR OF MUSIC WITH A
MUH 203: Music History IV ..........................3 hours MUSIC HISTORY MAJOR
MUT 101: Basic Elements of Music Theory.....3 hours
Required courses in Music:
MUT 103: Principles of Harmony and
MEN 110-180: Ensembles (8 terms)...............8 hours
Voice-Leading.................................................3 hours
MUA 100 Performance Studies........................5 hours
MUT 111: Musicianship I................................. 1 hour
MUT 113: Musicianship II............................... 1 hour MUA 101: Piano Class I*.................................1 hours
MUT 201: Chromatic Harmony .....................3 hours MUA 102: Piano Class II.............................. .50 hour
MUT 203: Form and Analysis ........................3 hours MUA 103: Piano Class III ................................ 1 hour
MUT 211: Musicianship III ............................. 1 hour MUA 201: Piano Class IV ................................ 1 hour
MUT 213: Musicianship IV.............................. 1 hour MUA 202: Piano Class V ............................. .50 hour
MUA 203: Piano Class VI ................................ 1 hour
Total Hours in Music .............................49.5 hours MUH 100: Recital Attendance (6 terms) .........0 hours
*Students with a concentration in keyboard studies MUH 101: Music History I . ...........................3 hours
may substitute two long terms of study in another MUH 103: Music History II . ..........................3 hours
instrument or voice. MUH 101: Music History III...........................3 hours
**MUA 221: Introduction to Italian and English Diction MUH 103: Music History IV ..........................3 hours
or MUA 223: Introduction to French and German MUH 331: Music of the Romantic Era . ..........3 hours
Diction is strongly recommended for all voice students. MUH 333: Music of the Twentieth Century.....3 hours
MUH 441: Music of the Middle Ages and
Required Courses in General Education Renaissance . ..............................................3 hours
Program MUH 443: Music of the Baroque and
ENG 101: Composition . ................................3 hours Classic Eras ................................................3 hours
Foreign language competency.........................3 hours MUH Music Literature Courses ......................6 hours
(proficiency at third semester level, i.e. 201) MUH 451: Song Literature
HPE: One 1- or 2-hour activity course MUH 453: Piano Literature
from among PE or dance.............................. 1 hour MUH 463: Orchestral Literature
HPE 255: Introduction to Fitness and MUH 471: Organ Literature
Wellness . ...................................................2 hours MUH 401: Bibliography .................................3 hours
Humanities Courses (2 different areas)............6 hours MUH 485: Senior Project ...............................0 hours
MTH 108 or higher, or exempt ......................3 hours MUH 493: Music History Honors Thesis
Fine Arts (1 course, not music).......................3 hours (Optional: 3 credits)....................................0 hours
Humanities (2 courses, different areas)............6 hours MUT 101: Basic Elements of Music Theory.....3 hours
Literature.........................................................3 hours MUT 103: Principles of Harmony and
Natural Sciences (two courses from two different Voice-Leading.............................................3 hours
disciplines; does not include CSC; at least MUT 111: Musicianship I . .............................. 1 hour
one course must be a lab science)...............7 hours MUT 113: Musicianship II............................... 1 hour
Social Sciences (2 courses, different areas).......6 hours MUT 201: Chromatic Harmony .....................3 hours
MUH 332: Diverse Cultures and Their Music....3 hours MUT 203: Form and Analysis ........................3 hours
144
MUT 211: Musicianship III ............................. 1 hour MUH 331: Music of the Romantic Era
MUT 213: Musicianship IV ............................. 1 hour MUH 333: Music of the Twentieth Century
MUT 301: Advanced Music Theory . ..............3 hours MUH 441: Music of the Middle Ages and Renaissance
MUT Music Theory Courses . .........................3 hours MUH 443: Music of the Baroque and Classic Eras
MUT 353: Introduction to Music MUH Music Literature Courses ......................3 hours
Composition and Improvisation (2) MUH 451: Song Literature
MUT 441: Orchestration (2) MUH 453: Piano Literature
MUT 443: Advanced Harmony and MUH 463: Orchestral Instruments Literature
Twentieth Century Idioms (3) MUH 471: Organ Literature
MUT 453: Advanced Analysis (3) MUT 101: Basic Elements of Music Theory.....3 hours
MUT 433: Counterpoint ................................3 hours MUT 103: Principles of Harmony and
MUE 351: Fundamentals of Conducting ........2 hours Voice-Leading.............................................3 hours
Electives in Music . .........................................5 hours MUT 111: Musicianship I . .............................. 1 hour
MUT 113: Musicianship II............................... 1 hour
Total Hours in Music . ................................83 hours
MUT 201: Chromatic Harmony .....................3 hours
MUT 203: Form and Analysis ........................3 hours
Required Courses in General Education
MUT 211: Musicianship III ............................. 1 hour
Program
MUT 213: Musicianship IV ............................. 1 hour
ART 100: Art Appreciation (or Art History).....3 hours
MUT 301: Advanced Music Theory.................3 hours
ENG 101: Composition . ................................3 hours
MUT 353: Introduction to Music
Humanities courses (2 different areas) . ..........6 hours
Composition and Improvisation..................2 hours
FRN or GER (elementary competency
MUT 433: Counterpoint..................................3 hours
and 201-202) . ...........................................6 hours
MUT 441: Orchestration ................................2 hours
Second foreign language 101-102...................6 hours
MUT 443: Advanced Harmony and
HPE: One 1- or 2-hour activity course from
Twentieth Century Idioms . ........................3 hours
PE or dance . ............................................... 1 hour
MUT 453: Advanced Analysis ........................3 hours
HPE 255: Introduction to Fitness and
MUT 485: Senior Project ................................0 hours
Wellness . ...................................................2 hours
MUT 493: Music Theory Honors Thesis
MUH 332: Diverse Cultures and their Music...3 hours
(Optional; 3 credits) . .................................0 hours
Total Hours in General Education MUE 351: Fundamentals of Conducting.........2 hours
Program Electives .....................................30 hours Electives in Music (recommend Music
Media and/or Performance Studies)...........10 hours
Free Electives .................................................7 hours
Total Hours in Music ................................80 hours
TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF MUSIC
WITH A MUSIC HISTORY MAJOR .....120 hours Required Courses in General Education
Program
BACHELOR OF MUSIC WITH A MUSIC ART 100: Art Appreciation (or Art History).....3 hours
THEORY MAJOR ENG 101: Composition . ................................3 hours
Required courses in Music: Humanities Courses (2 different areas) ...........6 hours
MEN 110-180: Ensembles (8 terms) ..............8 hours FRN or GER (elementary competency
MUA 100 Performance Studies . .....................5 hours and 201-202)..............................................6 hours
MUA 101: Piano Class I* ................................ 1 hour Second foreign language 101-102...................6 hours
MUA 102: Piano Class II ............................. .50 hour Math or Science Elective . ...............................3 hours
MUA 103: Piano Class III ................................ 1 hour HPE: One 1- or 2-hour activity course from
MUA 201: Piano Class IV ................................ 1 hour PE or dance.................................................. 1 hour
MUA 202: Piano Class V ............................. .50 hour HPE 255: Introduction to Fitness and
MUA 203: Piano Class VI ................................ 1 hour Wellness . ...................................................2 hours
MUH 100: Recital Attendance (6 terms)..........0 hours MUH 332: Diverse Cultures and their Music.....3 hours
MUH 101: Music History I . ...........................3 hours Total Hours in General Education
MUH 103: Music History II . ..........................3 hours Program.................................................33 hours
MUH 201: Music History III...........................3 hours Free Electives..................................................7 hours
MUH 203: Music History IV ..........................3 hours
MUH Music History Courses . ........................3 hours TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF MUSIC
WITH A MUSIC THEORY MAJOR..........120 hours
145
BACHELOR OF MUSIC WITH A Required courses in General Education Program:
COMPOSITION MAJOR ART 100: Art Appreciation (or Art History).....3 hours
Required courses in Music: ENG 101: Composition . ................................3 hours
MEN 110-180: Ensembles (8 terms)...............8 hours Humanities Courses (2 different areas) ...........6 hours
MUA 101: Piano Class I* ................................ 1 hour FRN or GER (elementary competency
MUA 102: Piano Class II ............................. .50 hour and 201-202)..............................................6 hours
MUA 103: Piano Class III ................................ 1 hour Second foreign language 101-102...................6 hours
MUA 201: Piano Class IV ................................ 1 hour HPE: One 1- or 2-hour activity course
MUA 202: Piano Class V ............................. .50 hour from PE or dance......................................... 1 hour
MUA 203: Piano Class VI ................................ 1 hour HPE 255: Introduction to Fitness and
MUH 100: Recital Attendance (6 terms) .........0 hours Wellness . ...................................................2 hours
MUH 101: Music History I . ...........................3 hours Math or Science Elective . ........................... 3-4 hours
MUH 103: Music History II . ..........................3 hours MUH 332: Diverse Cultures and their Music...3 hours
MUH 201: Music History III...........................3 hours Total Hours in General Education
MUH 203: Music History IV............................3 hours Program ....................................................33 hours
MUH Music History Courses...........................3 hours
MUH 331: Music of the Romantic Era Free Electives .................................................2 hours
MUH 333: Music of the Twentieth Century TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF
MUH 441: Music of the Middle Ages and MUSIC WITH A MUSIC COMPOSITION
Renaissance MAJOR .................................................. 120 hours
MUH 443: Music of the Baroque and Classical Eras
MUT 101: Basic Elements of Music Theory.....3 hours *Pianists substitute 4 credits selected from MUE 321-
MUT 103: Principles of Harmony and 352, Voice Class or Performance studies.
Voice-Leading.............................................3 hours **Majors take either MUT 181 and 183 or MUT 353.
MUT 111: Musicianship I . .............................. 1 hour
MUT 113: Musicianship II............................... 1 hour THE MINOR IN MUSIC
MUT 181: Music Composition**.................1.5 hours MEN 110-190: Ensemble (2 terms).................2 hours
MUT 183: Major Composition**.................1.5 hours MUA 100: Elective Performance Studies..........4 hours
MUT 201: Chromatic Harmony .....................3 hours
MUT 203: Form and Analysis ........................3 hours *Music minors must perform and pass the equivalent of
MUT 211: Musicianship III ............................. 1 hour a MUA 103 jury before exiting their performance studies.
MUT 213: Musicianship IV.............................. 1 hour Please see the Music Handbook for jury requirements.
MUT 281: Major Composition .......................2 hours
MUT 283: Major Composition .......................2 hours MUH 100: Recital Attendance (2 terms)..........0 hours
MUT 301: Advanced Music Theory.................3 hours MUH 101: Music History I..............................3 hours
MUT 353: Introduction to Music One additional Music History Course..............3 hours
Composition and Improvisation**..............2 hours MUT 101: Basic Elements of Music Theory.....3 hours
MUT 381: Major Composition .......................3 hours MUT 103: Principles of Harmony and Voice-.............
MUT 383: Major Composition .......................3 hours Leading.......................................................3 hours
MUT 410: Composition Recital ......................0 hours MUT 111: Musicianship I................................. 1 hour
MUT 433: Counterpoint ................................3 hours MUT 113: Musicianship II............................... 1 hour
MUT 441: Orchestration ................................2 hours Electives in Music............................................3 hours
MUT 443: Advanced Harmony and Total Hours for a Music Minor: ................23 hours
Twentieth Century Idioms . ........................3 hours
MUT 453: Advanced Analysis.........................3 hours
MUT 481: Major Composition .......................3 hours
MUT 483: Major Composition .......................3 hours
MUT 493: Composition Honors Thesis
(Optional; 3 credits) . .................................0 hours
MMD 301: Electronic Music Laboratory I . .....3 hours
MUE 351: Fundamentals of Conducting ........2 hours
Music Electives (recommend Music
Media or Performance Studies) ..................3 hours
Total Hours in Music ................................88 hours
146
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION *210. SPECIAL TOPICS IN MUSIC/THREE CREDITS
MUSIC HISTORY AND LITERATURE (MUH) Varying music topics focusing on subjects and
100. CONCERT ATTENDANCE/NO CREDIT experiences that are not part of the standard music
A minimum of 20 Fall Term, 25 January/Spring Term curriculum but of general interest to a non-musician.
concert/recital/special music event attendances is Possible subjects include popular culture, a body of work
required, selected from The Petrie School of Music or musical style, biographies of musicians, non-Western
Calendar of Events or outside events approved in music, etc. Partial fulfillment of the fine arts requirement
advance by the instructor. Six terms (three Fall and in the General Education Program for non-music majors.
three January/Spring Terms) must be passed in order
to graduate. Required of all undergraduate music 331. MUSIC OF THE ROMANTIC ERA/
majors, all degrees. Pass/fail grading. THREE CREDITS
Prerequisite: MUH 203. An examination of Western
*101. MUSIC HISTORY I /THREE CREDITS music in the Nineteenth Century.
An introduction to the study of music history,
including terminology, aesthetics, acoustics, musical *332. DIVERSE CULTURES AND THEIR MUSIC/
form, literature, the diversity of musical styles, library THREE CREDITS
and music research skills, and score reading. Required GEP. Prerequisite: MUH 101 or instructor approval. An
of all music majors. examination of musical styles other than traditional
Western art music. Non-European/non-Anglophone.
*103. MUSIC HISTORY II/THREE CREDITS
Prerequisite: MUH 101. A survey of the development 333. MUSIC OF THE TWENTIETH CENTURY/
of western music from earliest times to 1600. Required THREE CREDITS
of all music majors. Prerequisite: MUH 203. An examination of Western music
in the Twentieth Century. Offered in alternate years .
*110. MUSIC APPRECIATION/THREE CREDITS
An introduction to the music of Western Civilization 401. BIBLIOGRAPHY/THREE CREDITS
through a study of its history and literature. Partial A survey of basic reference materials in the field of music,
fulfillment of the fine arts requirement in the General with an introduction to the techniques of research.
Education Program for non-music majors.
441. MUSIC OF THE MIDDLE AGES AND
*111. AMERICAN POPULAR MUSIC/ THREE CREDITS RENAISSANCE/ THREE CREDITS
A survey of American popular music including folk, Prerequisite: MUH 203. A topics seminar in Western
blues, jazz, rock and roll, and musical theater. Partial music through 1600. Offered in alternate years.
fulfillment of the fine arts requirement in the General
Education Program for non-music majors. 443. MUSIC OF THE BAROQUE AND CLASSIC
ERAS/ THREE CREDITS
*112. FILM MUSIC/THREE CREDITS Prerequisite: MUH 203. A topics seminar focusing on
A survey of the history, repertoire, and techniques of Western music from 1600 through 1800. Offered in
composing for motion pictures and television. Partial alternate years.
fulfillment of the fine arts requirement in the General
Education Program for non-music majors. 450. INTERNSHIP IN MUSIC HISTORY/
ONE TO SIX CREDITS
*201. MUSIC HISTORY III/THREE CREDITS Prerequisite: Declared music major; permission of the
Prerequisite: MUH 103. A survey of the development department. A supervised internship which provides
of Western music from 1600 to 1820. Required of all music majors with the opportunity to explore an
music majors. external area of interest related to Music History. The
course will serve as a music elective or a free elective
*203. MUSIC HISTORY IV/THREE CREDITS in the student’s degree program. Pass/fail grading.
Prerequisite: MUH 201. A survey of the development
of Western music from 1820 to the present. Required 451. SONG LITERATURE/THREE CREDITS
of all music majors. Writing-intensive. Prerequisite: MUH 203. A survey of standard art song
literature from the Sixteenth Century to the present,
with emphasis on both music and poetry. Offered in
alternate years.
147
453. PIANO LITERATURE/THREE CREDITS MUSIC MEDIA (MMD)
Prerequisite: MUH 203. A survey of piano and 301. ELECTRONIC MUSIC LABORATORY I/
harpsichord literature from the Baroque to the present. THREE CREDITS
Offered in alternate years. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. An introduction
to advanced techniques in the electronic music studio
461. INTRODUCTION TO OPERA HISTORY/ with a focus on using it as a composition, improvisation,
TWO CREDITS and arranging tool. Offered in alternate years.
Prerequisite: MUH 203. An undergraduate survey course
which introduces the student to opera history and its 303. ELECTRONIC MUSIC LABORATORY II/
corresponding literature. Offered in alternate years. THREE CREDITS
Prerequisite: MMD 301. A continuation of MMD 301.
463. ORCHESTRAL INSTRUMENTS LITERATURE/ Offered in alternate years.
THREE CREDITS 311. SOUND RECORDING/THREE CREDITS
Prerequisite: MUH 203. A survey of the literature Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. An introduction
for large and small orchestras from the Baroque to specific technical and artistic elements of
to the present, as well as a survey of solo literature current multitrack sound recording equipment and
appropriate to the student’s primary instrument. techniques. Offered in alternate years.
Offered in alternate years.
450. MUSIC MEDIA INTERNSHIP/
475. SEMINAR IN MUSICOLOGY/THREE CREDITS ONE TO SIX CREDITS
Prerequisite: MUH 203 and MUT 203 or permission of Prerequisite: Permission of the department and approval
Department. An intensive seminar experience in a of the Music Curriculum Committee. An external,
special topic. supervised internship with a business specializing in
some area(s) of music media. Pass/fail grading.
480. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY/
ONE TO THREE CREDITS 470. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY/
Prerequisite: Approval of the Music Curriculum ONE TO THREE CREDITS
Committee. Projects of independent study approved Prerequisite: Approval of the Music Curriculum Committee.
by the faculty and the Music Curriculum Committee. Projects of independent study approved by the faculty
and the Music Curriculum Committee.
485. SENIOR PROJECT/NO CREDITS
Prerequisite: Approval of the faculty. The project consists
of a lecture-recital or capstone. A $50 scheduling fee
is required for the lecture-recital.

493. HONORS THESIS/THREE CREDITS


Prerequisite: MUH 401. An optional Senior Thesis for
Music History majors pursuing Honors in Music History.
The thesis topic must be approved by the student’s major
professor and the Music Curriculum Committee.

148
MUSIC THEORY AND COMPOSITION (MUT) 180. MUSIC COMPOSITION/
100A, 100B. FUNDAMENTALS OF MUSIC/ ONE AND ONE-HALF CREDITS
TWO CREDITS Prerequisite: Permission of the composition faculty. Weekly
A remedial course for students not receiving an one-hour private lesson. For non-composition majors
adequate score on the Music Theory Placement desiring elective study in composition. This course serves
Test. This course provides students with knowledge as an opportunity for students to gain experience in the
of musical rudiments (such as clef reading, rhythm, fundamental skills of composing, including work with
meter, key signatures, scales, intervals, and triads) melody, harmony, rhythm, form, and idiomatic vocal/
through analytical and aural exercises. The credit from instrumental considerations. May be repeated for credit.
this course does not count toward the music degree. Ten hour minimum weekly commitment, including a
one-hour lesson, seminar experience, and composing.
101. BASIC ELEMENTS OF MUSIC THEORY/
THREE CREDITS 181. MUSIC COMPOSITION/
Prerequisite: Music Theory Placement Test. Introduction ONE AND ONE-HALF CREDITS
to the elements of music, including rudiments, Prerequisite: Submission of works and permission of the
diatonic harmony, and score reading. This course composition faculty. For composition majors who
prepares the student for further music theory study. successfully audition before their freshman year.
Required of all music majors. Along with MUT 183, this course substitutes for MUT
353 in the composition degree program. Original,
103. PRINCIPLES OF HARMONY AND VOICE- appropriately competent music must be completed by
LEADING/THREE CREDITS the end of 183 and performed if possible. Twelve hour
Prerequisite: MUT 101 or passing appropriate exemption minimum weekly commitment including a one-hour
test. The continuation of MUT 101. Study of the lesson, seminar experience and composing.
elements of music, including rudiments, diatonic and
beginning chromatic harmony, and score reading. 183. MUSIC COMPOSITION/
This course prepares the student for further music ONE AND ONE-HALF CREDITS
theory study. Required of all music majors. Prerequisite: MUT 181. For composition major. Along
with MUT 181, this course substitutes for MUT
111. MUSICIANSHIP I/ONE CREDIT 353 in the composition degree program. Original,
Prerequisite: Music Theory Placement Test. Introduction appropriately competent music must be completed by
to the practice of listening, as encountered through the end of 183 and performed if possible. Twelve hour
ear training, sight-singing, and conducting. This minimum weekly commitment including a one-hour
course prepares the student for further aural skills lesson, seminar experience, and composing.
study. Required of all music majors.
201. CHROMATIC HARMONY/THREE CREDITS
113. MUSICIANSHIP II/ONE CREDIT Prerequisite: MUT 103 or passing appropriate exemption
Prerequisite: MUT 111 or passing appropriate exemption test. The continuation of MUT 103. Study of the
test. The continuation of MUT 111. Study of the elements of music, including chromatic harmony,
practice of listening, as encountered through ear enharmonicism, and score reading. This course
training, sight-singing, and conducting. This course prepares the student for further music theory study.
prepares the student for further aural skills study. Required of all music majors.
Required of all music majors.
203. FORM AND ANALYSIS/THREE CREDITS
179. MUSIC COMPOSITION/ONE CREDIT Prerequisite: MUT 201 or passing appropriate exemption
Prerequisite: Permission of the composition faculty. Weekly test. An introduction to the principal formal structures
half-hour private lesson for non-composition majors and processes of the eighteenth and nineteenth
desiring elective study in composition. This course serves centuries. Western music, including binary and ternary,
as an opportunity for students to gain experience in the rondo, variations, fugue and sonata forms. Required of
fundamental skills of composing, including work with all music majors. Quantitative GEP requirement.
melody, harmony, rhythm, form, and idiomatic vocal/
instrumental considerations. May be repeated for credit. 211. MUSICIANSHIP III/ONE CREDIT
Eight hour minimum weekly commitment, including a Prerequisite: MUT 113 or passing appropriate exemption
half-hour lesson, seminar experience, and composing. test. The continuation of MUT 113. Study of the

149
practice of listening, as encountered through ear performances of original compositions are required
training, sight-singing, and conducting. This course for the completion of MUT 383 and entrance to MUT
prepares the student for further aural skills study. 481- 83. Twenty hour minimum weekly commitment
Required of all music majors. including a one-hour lesson, seminar experience and
composing.
213. MUSICIANSHIP IV/ONE CREDIT
Prerequisite: MUT 211 or passing appropriate exemption 383. MUSIC COMPOSITION/THREE CREDITS
test. The continuation of MUT 211. Study of the Prerequisite: MUT 381. For composition majors. Public
practice of listening, as encountered through ear performances of original compositions are required
training, sight-singing, and conducting. This course for the completion of MUT 383 and entrance to MUT
constitutes the culmination of the aural skills 481- 83. Twenty hour minimum weekly commitment
sequence. Required of all music majors. including a one-hour lesson, seminar experience and
composing.
281. MUSIC COMPOSITION/TWO CREDITS
Prerequisites: MUT 183 or 353, or permission of the 410. SENIOR RECITAL, MUSIC COMPOSITION/
composition faculty. For composition majors. Original, NO CREDIT
appropriately competent music must be completed by Prerequisite: Permission of faculty. Taken in the semester
the end of MUT 283 and performed if possible.Fourteen concurrent with MUT 483, the student will schedule
hour minimum weekly commitment including a one- and present a one-hour recital (including a ten- minute
hour lesson, seminar experience and composing. intermission) consisting entirely of original works.
Must include at least one first performance of a work
283. MUSIC COMPOSITION/TWO CREDITS composed during the final year of study. Pass/fail grading.
Prerequisite: MUT 281. For composition majors.
Original, appropriately competent music must be 433. COUNTERPOINT/THREE CREDITS
completed by the end of MUT 283 and performed Prerequisites: MUH 203 and MUT 301 or permission
if possible. Fourteen hour minimum weekly of instructor. Analysis, listening, and writing short
commitment including a one-hour lesson, seminar exercises. Includes musical styles from 1450 to the
experience, and composing. present. Offered in alternate years.

301. ADVANCED MUSIC THEORY/THREE CREDITS 441. ORCHESTRATION/TWO CREDITS


Prerequisite: MUT 201 or passing appropriate exemption test. Prerequisites: MUH 203 and MUT 203. Scoring for
The continuation of MUT 201. Study of the elements of instrumental ensembles and full orchestra. Includes
music, including advanced chromatic harmony, modes, score analysis. Offered in alternate years.
basic post-tonal concepts, and score reading. This course
constitutes the culmination of the core theory sequence 443. ADVANCED HARMONY AND TWENTIETH
and prepares the student for upper-level music theory CENTURY IDIOMS/THREE CREDITS
study. Required for all Bachelor of Music Performance, Prerequisites: MUH 203 and MUT 301 or permission
History, Theory and Composition majors. of instructor. A study of compositional techniques
in western concert and popular music from the late
353. INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC COMPOSITION nineteenth century to the present. Analysis supported
AND IMPROVISATION/TWO CREDITS by listening, theory, and small compositions. Offered
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. The basic concepts in alternate years.
and procedures for creating original compositions—
written or improvised. Open to all students with 450. INTERNSHIP IN MUSIC THEORY OR
permission of the instructor. Some keyboard proficiency COMPOSITION/ ONE TO SIX CREDITS
is required. May be taken by composition majors in Prerequisite: Declared music major; permission of the
place of MUT 181 and MUT 183 (or may be exempted department. A supervised internship which provides
without credit with the permission of the composition music majors with the opportunity to explore an
faculty). Nine hour weekly commitment including class external area of interest related to music theory or
periods (twelve hours for majors). composition. The course will serve as a music elective
or a free elective in the student’s degree program.
381. MUSIC COMPOSITION/THREE CREDITS Pass/fail grading.
Prerequisite: MUT 283. For composition majors. Public

150
453. ADVANCED ANALYSIS/THREE CREDITS 485. SENIOR PROJECT/NO CREDITS
Prerequisites: MUH 203 and MUT 301 or permission Prerequisite: Approval of the faculty. The project consists
of instructor. Analysis of musical forms, harmonic of a lecture-recital or capstone. A $50 scheduling fee is
procedures, and tonal organization from 1300 to the required for the lecture-recital.
present.
493. HONORS THESIS/THREE CREDITS
470. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY/ Prerequisite: MUH 501 for music theory majors. An
ONE TO THREE CREDITS optional scholarly research paper for music theory
Prerequisite: Approval of the Music Curriculum majors, or an original five-minute (minimum)
Committee. Projects of independent study approved composition of large proportions of advanced
by the faculty and the Music Curriculum Committee. structure for composition majors, who are pursuing
honors in their major areas. The thesis topic must be
481. MUSIC COMPOSITION/THREE CREDITS approved in advance by the student’s major professor
Prerequisite: MUT 383. For composition majors, and the Music Curriculum Committee.
culminating in MUT 410: Senior Recital. Twenty hour
minimum weekly commitment including a one-hour
lesson, seminar experience and composing.

483. MUSIC COMPOSITION/THREE CREDITS


Prerequisite: MUT 481. For composition majors,
culminating in MUT 410: Senior Recital. Twenty hour
minimum weekly commitment including a one-hour
lesson, seminar experience and composing.

151
DEPARTMENT OF PERFORMANCE
KENNETH LAW, chair, BEVERLY HAY, MILES HOFFMAN, SARAH JOHNSON,
KEITH JONES, KENNETH LAW, SUSAN LYLE, VALERIE MACPHAIL, REBECCA TURNER,
CHRISTOPHER VANEMAN, DOUGLAS WEEKS.

Bachelor of Music with a Required Courses in General Education


Performance Major, Piano Program:
Required Courses in Music: ENG 101: Composition...................................3 hours
MEN 110-180: Ensemble (8 terms).................8 hours Foreign language competency
MEN 170: Accompanying...............................2 hours (elementary competency and 201-202).......6 hours
MUA 100: Performance Studies-Organ . .........2 hours HPE 255: Intro to Fitness and Wellness . ........2 hours
MUA 100: Performance Studies-Piano.............7 hours HPE: One 1- or 2- hour activity course
MUA 200: Performance Studies-Piano.............7 hours from among PE or Dance........................ 1-2 hours
MUA 300: Performance Studies-Piano.............7 hours MUH 332: Diverse Cultures and
MUA 390: Junior Recital.................................0 hours Their Music ...............................................3 hours
MUA 400: Performance Studies-Piano.............7 hours Humanities Courses (2 different areas)............6 hours
MUA 490: Senior Recital.................................0 hours General Education Program Electives..............9 hours
MUH 100: Recital Attendance (6 terms)..........0 hours Total Hours for General Education
MUH 101: Music History I..............................3 hours Program ....................................................30 hours
MUH 103: Music History II.............................3 hours
MUH 201: Music History III...........................3 hours TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR
MUH 203: Music History IV............................3 hours OF MUSIC WITH A PERFORMANCE
MUH Music History Courses (choose one) . ...3 hours MAJOR, PIANO.......................................125 hours
MUH 331: Music of the Romantic Era
MUH 333: Music of the Twentieth Century Bachelor of Music with a
MUH 441: Music of the Middle Ages and Performance MAJOR, Voice
Renaissance Required Courses in Music:
MUH 443: Music of the Baroque and Classical Eras
MEN 110-180: Ensemble (8 terms).................8 hours
MUH 453: Piano Literature.............................3 hours
MUA 100: Performance Studies.......................7 hours
MUT 101: Basic Elements of Music Theory.....3 hours
MUA 101: Piano Class I................................... 1 hour
MUT 103: Principles of Harmony and
MUA 102: Piano Class II............................. . .50 hour
Voice-Leading.............................................3 hours
MUA 103: Piano Class III................................. 1 hour
MUT 111: Musicianship I................................. 1 hour
MUT 113: Musicianship II............................... 1 hour MUA 200: Performance Studies.......................7 hours
MUT 201: Chromatic Harmony.......................3 hours MUA 201: Piano Class IV................................. 1 hour
MUT 203: Form and Analysis..........................3 hours MUA 202: Piano Class V............................ .. .50 hour
MUT 211: Musicianship III.............................. 1 hour MUA 203: Piano Class VI................................. 1 hour
MUT 213: Musicianship IV.............................. 1 hour MUA 221: Italian and English Diction.............2 hours
MUT 301: Advanced Music Theory.................3 hours MUA 223: French and German Diction...........2 hours
MUT Music Theory Courses............................3 hours MUA 300: Performance Studies.......................7 hours
MUT 353: Introduction to Music MUA 390: Junior Recital ................................0 hours
Composition and Improvisation (2) MUA 400: Performance Studies.......................7 hours
MUT 433: Counterpoint (3) MUA 401: Opera Workshop I.......................... 1 hour
MUT 441: Orchestration (2) MUA 403: Opera Workshop II......................... 1 hour
MUT 443: Advanced Harmony and MUA 490: Senior Recital ................................0 hours
Twentieth Century Idioms (3) MUH 100: Recital Attendance (6 terms)..........0 hours
MUT 453: Advanced Analysis (3) MUH 101: Music History I..............................3 hours
MUE 211: Piano Teaching Preparation............2 hours MUH 103: Music History II.............................3 hours
MUE 213: Elementary Methods in Piano MUH 201: Music History III...........................3 hours
Teaching.....................................................2 hours MUH 203: Music History IV............................3 hours
MUE 301: Piano Teaching Procedures I...........3 hours MUH/MUT Musicology Courses............ . . . . .3 hours
MUE 303: Piano Teaching Procedures II..........3 hours MUH 331: Music of the Romantic Era (3)
MUE 351: Fundamentals of Conducting ........2 hours MUH 333: Music of the Twentieth Century (3)
Music Electives . .............................................3 hours MUH 441: Music of the Middle Ages and
Total Hours In Music.................................95 hours Renaissance (3)
152
MUH 443: Music of the Baroque and Classic Eras (3) Bachelor of Music with A
MUT 353: Introduction to Music Performance MAJOR, String
Composition and Improvisation (2) Instruments
MUT 433: Counterpoint (3)
MUT 441: Orchestration (2) Required Courses in Music:
MUT 443: Advanced Harmony and Twentieth MEN 110: Chamber Ensemble (4 terms).........4 hours
Century Idioms (3) MEN 130: Converse Symphony Orchestra .....8 hours
MUT 453: Advanced Analysis (3) MUA 100: Performance Studies.......................7 hours
MUH 451: Song Literature..............................3 hours MUA 101: Piano Class I................................... 1 hour
MUH 461: Introduction to Opera History….2 hours MUA 102: Piano Class II............................. . .50 hour
MUT 101: Basic Elements of Music Theory.....3 hours MUA 103: Piano Class III................................. 1 hour
MUT 103: Principles of Harmony and MUA 200: Performance Studies.......................7 hours
Voice-Leading.............................................3 hours MUA 201: Piano Class IV................................. 1 hour
MUT 111: Musicianship I................................. 1 hour MUA 202: Piano Class V............................. . .50 hour
MUT 113: Musicianship II............................... 1 hour MUA 203: Piano Class VI................................. 1 hour
MUT 201: Chromatic Harmony.......................3 hours MUA 300: Performance Studies.......................7 hours
MUT 203: Form and Analysis..........................3 hours MUA 390: Junior Recital.................................0 hours
MUT 211: Musicianship III.............................. 1 hour MUA 400: Performance Studies.......................7 hours
MUT 213: Musicianship IV.............................. 1 hour MUA 490: Senior Recital ................................0 hours
MUT 301: Advanced Music Theory.................3 hours MUH 100: Recital Attendance (6 terms)..........0 hours
MUE 341: Vocal Pedagogy I............................2 hours MUH 101: Music History I..............................3 hours
MUE 343: Vocal Pedagogy II...........................2 hours MUH 103: Music History II.............................3 hours
MUE 351: Fundamentals of Conducting ........2 hours MUH 201: Music History III...........................3 hours
MUH 203 Music History IV.............................3 hours
Total Hours in Music ................................92 hours MUH Music History Courses...........................3 hours
MUH 331: Music of the Romantic Era
Required Courses in General Education MUH 333: Music of the Twentieth Century
Program: MUH 441: Music of the Middle Ages and
ENG 101: Composition...................................3 hours Renaissance
FRN 101-102: Elementary French*.................6 hours MUH 443: Music of the Baroque and Classic Eras
GER 101-102: Elementary German*...............6 hours MUH 463: Orchestral Instruments Literature..3 hours
ITL 101-102: Elementary Italian*....................6 hours MUT 101: Basic Elements of Music Theory.....3 hours
HPE 255: Intro to Fitness and Wellness . ........2 hours MUT 103: Principles of Harmony and
HPE: One 1- or 2- hour activity course Voice-Leading.............................................3 hours
from PE or Dance.................................... 1-2 hours MUT 111: Musicianship I................................. 1 hour
MUH 332: Diverse Cultures and MUT 113: Musicianship II............................... 1 hour
Their Music.................................................3 hours MUT 201: Chromatic Harmony.......................3 hours
Humanities Courses (2 different areas)............6 hours MUT 203: Form and Analysis..........................3 hours
General Education Program Electives............12 hours MUT 211: Musicianship III.............................. 1 hour
Total Hours in General Education MUT 213: Musicianship IV.............................. 1 hour
Program ....................................................45 hours MUT 301: Advanced Music Theory.................3 hours
MUT Music Theory Courses............................3 hours
*students may exempt these courses with a competency test
MUT 353: Introduction to Music
TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF Composition and Improvisation (2)
MUSIC WITH A PERFORMANCE MUT 433: Counterpoint (3)
MAJOR, VOICE...................................... 137 hours MUT 441: Orchestration (2)
MUT 443: Advanced Harmony and
Twentieth Century Idioms (3)
MUT 453: Advanced Analysis (3)
MUE 201: Private Applied Teaching I............... 1 hour
MUE 203: Private Applied Teaching II.............. 1 hour
MUE 351: Fundamentals of Conducting ........2 hours
Total Hours in Music.................................89 hours

153
Required Courses in General Education MUT 203: Form and Analysis..........................3 hours
Program: MUT 211: Musicianship III.............................. 1 hour
ENG 101: Composition...................................3 hours MUT 213: Musicianship IV.............................. 1 hour
Foreign language competency.........................6 hours MUT 301: Advanced Music Theory.................3 hours
(elementary competency and 201-202) MUT Music Theory Courses............................3 hours
HPE 255: Intro to Fitness and Wellness . ........2 hours MUT 353: Introduction to Music
HPE: One 1- or 2- hour activity course Composition and Improvisation (2)
from PE or Dance.................................... 1-2 hours MUT 433: Counterpoint (3)
MUH 332: Diverse Cultures and Their Music..3 hours MUT 441: Orchestration (2)
Humanities Courses (2 different areas)............6 hours MUT 443: Advanced Harmony and
General Education Program Electives..............9 hours Twentieth Century Idioms (3)
MUT 453: Advanced Analysis (3)
Total hours for General Education MUE 201: Private Applied Teaching I . ............ 1 hour
Program.................................................... 30 hours MUE 203: Private Applied Teaching III............ 1 hour
Free Electives................................................4 hours MUE 351: Fundamentals of Conducting ........2 hours
TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR Total Hours in Music.................................89 hours
OF MUSIC WITH A PERFORMANCE
MAJOR, STRING INSTRUMENTS......... 123 hours Required Courses in General Education
Program:
Bachelor of Music with a ENG 101: Composition...................................3 hours
Performance Major, Wind Foreign language competency
Instruments (elementary competency and 201-202).......6 hours
Required Courses in Music: HPE 255: Intro to Fitness and Wellness . ........2 hours
MEN 110: Chamber Ensemble (4 terms).........4 hours HPE: One 1- or 2- hour activity course
MEN 120-130: Ensemble (8 terms).................8 hours from among PE or Dance........................ 1-2 hours
MUA 100: Performance Studies.......................7 hours MUH 332: Diverse Cultures and Their Music .3 hours
MUA 101: Piano Class I................................... 1 hour Humanities Courses (2 different areas)............6 hours
MUA 102: Piano Class II............................ .. .50 hour General Education Program Electives..............9 hours
MUA 103: Piano Class III................................. 1 hour Total Hours for General Education
MUA 200: Performance Studies.......................7 hours Program.................................................... 30 hours
MUA 201: Piano Class IV................................. 1 hour
MUA 202: Piano Class V............................. . .50 hour Free Electives................................................4 hours
MUA 203: Piano Class VI................................. 1 hour
TOTAL HOURS FOR A BACHELOR OF
MUA 300: Performance Studies.......................7 hours
MUSIC WITH A PERFORMANCE MAJOR,
MUA 390: Junior Recital.................................0 hours
WIND INSTRUMENTS ......................... 123 hours
MUA 400: Performance Studies.......................7 hours
MUA 490: Senior Recital ................................0 hours
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION
MUH 100: Recital Attendance (6 terms)..........0 hours
MUH 101: Music History I..............................3 hours PERFORMANCE STUDIES (MUA)
MUH 103: Music History II.............................3 hours 101. PIANO CLASS I/ONE CREDIT
MUH 201: Music History III...........................3 hours An introduction to the rudiments of piano playing.
MUH 203: Music History IV............................3 hours
MUH Music History Courses . ........................3 hours 102. PIANO CLASS II/ONE-HALF CREDIT
MUH 331: Music of the Romantic Era Prerequisite: MUA 101. A continuation of MUA 101.
MUH 333: Music of the Twentieth Century
MUH 441: Music of the Middle Ages and Renaissance 103. PIANO CLASS III/ONE CREDIT
MUH 443: Music of the Baroque and Classic Eras Prerequisite: MUA 102. A continuation of MUA 102.
MUH 463: Orchestral Instruments Literature..3 hours
MUT 101: Basic Elements of Music Theory.....3 hours 111. VOICE CLASS I/ONE CREDIT
MUT 103: Principles of Harmony and An elementary study of vocal production and repertoire.
Voice-Leading.............................................3 hours
MUT 111: Musicianship I................................. 1 hour 113. VOICE CLASS II/ONE CREDIT
MUT 113: Musicianship II............................... 1 hour Prerequisite: MUA 111. A continuation of MUA 111, using
MUT 201: Chromatic Harmony.......................3 hours more advanced repertoire and developing technical skills.

154
201. PIANO CLASS IV/ONE CREDIT 450. INTERNSHIP IN PERFORMANCE/
Prerequisite: MUA 103. A continuation of MUA 103. ONE TO SIX CREDITS
Prerequisite: Declared music major; permission of the
202. PIANO CLASS V/ONE-HALF CREDIT department. A supervised internship which provides
Prerequisite: MUA 201. A continuation of MUA 201. music majors with the opportunity to explore an
external area of interest related to Performance Studies.
203. PIANO CLASS VI/ONE CREDIT The course will serve as a music elective or a free elective
Prerequisite: MUA 202. A continuation of MUA 202. in the student’s degree program. Pass/fail grading.
Successful completion of MUA 203 satisfies the piano
proficiency requirement for music degrees. 470. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY/
ONE TO THREE CREDITS
211. VOICE CLASS III/ONE CREDIT Prerequisite: Approval of the Music Curriculum
Prerequisite: MUA 113. A continued study of vocal Committee. Projects of independent study approved
production, technical skills, and repertoire using by the faculty and the Music Curriculum Committee.
more advanced methods and materials.
485. SENIOR PROJECT/NO CREDIT
213. VOICE CLASS IV/ONE CREDIT Prerequisite: Approval of the faculty. The project consists
Prerequisite: MUA 211. A continuation of MUA 211. of a recital, lecture-recital or capstone. A $50 scheduling
Successful completion of MUA 213. Satisfies the voice fee is required for both the recital and lecture-recital.
proficiency requirement for music degrees.
490. SENIOR RECITAL/NO CREDIT
221. INTRODUCTION TO ITALIAN AND Prerequisite: Approval of the faculty. A $50 scheduling
ENGLISH DICTION/TWO CREDITS fee is required in this course. Pass/fail grading.
The study and performance of lyric Italian and English
diction for the stage and concert platform. Designed to 493. HONORS PROGRAM/SIX CREDITS
identify the techniques of enunciation and projection. Prerequisite: Approval of the Music Curriculum Committee.
Students learn to use the International Phonetic For music performance majors only. Program includes senior
Alphabet as a means toward affecting accurate and recital, a second full recital in the major performance area,
idiomatic pronunciation. Open to singers and those independent written project, and an ensemble.
who work with singers as coaches or conductors.
PRIVATE LESSONS
223. INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH AND Private Lessons are offered in:
GERMAN DICTION/TWO CREDITS Bass (CBS) Organ (Org)
The study and performance of lyric German and French Bassoon (BSN) Percussion(PRC)
diction for the stage and concert platform. Designed to Cello (VCL) Piano (PNO)
identify the techniques of enunciation and projection. Clarinet (CLRT) Saxophone (SAX)
Students learn to use the International Phonetic Alphabet Euphonium (EUP) Trombone (TBN)
as a means toward affecting accurate and idiomatic Flute (FLT) Trumpet (TPT)
pronunciation. Open to singers and those who work French Horn (HRN) Tuba (TBA)
with singers as coaches or conductors. Guitar (GTR) Viola (VLA)
Harp (HRP) Violin (VLN)
390. JUNIOR RECITAL/NO CREDIT Harpsichord (HPS) Voice (VOI)
Prerequisite: Approval of the faculty. Pass/fail grading. Oboe (OBO)
Two categories of private instruction are available:
401. OPERA WORKSHOP I/ONE CREDIT
1. Performance Studies numbers (to satisfy degree
Prerequisite: Declared music major or permission of
requirements for music majors):
instructor. Includes character analysis, role analysis,
101. Two* or three credits.
role preparation and stage management.
Fall Term with weekly one-hour lessons.
102. One credit.
403. OPERA WORKSHOP II/ONE CREDIT
January Term with weekly one-hour lessons.
Prerequisite: MUA 401 or permission of instructor. Includes
103. Two* or three credits.
audition techniques, preparation of audition packets,
Spring Term with weekly one-hour lessons.
stage makeup and further stage movement techniques.
201. Two* or three credits.
Fall Term with weekly one-hour lessons.

155
202. One credit. ENSEMBLES AND CHAMBER MUSIC (MEN)
January Term with weekly one-hour lessons.
203. Two* or three credits. 110. CHAMBER ENSEMBLE/ONE CREDIT
Spring Term with weekly one-hour lessons. Prerequisite: Permission of the director. Participation in
Culminates with full faculty jury for students small instrumental, keyboard and/or vocal ensembles.
intending to present a recital. May be repeated for credit.
301. Two* or three credits.
Fall Term with weekly one-hour lessons. 120. CONVERSE WIND ENSEMBLE/ONE CREDIT
302. One credit. Prerequisite: Permission of the director. Participation in
January Term with weekly one-hour lessons. rehearsals and performances of the Converse Wind
303. Two* or three credits. Ensemble as scheduled. Open to all Converse students
Spring Term with weekly one-hour lessons. by audition. May be repeated for credit.
401. Two* or three credits.
Fall Term with weekly one-hour lessons. 130. CONVERSE SYMPHONY ORCHESTRA/
402. One credit. ONE CREDIT
January Term with weekly one-hour lessons. Prerequisite: Permission of the director. Participation in
403. Two* or three credits. rehearsals and performances of the Converse Symphony
Spring Term with weekly one-hour lessons. Orchestra as scheduled. Open to all Converse students
by audition. May be repeated for credit.
* for students majoring in music education,
therapy, business, history, theory and 140. CHAMBER SINGERS/ONE CREDIT
composition Prerequisites: Audition. Participation in rehearsals and
2. Elective Performance Studies (requires approval performances of the Converse Chamber Singers as
of the appropriate performance area faculty). scheduled. May be repeated for credit.
Open to all Converse students. Enrollments are
limited by available resources. Students should 150. CONVERSE CHORALE/ONE CREDIT
check with the Petrie School of Music prior to Prerequisite: Permission of the director. Participation in
registering for elective courses. rehearsals and performances of the Converse Chorale
as scheduled. Open to all Converse students by
Elective performance studies numbers are:
audition. May be repeated for credit.
111. One credit.
Fall Term weekly half-hour lessons
160. SPARTANBURG FESTIVAL CHORUS/ONE CREDIT
113. One credit.
Prerequisite: Permission of the director. Participation
Spring Term weekly half-hour lessons.
in rehearsals and performances of the Spartanburg
121. Two credits.
Festival Chorus as scheduled. Open to all Converse
Fall Term weekly one-hour lessons.
students by audition. May be repeated for credit.
123. Two credits.
Spring Term weekly one-hour lessons.
170. ACCOMPANYING/ONE CREDIT
NOTE: Elective performance studies are not offered Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. Techniques of
In January Term. accompanying singers and instrumentalists. Includes
practical application with student soloists.
Students must use a registration worksheet to register
for private lessons and ensembles. To enroll in 175. ACCOMPANYING PRACTICUM/ONE CREDIT
private lessons, students should enter the appropriate Prerequisite: MEN 170.
instrument prefix, followed by the appropriate three-
digit number. The numbers to the right of the decimal 180. EARLY MUSIC ENSEMBLE/ONE CREDIT
indicate the credit for the course. (For example: .10 Prerequisite: Permission of the director. Participation in
equals one semester hour of credit, .05 equals one- instrumental and/or vocal ensembles whose purpose
half semester hour of credit, .15 equals 1.5 semester is the presentation of repertoire written prior to 1750.
hours of credit., etc.) The student must write the Open to all Converse students by audition. May be
instructor’s name on the registration worksheet. The repeated for credit.
registration worksheet then must be turned into the
Office of the Assistant Dean. Consult the appropriate 190. OPERA PERFORMANCE/ONE CREDIT
section of the Catalog for lesson fees. Prerequisite: Permission of the director. An opera
performance course designed for the undergraduate
student. Open to all Converse students by audition. May
156be repeated for credit.
NISBET HONORS PROGRAM
LAURA FEITZINGER BROWN, JOHN M. THEILMANN, Co-directors

The Nisbet Honors Program began in 2000 when • Interdisciplinary Honors Seminar
Converse alumna Marian McGowan Nisbet ’62 and her Students who successfully complete a Freshman
husband Olin established an endowment to support a Honors course take these small interdisciplinary
full Honors Program. Our program seeks to offer the courses. Professors from different fields team
academically gifted student the challenge and community teach these courses. Recent offerings include The
in which she may grow to her full potential. The program New South and The 1960’s in History and Music.
includes opportunities to do independent research with
• Junior Honors Seminar (HON 399H)
faculty mentors, to take honors courses with other gifted
One credit, pass/fail, open to upperclassmen,
students, to meet nationally known visiting scholars, to
with priority given to juniors and seniors.
receive funding for study-travel, and to gather socially to
discuss intellectually challenging topics. • Either a Senior Honors Thesis
(see below) or two more honors experiences
An unusual feature of the Nisbet Honors Program
(such as two additional honors courses, an
is its emphasis on interdisciplinary learning. Our
honors directed independent study, or some
interdisciplinary seminars have two faculty from different
combination of the above). Generally only one
fields in the classroom throughout the entire course.
honors directed independent study counts
While learning how different disciplines approach the
toward program completion.
tasks of collecting and interpreting evidence, students
learn to make sense of our complex world.
Senior Honors Thesis
Admission to the program is competitive and is Completing a senior honors thesis allows a student to
by invitation only. A select number of entering receive ìhonors in fieldî in her major area. It is one way
freshmen are invited into the program based on that a student may complete the Nisbet Honors Program.
their outstanding high school performance and their Because of the distinction that ìhonors in fieldî conveys
potential for success in college. Students who do and the effort required, only exceptionally qualified and
well once they have begun their studies at Converse extremely committed students should attempt an honors
are also considered for the program; freshmen and project. To qualify, students must have an overall GPA of
sophomores must earn at least a 3.5 GPA after taking 3.25 and a GPA of 3.50 in her major field by the end of
12 hours at Converse to be invited to apply. the Fall Term of her junior year.
The thesis enables qualified students to pursue
Requirements
additional independent and intensive work within their
To complete the Nisbet Honors Program and be
major area. Generally, the project will be a research
recognized at graduation, students must satisfy
paper that follows the discipline’s guidelines for superior
the following requirements in terms of academic
research. In creative fields, such as music, theater,
achievement and coursework.
and applied art, creative projects are appropriate.
Achievement Interdisciplinary projects are also encouraged.
She must continue to perform well in her academic
The project should be a substantial project planned so that
courses. Students who consistently achieve a GPA
it can be done in the time available using the resources
below 3.0 or who receive below a B- in two or more
available. The major evaluative criterion is the quality
honors courses may be asked to leave the program.
rather than the amount of work. A research paper should
Coursework generally be from twenty to forty pages. Departments
Because the Nisbet Honors Program is using performance standards should establish criteria that
interdisciplinary and aims to give students a broad require a substantial project of superior quality.
base of knowledge, students will not be allowed to
Because each department may have additional guidelines
take all of their coursework in only one department
which supplement and further define the procedures and
or with only one professor.
qualifications for honors work, no later than Fall Term
of their junior year, honors students interested in an
A student must take the following courses:
honors thesis must consult a faculty adviser and a
• Freshman Honors Seminar
Nisbet Honors Program co-director for additional
(or if the student enters after her freshman fall,
guidance. Music students should also consult with
another honors course to replace it).
Petrie School of Music faculty.
157
Courses OF INSTRUCTION student in the Honors Program may arrange to do
*199H. FRESHMAN HONORS SEMINAR an independent study with a professor. An honors
GEP credit. A study of a selected subject within the DIS generally must involve either a substantial
disciplines: topics vary from term to term. The course independent research project or the course material
is designed to encourage student participation in from a regular honors course. These independent
the intellectual processes through class discussion, studies must follow the usual Registrar procedures for
research and writing, special projects, problem regular DIS courses. Students should submit a copy
solving, and evaluation and defense of positions. of their HON 300H DIS contract and syllabus to the
When the subject matter duplicates that of another Honors Program co-directors no later than the last day
course, credit toward graduation will be granted for of classes of the long term before the term in which
only one of the courses. Offered periodically in rotation the DIS will take place.
with seminars in other disciplines.
HON 399H: The Junior Seminar/
*299H: Interdisciplinary Honors Course One credit
GEP, Major, Elective credit. This course is team-taught Open to upperclassmen, with priority given to juniors
by faculty members in two departments and is open to and seniors. Topics may include the value and meaning
Nisbet Honors Program participants and, when space is of a liberal arts education, national scholarship
available, to others who meet Honors Program guidelines. competitions, applying to graduate school, balancing
relationships and work, independent research, and the
HON 300H: Honors Directed Independent idea of vocation. Offered twice a year. Pass/fail grading.
Study/Three Credits
With permission of an Honors Program co-director
and permission of the mentoring professor, a

158
NON DEPARTMENTAL COURSES
SSS101. STUDENT SUCCESS SEMINAR/ course strengthens these foundations in order to enable
ONE CREDIT students to develop proficiencies in writing, reading
This course is designed to help students in their listening and speaking. Students also learn about the
adjustment to college life. The information and Japanese mind as it relates to key concepts of Japanese
experiences provided will aid the student in developing culture. Non-European/non-Anglophone.
a better understanding of academic expectations
associated with higher education and will introduce JPN 202. INTERMEDIATE JAPANESE CULTURE II/
the student to specific skills that promote success at THREE CREDITS
the college level. The course will also provide a venue Elective credit. Offered periodically. A course for
for discussion and examination of common challenges students who have basic foundations of Japanese
during a student’s first year in college language. The course continues to strengthen these
foundations in order to enable students to develop
CON 214. EXPERIENTIAL LEARNING/ proficiencies in writing, reading, listening, and
THREE OR SIX CREDITS speaking. Students also learn about the Japanese mind
Elective or major credit as determined by the department. as it relates to key concepts of Japanese culture. Non-
Offered periodically, changing syllabus. A course which European/non-Anglophone.
combines academic study with experiential work.
Emphasis is on integrating on-campus and off-campus *IDC 150. IDEAS AND CULTURE/THREE CREDITS
study under the supervision of departmental faculty A chronological investigation of events and concepts
in specially approved course offerings. This work may that have shaped humanity until the 1500’s. While
include selected volunteer work with given programs incorporating history, art, architecture and music, the
or agencies, travel-study experiences, and approved course focuses mainly upon primary texts of religion,
service learning experiences. No student may count philosophy and literature. Offered during Fall Term.
more than six semester hours of such course work in
any combination of departments toward degree credit. *IDC 151. IDEAS AND CULTURE/THREE CREDITS
Prerequisite: IDC 150. A chronological investigation of
CLP 100. INTRODUCTION TO LEADERSHIP/ event and concepts that have shaped humanity from
THREE CREDITS the 1500’s until the present. While incorporating
This course introduces students to the historical history, art, architecture and music, the course focuses
development of leadership, the skills necessary for mainly upon primary texts of religion, philosophy,
leaders, leadership styles, and will provide students science, and literature. Offered during Spring Term.
an opportunity to function as leapders in solving a
community problem. *HUM 298. STUDIES IN BRITISH CULTURE/
THREE CREDITS
JPN 101, 102. AN INTRODUCTION TO JAPANESE GEP or Elective credit. An introduction to the culture of
CULTURE/THREE CREDITS Great Britain through the study of influential British
Elective credit. Offered periodically. This course provides folk icons, incorporating literature, folklore, history,
students the opportunity to learn about the history, and the fine arts. Offered on demand in the London Term.
language, and culture of Japan. Special emphasis will be
given to learning how to deal with Japanese businesses. *WST 200. INTRODUCTION TO WOMEN’S
Students do not have to speak or write Japanese to take STUDIES/ THREE CREDITS
this course. Non-European/non-Anglophone. GEP, Minor or Elective credit. An interdisciplinary
introduction to Women’s Studies examining
JPN 201. INTERMEDIATE JAPANESE CULTURE I / methodology, perspectives, and writings in Women’s
THREE CREDITS Studies from the humanities, social sciences, and
Elective credit. Offered periodically. A course for students sciences. Course offered every Fall Term. This course
who have basic foundations of Japanese language. The satisfies humanities credit in Category II of the GEP.

159
INTERDISCIPLINARY MINORS
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES WOMEN’S STUDIES
JERRY J. HOWE, director CATHY JONES WEST, director

The mission of the environmental studies minor is to The women’s studies minor will enhance Converse
prepare students for careers and/or advanced study in students’ ability to understand themselves and their
environmental science. Completion of the minor will: place in the global community by encouraging them
1. provide an introduction to the broad based to analyze the assumptions that are an essential part
nature of environmental studies which includes of language and cultural symbols. This program will
the areas of biology, chemistry, economics, foster awareness of women’s roles and the image of
politics and sociology women in various cultures.
2. provide practical experience in the area of
environmental studies through an internship or The minor consists of 21 credit hours of course work.
research program WST 200 and six elective courses are required. One
elective course may be a cognate course.
The minor consists of a minimum of 21 credit hours
of course work, to include the following requirements: Courses in art, English, French, Spanish, history,
BIO 411: Ecology.......................................... 4 hours philosophy, politics and religion that are designated as
CHM 311: Environmental Chemistry............ 4 hours women’s studies will be accepted for GEP humanities
ECN 361: Geography of World Resources..... 3 hours credit.
Additional Electives (choose two)...............6-7 hours
CHM 404: Special Topics: Courses that are designated as Women’s Studies in art,
Hazardous Waste and Public Policy English, French, Spanish, history and religion will be
HST 491: Special Topics: accepted for general education humanities credit.
Environmental History
POL 308: Special Topics: WST 200: Introduction to Women’s Studies.. 3 hours
Environmental Politics Electives (choose 6)..................................... 18 hours
SOC 310: Social Problems ART 315: Women and Art
Internship or Research Experience................ 4 hours BIO 270: Human Sexuality
ECN 326: Labor Economics
Total Hours for Environmental Science ENG 370: Women Writers
Minor.................................................. 21-22 hours FRN/SPN 314: Special Topics: Women in Film
HST 345: Women in American History
Prerequisites for minor are CHM 201-202, CHM 251, POL 317: Gender and Politics
BIO 100 and either BIO 202 or 203. PSY 302: Psychology of Women
REL 305: Women and Religion
A non-credit work or research experience may SOC 306: The Family
substitute with permission of the director.
Total Hours for Women’s Studies Minor... 21 hours

160
CAREER AND PRE-PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS
The programs presented in this section of the catalog THR 260: Introduction to Arts Management. 3 hours
have been created to help students relate their liberal arts BAD 345: Marketing Communications ......... 3 hours
education to career goals. Their general characteristics ECN 150: Economic Concepts ..................... 3 hours
are explained in the chapter titled “Academic Life.” ACC 211: Accounting Principles I ................ 3 hours
While it is necessary to point out that the success of ACC 212: Accounting Principles II . ............. 3 hours
students in gaining employment or admission to BAD 352: Business Organizations, Property
graduate school depends most of all upon their own and Commercial Law ............................... 3 hours
initiative, talents, and efforts, many of our students THR 412: Professional Internship in Arts
find these career-oriented programs to be helpful in Management ............................................ 3 hours
identifying their own objectives, gaining practical BAD 340: Marketing Principles..................... 3 hours
experience, and realizing their career ambitions. ART 124: Graphic Design I .......................... 3 hours
TOTAL HOURS....................................... 39 hours
Career programs are those that provide prerequisite
training for a particular career that may be entered * Students majoring in any of these areas will not be
immediately after graduation or after further study. They allowed to take the appreciation course in that area.
are groups of courses that do not constitute a major.
Majors (such as accounting, business administration, PRE-PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS
interior design, and education) that provide this kind
of training are described in the departmental courses
PRE-LAW
Jefferey J. Poelvoorde, adviser
of study. Pre-professional programs are those that
Department of History and Politics
provide prerequisite training for graduate study leading
to a professional degree. Internships, some of which
Law schools require no specific undergraduate
are included in these programs, are described in the
curriculum for admission. No particular major is
departmental course listings, and further information
necessarily the best preparation for the study of law.
may be obtained from the department. See also the
Law schools seek students who have strong conceptual
Guidelines for Internships, available from the Center of
and analytical skills, high verbal facility, and the
Student Development and Success.
ability to think creatively. One means of measuring
these abilities is the Law School Admission Test
CAREER PROGRAMS (LSAT) used by all law schools to evaluate prospective
ARTS MANAGEMENT candidates for admission. These LSAT scores, college
John Bald, adviser grades, and letters of recommendation are the usual
Department of Theatre and Dance criteria for admission to law school. There is no better
preparation for success on the LSAT and in the study
The Arts Management program is an interdisciplinary of law than a rigorous, broad, liberal arts program.
program which combines studies in the arts and
business with specific courses in the field of arts The aspiring law student should pursue a program
management. Students enrolled in this program will that requires diligent reading, analysis, critical
usually major in art, music, or theatre. thought, and ample written and oral expression.
Pre-law students often choose majors in accounting,
This program is recommended for students who are English, finance, history, politics, philosophy, religion,
interested in professional careers in management sociology or economics—all of which provide strong
of community arts organizations, theatres, opera or training in the necessary skills.
dance companies, symphonies, museums or galleries.
At Converse, pre-law students follow courses of study
The following courses are required for the arts that meet their particular needs and interests. The success
management program: of our students in gaining admission to law schools
*THR 100: Introduction to Theatre .............. 3 hours verifies the soundness of this approach. Individuals
*MUH 100: Music Appreciation.................... 3 hours interested in pre-law should consult the pre-law adviser,
HPE 190: History of Dance .......................... 3 hours who, working in conjunction with academic advisers,
*ART 100: Art Appreciation.......................... 3 hours helps pre-law students plan their programs.

161
The following are suggestions that have proven to be PRE-MINISTRY
good preparation in the past. Jason Loscuito, adviser
College Chaplain
POL 101: American Government
IDC 150: Ideas and Culture Students who are considering careers in ministry are
IDC 151: Ideas and Culture encouraged to take a broad range of courses, especially
PHI 100: Introduction to Logic within the various disciplines of the humanities.
or PHI 180: Introduction to Philosophy A major in religion is not usually a prerequisite for
POL 205: Introduction to Law and the Judicial admission to a divinity school or seminary. Some
Process basic courses in the study of religion, however, may
(January Term course offered biannually; provide helpful background. The chaplain is available
to be taken in freshman or sophomore years; to meet with any student considering such a career
prerequisite POL 101) to discuss her own sense of calling to this vocation
ECN 201: Microeconomic Principles and/or and to help her get in touch both with other pre-
ECN 202: Macroeconomics Principles ministry Converse students as well as people from
HST 201: American History to 1877 and/or the community who may be of help in clarifying the
HST 202: American History since 1877 appropriate steps toward such a career.

Recommended Upper Division Courses At the end of their years at Converse, students
during Sophomore through Senior Years considering a vocation in ministry should have a
Although none of these courses are required, we clearer idea regarding their own sense of “calling to the
believe that they are particularly useful both for ministry” as well as practical guidance and information
understanding the nature of the legal profession and necessary to determine what the next step might be for
preparation for success in law school. Individual them. To accomplish this, the chaplain will:
students should make selections according to her 1. meet with individuals and groups of students
personal academic interests and the areas of law to discuss the meaning of calling to ministry, as
which she may be contemplating. Students interested well as the practical aspects of ministry and the
in international law might take more courses in different forms that ministry may take.
international subjects in politics, history, economics, 2. attempt to ensure that students who are
etc; those interested in environmental issues might considering ministry have been placed in touch
emphasize the several courses in this area in the with other students who are considering the
sciences, history, politics, etc.; those interested in same profession and with religious leaders from
gender issues could pursue relevant courses in their own faith communities who are equipped
women’s studies, history, politics, English, sociology, to guide them in the particular process required
psychology, and religion; those interested in business by their faith community to move toward a
would emphasize work in this area and should take career in ministry.
at least two courses in accounting; those interested 3. work with Career Services to insure that there are
in social welfare areas might consider psychology, opportunities for Converse students to meet and
sociology, or related areas. Many other concentrations talk with other people, but particularly women,
exist as well. who are presently engaged in ministry and to
provide religion internships for those who want
POL 335: Constitutional Law to explore the possibility of this profession in a
POL 448: Public Administration more in-depth and structured manner.
POL 316: American Political Thought 4. arrange for the return to campus of ordained
POL 465: Comparative Government and Politics alumnae who will serve as role models for
HST 441: Recent US History, 1945 to present Converse students as they lead campus worship.
BAD 351: American Legal System and Contracts 5. work with other members of the Department
BAD 352: Business Organization, Propertyand of Religion, as well as representatives of various
Commercial faith communities, to inform students about the
BAD 353: Labor and Human Relations Law opportunities available at various seminaries and
ECN 324: Business and the Public Sector divinity schools.
ECN 326: Labor Economics
ECN/BAD 300: Descriptive and Inferential Statistics

162
PRE-HEALTH PROFESSIONS Pre-Medicine
Edna Steele, adviser The successful pre-medical student must have a
Department of Biology strong foundation in biology, chemistry, physics, and
mathematics. The required courses vary depending on<